This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
and (p are shown in Fig. 1.3. In this figure the deformed fibre is onwardly displaced in such a way that points M and M" to which point M has sheared coincide. Displacements change linearly according to shell's thickness. Designating the distance from the point to the medical surface as z (positively if the point lies on the external normal to the surface) we can write: uz = u + (E ( £ nu + -I- kl2v)z, vz = v + + (E (£22 + + knu)z, 22 wzz — W —w W+ + (£33 (£33 -- \)z. \)z.
1.1.2b. Medium bending. In this case ff < 1 (i = 1,2). If, in addition, the shell is shallow or during deformation divides into shallow parts, we have the relationships: £1 = eu + 7?/2,
£2 = e22 + 72/ 2 .
w
= en + e2i + 7i72
(1.6) (1.6)
for the tangential deformation components and d7l MdA dA dA \\\ 1 ((f,dl2d dl2 dB 11 f(adyi,dA &n 1 dB dB \\ l7 K2 = •72 A + ^ 7 l)1 B + 12 AB \ -AB{ -d0 d^' ) = -AB( -^<>P d0 )' 1\_dw 3iu 11 fd-fi // n a07 72 2 dA \\ \dw 1\dw dw OA = T 7l T = 7ril = 7 = 2= = Bd0 Bd/3 = -ABV^-W)' -AB^-dfi'")^ AB IIdc? d Ada' c ? l272 £^ dB -IacT' Bd0 ~~
Kl
(ȣ
"£-
( L(1.7) 7)
— for the bending deformation components. Formula (1.4) becomes simpler and can be written as: 2V> = -26 + (e 2y>. (e,122 + e 2 i)Icos cos2
;, K' = KXC] C] -IT*
=
S,C,(»C2 — K\) Ki) + T TCOs2
(1-16)
Here and further St = sin y>,, Si
C; = cosy;,-.
The change of the rod's axis of curvature in the plane tangent to the shell's middle can be derived from the formula d_ V, (1.17) -V,V< dp, 9a
«--"*
^=ii+m)-
Value V'i, depending on the problem is calculated from relationships (1.4), (1.8) or (1.12) in which angles
must be replaced by y>; and fy. 1.2.1b. Forces and moments in the reticulated shell's rods. Let us assume that one of the main central axes of the rods' cross sections coincides with the direction of the normal to the shell's middle surface. The positive directions of forces and moments in the i-th family of the rod's cross section are shown in Fig. 1.4. Their dependence on the deformation components is assumed as N: N; M; G' H' QT Q: 5* ip\) 2 +2 + , M, = -2c2[{Ic2c2 + C S 2 ) K , + (/ --C C)S2K2], Mi 2 -2S2[(I-C)C2KI KC)c Ki + (IS2 + 1 j + +C 3C. 3 . i tp2) sin 2 (^i ip22),)' sin(v?i -I- ip KxK ( xKJfaC* 2c i) + N2cxc2 sin(y>2 - y>i) + S{c\ - c\)]a3, where D = cxc2 sin(y32 - 2, a = aj = 02, these formulae have a simpler form DQN£ * 1 D00N N222 N; N; - - 2 2 2 2 a3(NlS2-N a32(N c2)(4-c lS -N)-\ 2c )(4-c )-\ }G.73,3, = {±[(2/s I33)Mi (21c + Ih)M 2HifaS?cos 2 M) - y>m + sin 2(y>m - tpv)] is therefore not zero. That is why the solution of system (1.60) can only be trivial, i.e. when J" = 0 there is always (1.53). Thus, if n > 2 it suffices to satisfy condition (1.59) to ensure the calculation model's geometrical stability even if it is not fixed. (cos2y?i w(cos2 i = —ipi, the boundary conditions (1.81) and (1.82) take the form £2 — £i = 0 when 0 = 0O, (1.81') e 2 - e , = 0 when 0 = 0O, (1.81') (1.82') £2 — £i = u;cos2y> — 28 = 0 when 0 = 0O. e 2 - £ i = u> cos 2y? - 2<5 = 0 when 0 = 0o(1.82') 4. The two families' rods are rigidly interconnected and linearly-elastically linked with the contour as regards the turn angle around the normal to the shell's middle surface. In this instance one of the additional boundary conditions should be as in (181) and the other has the form M2, = fc(a)V>i ^(0)^1 = fc(a)V>2 k(a)il>2 at EJ V vhk„„( d rh 2(r (T'222)) = =const, 2:(T' ll-Fy(x, y), 2 (2) ^v(e, V(°.») g^ ' ^ ■ 2^°' £ ' ^y). -— p\T )c p)d2w/dxdy w/dxdy, s £.y>)u w/uxuy, 2 2 2 2 2 2 12scos 2y> 2s {Ccos2 -2Cs 2(p-2Cs cos2y>. cos2(fi. = . For a reticulated rectangular plate with two opposite sides hinged supported (1 = const) the solution of equation (3.28) is found conveniently in a single trigonometric series OO w x 7s 3tan -f tanip +.dd3d3 e 2 2P), MP) = c 2 C 2 2\<*)\vm (P)++ w4V vWit ripj;. 2) 2) "{P) +v[15^\a)(C a)[C^f 1^1v? 1lV 33^ 1) (a)(C 1 >) 4 + I /[15rf (a)(C^ 1 'V) + C3^ "(/3) l), , {2) 2) 2) a , 1,) +vi,) ((«)(^{ "(3) C«i92 1,)" +^\a)(C^ J, a)(C2v\"(p) +l4 "(/») + C C74^ "(/3))] +^ (a)(C 2¥»{ "(/?) + C74^ "(/3))], l))) 2) 2) 2Y )2) ,,) 22) )) i2) 2C )2) 2) 1 2 ) M° = l5^\ i'p\ )(C^ (o)(C 'C, 3""" 2("(/3)) 15^ a (a)(C,^ )) M (2(/"(8)) /3?9 M% = \b^\a){C (a)(C,^ + C ^C23V 3 ^3V l^ "{P) 3^ "{P)) (/?))], ¥ 2 2¥ \fi) + c«A 4 4 2 W))], = -(Z?i/ci (Di/ci + +D D22KI)-— 2 ) - — / z'V'f 2:« a a JJf JF r ~T t fi 3= =0,0, KiKi= =A",K, /, = / , C,C , = 00 (i = I75). 1,3). d£ \b r iQ r •" or} r i e ) Ksc fdu. (du, dv,\ adv.\ _ 2Is'm2(f 2/sin2y w \2y dd22w 21s in2<^ H = = --2~ s = = + 2 = + 2 2i dldr, ~R~\!hi ~R~\!hi ~di ) ) ' ' ~ ~ R R? i fl#V djdi fl#V ~~R~ ae222 y 222 2 # 22 2/c fddw ww w d'< d d dl22uA w' w\ w\ „. , 2/c 2/c fd /a ™ 5gig 2 2 2/c^/gig g g \ A/,1 = ,= = M cot cotv, ==_— ^^ —_ +++ _ - 2 j2 , Mi = M cot (fi Mx A/, = M2COt M222cot vv, = _ 2 ^ _ + +_ j , + +2Cc' + C+3 , C 3 , 2 2 2 (3.147) / sin 2y> 2ifi-2Cs - 2Cs cos2ip. cos 2ip. w 40° 11. For a shallow cylindrical shell having parameters ' 22 22 22 2 d uu g&u_ d a v^ d a v^ 2 2#r 2R Y 2 + a^u a-u 2 a^u + + + ttaa n2V 22 dadp dadp + 3a 3a^ a222+ dp 3/3 a 2^22*™ ^~" 2^y tfsin Ks\n 2^ 2fla00 tan" 44^ 2 2 44 44 aQa/3 aa a/3 ^ ~ " # sin 2^' du w ,, d w d w^ 22 \\\ 2, a^ 2,2 (d /a ui a m a au dv (d*W 9 W (Pi!) 2 t a n C 0 c o t t + 6 2 + a n Vv 7 r 1i ft.. ft..taa /a*...COt t + + (,a^ 9a" + ^dp ^ ^ + 6 a^A4... ^ a ^2 + a ^ tt!in J' J *^ , S5 = = 45,s 4S.s33c, c, 2 2 2 3 Mi = Mi M2 cot tp , H tf == 4H.s 4H.sc,3c, 33 44 Qi = AQi.s c,c, Q 4Qj.s*. = 4Q,.* = 4Q Qi2 = 4Qi.s 2 .s .. , , cot 0 and strictly increasing at g > 0, 0.5 m is always equal to 1. If av > 0.5 and T / 6 the minimum critical load will be at m = k = 1. During compression in the direction of axes x and tension along axis y(ay < 0) the kx values noticeably equalize (smooth out) within the entire change range of parameters, i.e. hardly differ. With a„ > 0.5 the kx values with the growth of A and fixed values ip falls, and with the increase of 2 = )■ Here the linear differential operators of the system (3.190) after multiplying the equations' left-hand and right-hand terms by coefficient 2A"~l sin - 2 2ip will take the form in external pressure inducing the moAssume that the shell is subjected to mentless stressed state + 2^- -3)3)+ +k*k4cot cot v\.v\. Jisin''2(^ Jisin'2¥» X^ _D, 33 R 3 o«p3 / c \ 2aR3 afl J3_ 333 77 __ 22 66 _ 2 2 6 6 7 6 6 8 8 _ _ 2 ~- 22 2J - rr^ r ** ''' JJ ^^lS*' '' JJ IIJxss isin i nn 22<^J 2 VV 33 U U ~~ // '' 2 a / ?3 2aR / , 43^3 4s<53 \ tan 2 *» = Ji , sin • 220 V + sin . 20 Jisin 2y? 2y> I\ 2ip s\n sin 2 2ipJ 2ip^ i/ • r/ — ~' 2 2Fr, 7T" 2Frisin2y> — ^ /(cot ( c o t ^ - !7) - ! ) 3^ ,
= EiFie'i, E^e;, = —EJJUK", -EiJuK-, -EiJu^, —EiJ = — £; J22iK ;K;, i, = — —GiJsiT?, G;J3,T;*, = -V.A/;, -V.A/-, = = -ViG*. -V;G*.
(1.18)
1.2. Constitutive
9
Equations
Figure 1.4: Here Fi, J n , J^, J3; are the area, main central inertia moments and inertia moment during torsion of the rod's cross section; Ej and d are Young's modulus and elasticity modulus respectively during the material's displacement. Generally the rods will be twisted naturally. Strictly speaking the influence on every force and moment of all deformation components should be taken into account. But it may be neglected, because the initial relative torsion of the reticulated shell's rods is small. It should be noted that in the work [43] the value of bending moment G* unlike in formulae (1.18) is determined not by the change of the rod's axis of curvature K° but the angle value xj>i. Hence transversal forces S" are also determined in various ways according to the defermation of the calculation model's middle surface. As this is the value of the rod's flexure in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface, according to this work, does not increase the order of the system of differential equations, hence the additional boundary conditions (see Sec. 1.2.7) occurring when solving the boundary problems in the reticulated shell theory cannot be fulfilled. One should bear in mind that formulae (1.18) make it possible to determine forces and moments in the shell's rods if the outer load is applied to the nodes of the lattice. When a load is not applied at the nodes, the rod's stressed state due to the local load distribution along their axes should also be determined.
1.2.2
C o n s t i t u t i v e equations for a calculation m o d e l
1.2.2a. Determination ofthe calculation model's stressed state from the rod's forces and moments. Let us assume that the rod's forces N',Q', S" and moments M', G*, Hi are distributed continuously across the calculation model's cross section. Then the formulae of forces and moments (Fig. 1.2) for the reticulated shell's calculation model having n families of rods are: n n
n
E
JVi = £(A?«?-S?-«ej)/a,, ^2 = £W*< + s;Sic)/a„ i1== il1 n
D
1=1 ii ==il nn
C - + s?c?)/ S:c*)/aiaj, 5S2 = ££(/V? W s ,SlC c -,--S*s?)/a,- ST*!)/*,) Si = £ W W* w i•1== 1li
1=1 it ==li
10
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations nn
nn
E
Qi = E
E
Q* = £,■*/«,-,
it = = ii nnn
i=i »=i
nn
M2 == E< ^^(M( M - 5 ? --//* SH-s^/a, ,c i )/a i ,
E<
M, = £ W c ? + ^ . ^ ) / « . - . i=l i=i
zfj tf,
=
E 2 ^G J 7j7, /'/a n „ E
=
t. = = il (
C
c
a
nn
E(
A//;;55l lCCi i--t /ff; ;Cc??.2))//aa„„ --£^((A nn
M„ A/I,
«=1 i=l i=l
nn
tf2 = - ^ £ ( M * 3 , c ++//'HT i/ Si)/ai, 5 ,)/a.-, 1=1 1=1
nn
E
Af22,, = M = -- ] ^2 T G *G'si/ai, Sl/a„
ii = = ii
(1.19)
ii ==ii i=i
where a, is the distance between the i-th family of rods. Note that the first six formulae in (1.19) change into the last six if we replace values Ari,-/V ,S,,Si,Q N1,N2,S12,S,,Q (1.20) 2 ,Q,,Q 2 ,/v-*, 2,N^,S' 1,Q'1 £,*,; by
Ml,M22-H-l,-H Mi,M H2x,M ,-Hu,-M M2„M;, -H-,G'. -//,',(3*. 2„M',2„M-, 2,Mi„-M
(1.21)
1.2.2b. Constitutive equations 1) General case. By substituting values (1.18) in Eq. (1.19) and taking Eq. (1.16) into account we obtain the following constitutive equations for the calculation model in this reticulated shell theory: n
#i
E
^23,Ci/c-, = Cn£i + Ci 2 £e 2 + (7i6ui - ^3,Ci/c-, ii = = ii nn
E + Cfxu CfxU + E ^2 ^ CJK-, c?*4
c /c N e22 ++ C C2626W w++ "^2 ^T s 'w - 4i. JV22 = C21£i + C22 22£
i=l 1=1 :=1 n
5i
= C6i£i + C62£2
i=i n
E
S2 = = C6i£i + C62£2 + Ceev C66W - 22 Ss^lKKi> <' M, = M M22 = = H = Hxx =
i1== 1i i=i
-[(£>„ + A ' „ ) K1 1 + + ((DD1122--//SS::II22))««22 + ( 2 D 1 6 - / C 1 6 ) T ] , A'„)K -[(D K ) + (D22 + )K + (2D26 + )T), -[(D21 +K K22 + K K26 21 - K21 21)Kl Kl*1 + (D22 22)K22 + (2D26 26)T), (D - Ki^m + (D 62 + +^ K£>)K + (Dee + tf&V. (D6l 6l - *£>)«, + (£>62 2 ' ) «22 + (A» + tf&V.
H (Dee- - ffj?)r, K™)T, tf22 = (An (£>61 + K™)KI ffj?)lt, + (D62 - Kg>)K A£')K2 2++(A* n
E
nn
E
= -E^c.'c?, -£/?««?, M M* #««?. Ml4u = J2l?*iK°2, = £ ti = = li
1=1
i=i
(1.22)
1-2. Constitutive
11
Equations
Here n n
nn
n
1=1 = ii ii =
1ii = ==i1\
c C « == Cee KiSiCJ, C C„ = ]£*.•<$, £E Kid C» ft, == 2_^ £*<«?<$, C1616==E tf.s.c?, 5£3 Ki*i i> E i1=1 = li i= n
n n
cC26 == E ^x;/o?c / f , 3 ? ci,, C - ^ C j i , E Dn £ > c j , A2 = C /2 = ^E / , s M , Z) = E ^7, , f, Dn == E>?, E £22 £ > a j^, /->26 j = Dji, = 5E 3^*'^f " ADii^Da, £ = = E Y. Die^Y, A~n 22 , CjSj A'll = = A~ /f = = A"i K\1 = = A" A" l = = E CfJj c,, C, , A"j = A" = 5E 3 C,-SjC,A"i6 C, ,c, cos2y,, « S = K$ = E J2C cl K^ cos2^. ^ = = j^C X)C] fcos2 E C cos2, 53Ci J2 ?cos2 K$ = Ki? =E£tCis>c,^ Kg= = ^ ^ E C #.-*?, c2222 == ££>.4,
26
*->i) — *-'&■>
it = i 1=1 nn
1=1 = ii it =
nn
n n
66
i1== 1li n n
S C
it==ll 1=1
0
1
1=1 i"=i 1=1
i;==li
i=l
2222
2
22]
n
6
t1=1 =l 1=1
nn
IiS
22
16
n n
t
i=l 1=1 ■=1
g
26
i1=1 =i ■=1
"61
l
—
Ag2
—
/
.3 s „C iSti i C ;t ,
1=1 i=l 1=1 n
ti = il
»=i
1° = EiJafoi, EiJa/at, M I?
)
)
n
iC iC
u ¥ i)
i==ll i1=1 n
S
W
1=1 r=i i=i
K,t = = a ^ VVa^V,{E,J ^ J w / c ?2,^), ), K
(1.23)
where A"; = £,,\F,/at, /, = EiJu/o-i, Ci = GjJ 3 j/ai. Parameters A",, /,, 7°, C, are relationships of the corresponding rod's rigidity characteristics to the distance between their axes. The dependence Ki6 = /Q, — K^ should be noted. The calculation model's cross section with J 2l ^ 0, unlike the usual continuous shell have bending moments Mt, and A/2j, acting on the plane tangent to the middle surface (Fig. 1.2). As shown in Sees. 3.1.2 and 3.3.3 this increases the order of the system of differential equations and fully corresponds to the increased in the number of boundary conditions (see Sec. 1.2.7). 2) Particular cases. In practical calculations one can assume that J 2 ; = 0, if this does not result in a geometrically changed calculation model. This is similar to girder calculations: the rods' rigid connection at the joints is considered as hinged. As for stresses occurring due to the rods' bending tangential to the plane's middle surface their values can be obtained from the known deformation of the middle surface. Further we assume J 2 , = 0 everywhere, except in Sees. 1.2.7, 3.1.2, 3.3.3 where the numerical evaluation of the error due to this assumption is given for specific problems. Thus parameters If, K; become zero. In this case some constitutive Eqs. (1.22) can
12
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
be substantially simplified. Precisely for tangential forces M
=
Cnei + C12£2 + Ci Ci66u;, uj,
N22
= =
02161 + 02262 C/2262 + O26W, C/2i£i C2ew,
S 5
==
0C66ll ei £ l ++ 062£2 C62e2 ++ O66W, CeeW,
(1.24)
where 5 = S\ = S2. Moreover, from the last two equations (1.22) it follows that Mi, = M2. = 0. We now present the calculating model's constitutive equations for particular cases of the lattice (in each, in accordance with the previous statements, J 2l = 0). 1. In torsion the rods' rigidity is assumed zero (J3l- = 0). The constitutive equations have the form as in (1.13). For particular cases of the lattice they will coincide with those of anisotropic shells whose material has an elastic symmetrical plane parallel to the plane tangential to the middle surface. In addition, considering Eq. (1.14) they reduce to constitutive equations of shells made from orthotropic material provided that coordinates a, f$ and the normal to the middle surface are the main directions of elasticity: N\ Af, M,
C\52£2, £ 2 , N2 = Cn2iei Ceeu, = CU£i + o\ ei + C22£2, S = = Cee^, = -(ZJnK! -(£>!,«! + Z), Di2n2 *2),2 ), M2 = =-{D -(D KI ,/c, +D + D n K ), H = DD T.T. (1.25) 2X 2 22 22 22 2 ) , 6666
Now we give some possible variants of the shells' lattices which satisfy conditions (1.14). It is sufficient to consider the first two such conditions as, in accordance with Eq. (1.23), the latter two are obtained from the former by replacing K, by /,. If n = 2, only the following two cases are possible:
=
K2
_ =
sin 2y> 2ip33 s'm((fi sin(y 33 -—yip sin(y>
In the latter case the domain of possible values
a, = = a, a, a,
(* == M ), (1 1,3), (1.26) (1.26)
1.2. Constitutive
Equations
13
In this case 3 3
E E ? s
1i■=i == 1i 3
33
33
=E E ? = §' E E s ? c ' = 8'
5
E E srf< 1t = = l 1 = 11
9
c
i11=== 11i 3
3
1i = 1i 1=1
SiCi S i
E E
°- -
11i ==11l
The latter relationships allow us to present the constitutive equation in the fol lowing form:
9EF ( 9EF „ 9EF 9EF ( 1 \\ 1 \ £ N 8a £ £l, + 3£J 8a £2£2++ 3£l£i 9EF 3fiJi(l+7) 9EF H = Hx = H2 = T, S 4a = 8aIT"' 3£J , 30.7,(3 , 11 - 777 Kj \ 1 (3 + 7) ( M, = «! + Ml
Nl =
=
M M 2
=
-"ST ^ll
3 'J' J ' ^>=="ST s rl ( 33 Jj '•
fa8a
("'
3EM3 3£J,(3 + + 7J)) / 8a
3 ++ 7 " * ) ' , 11 - 77 ^ Ra «2 3+ 7
(1.27)
where GJ3/EJ1. The result agrees with those given in the work [10] which studied the shells' stability precisely with such a lattice. Formulae (1.27) may be presented in the form (5.70). Comparing these formulae with those for continuous shells we find that in this particular case we can use constitutive equations for isotropic shells made from ma terial with modulus of elasticity E\ in the formulae for tangential forces N\, N2, S values h = F/a, fi = 1/3; must be taken for the shell's thickness and Poisson's ratio; in the formulae for bending and torsion the values of cylindrical rigidity and Poisson's ration are considered equal D = 3EJ 3 £ J1,(3(3 + + 7-r)/8a, )/8a,
u"22== ((1l - 77))// ( 3 ++ 7). 7)-
When EJ\ » GJ3 formulae (1.27) may be brought to correspond with formulae in the isotropic shell theory; constitutive Eq. (1.27) will coincide with Eq. (1.13) under conditions (1.14), (1.15), if the values of the shell's thickness, Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio of its material are as in [62] h = 2s/zJjF, 2^3Ji/F,
EF E'=^-y/3F/J E' = ^VMVU u 6a oa
v= ^ = 1/3.
(1.28)
When studying shells with the described lattice, Eq. (1.28) make it possible to use the isotropic shell theory and solve many problems on its basis.
14
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
Figure 1.5: 3. The shell has a rhombic lattice (n = 2). Such a lattice is obtained from the one shown in Fig. 1.5 if we assume no third and fourth families of rods and that the rods of both families are identical and aj = a2 = a. Remember, that the suffix i, denoting the t-th rod's family of lattice with i = 1 for all values except forces and moments, may be omitted. Thus in the case of this lattice ip = ipi = —p2, c = C\ = cos<^i, s — s% = sini^i etc. The constitutive equations for this rhombic lattice take the form: iVj = Ni = N2cot cot\2
M2
=
//, HI
C CCOS2V)T, = 2s {2Ic (2Ic + Ccos2f)T. Ccos2
H2
= =
2
cCC2)K2],
2
2C (2IS s* + 2
22 2
(1.29)
It is important that linear forces Ni and N2 are interconnected. A similar connection will exist between linear bending moments Mi and M2 if the torsional rigidity of the rods is neglected (C = 0). This reveals the considerable difference between constitutive equations (1.29) and the corresponding equations in the continuous shell theory. 4. The shell's lattice consists of four families of rods (n = 4), with the rods of the first and second families being identical and ai = a2 = a,
S = Csew,
Mi Mi
(1.30)
Here: Cn = = 2Kc4I + K4, Cu
C12 = C66 C66 = =2Ks 2Ks22cc22, ,1
44
C C2222= 2Ks C22 ==2Ks
+ +K K33,,
1.2. Constitutive ft, ft2 0» ft i fox fti ft.t
1.2.3
= = = == =
Equations
15
- ( 2 //c c 4 + hu + 2Cs2c2), i ft2 = --22s«2 V c 2( (/ / - C), C), 4 2 -(21sIs* + h + 22Cs c% // sin2 2tp + 2Cc22 COS cos 2<^ 2^ ++ C C44,, 2 2 2 / ssin i n 22
(1.31)
Assessment of the deformation c o m p o n e n t s and forces in the rods using the forces and m o m e n t s of t h e calculation model
The above constitutive equation are unambiguous dependences of forces and moments occurring in the cross section of the reticulated shell's calculation model on the deformation components of its middle surface. Now we shall study the reciprocal dependences (the calculation model's deformation components on its forces and moments). 1.2.3a. Tangential deformation components. Here we consider tangential deformation components e\, e-i, u itt Eqs. (1.24) as unknowns. The determinant of this algebraic system of equations may be presented as n
D =
E KiKi,K (ctfc}sl c| | + 22s c s c slc
Y,
k
S
2 2
i
3 i
ls
i,j,k=l ij,k=i
4 3 s3 2 2 2 2 22 22 3 3 4\ -cUfcslc k°k- - s]c s)c)s kc k - sxc]Sjc)S\).
(1.32)
We give this in simpler form. For this we fix three arbitrary integral numbers each of which is greater than zero and less than n + 1. In accordance with the possible permutations of these numbers we consecutively assign the following values to indices i,j,k in Eq. (1.32): i = u, j = m, k = v\ i = /x, j = v, k = = m; i = m, m, j = /i, [i, k = v\ i = m, j = v, k — = fi; p.; i = v, jj = = H, n, kfc== m\ = m, k = /i. m; i = v, j = The sum of the obtained six members after trigonometric transformations may be written as:
1
— K„.KmA"„[sin 2(yit -
j_11 Y,"" D = — D = — 16 Y, n
£
u,m,i/=l
''KliKmKv[siii2{V>u - pM) KllKnKl,[sin2(ipl, - Vlt)
+ 2(¥>„ll --tpm)
(1.33) (1.33)
16
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
The prime near the sum symbol means that only one member corresponds to each combination of indices fi,rn,i/ (there are six such combinations). It should be noted that value of the said determinant does not depend on the choice of the axes of coordinates on the shell's middle surface as Eq. (1.33) includes only the differences of angles >pi. 1) The number of rods' families greater than two. With all indices satisfying the condition H^m, m//ii//,, /i ^ m, n±v, ft ^ t>, m (1.34) the expression in square brackets in Eq. (1.33) will not be zero. Hence, D > 0 when n > 2, as in this case there are n(n — l)(n — 2)/6 (the number of all combinations from n various elements is three) combinations of indices /J, m, v satisfying condition (1.34). Hence, the system of algebraic equations (1.24) relative to £i, e 2 , w always has a unique solution (D > 0). This result is natural as with n > 2 the reticulated shell consists of a system of rods, rigid in the plane tangential to the middle surface: the homogeneous system of Eqs. (1.24) can only have a trivial solution. We can show that the solution of this system of equations is £l £1
=
£2 £2
=
111-^1+112^2 111-^1+012^2 + 1135, 1 2 1 ^ 1 + 0 2 2 ^ 2 + 1235,
ui (d =
0 3 1! ^ ,1 + 01 3 2 ^ 2 + 1335, 0335,
(1.35)
where a
O " "i"l
= = =
a 2 Ol2 '
==
E
i,;=i i,j=l
i113 n = = 22 °a-i2
1l n-- K K s s2 2 sin2 2 2D E E KiKjS ips), 2D ' i l j ts)sm (ifi (Vi -- ¥>;),
==
l1 n" <>D E
E
KiK SiCiS cCiSjCj s i n 2
t>,jj == ii 1l n-
i
ii
( ^ .
+ ip^siiSivi ipj), ^*>i j (¥>.+¥'j)sin (¥>,- ~-
-jTp E E -jp ~2D 1
A
5 sin
2
■,i=i
n
-
% *i} E i }<%
2D E
K K KiKi<
tt,j=i j=i t,j=i 1 n"
123 123 = =
1 -- = = jj pp E E
"33 =
1 n" 2D ^2 E
E
i,i=i i,i=i ■J=I
E
2D i,i=i
cc
KiK c c KiKic*ci
KiK
i*i
i
sin2
sin2
( v^ .' 1_- Vi)> ¥>j).
sin sin(^'t
2 (^' + + Vi) Vj) sin sin2(<^,((^,- -- y>j), y>j),
( v . + Vi)sin2(v3, -
ay = a_,,.
i,i=i
2) The number of rod's families is two. It follows from Eq. (1.33) that if at least one of the three conditions ft = rn, fi = u, m = %>, is satisfied, the corresponding
1.2. Constitutive
17
Equations
member of the sum included into it is equal to zero. Hence, D = 0 when n = 2 as in this case the combination of indices Eq. (1.34) is excluded. Thus, the system of Eqs. (1.24) with Nx = N2 = S = 0 allows non-trivial solutions. This means that the calculation model, inadequately fixed over the contour, will be geometrically changeable. The calculation model's geometrical changeability is discussed in Sec. 1.2.6. In this case the following dependence exists between the tangential forces N\, N2, S: NxXs3xXss22 + N2cxc2 -- 5sin(y>i Ssin(y>i + V2) y 2 ) = 0, 0, (1.36) which is a simultaneous condition for a non-homogeneous system of Eqs. (1.24) relative to ei, £21 w If (pi +
sSjS SlS Nir i -C C22 - CuNj xs222 22A X2NN 2 2 u> + 22
£i
=
e
ei
?.
(1.37)
where u; is arbitrary. With ipi + ip2 = 0 2 ,, CeeN\ CM^I — —CieS C\eS Cl6S CMNI — £1 = -£2 tan ru> (p ++ — „—.. ., „ . . —£2tan 4 K sin sm' 2ip JCi Bin28 2
C NXx CuS CX6 XXS-—C XeN a> = — „—. - . 4 KA\/Gc sin2 22-p' 2^ xK2c* sin
,, QO, (1.38) (1.38)
^
'
Here value £2 <s arbitrary, tp = tpx. Hence, the calculation model for a shell not fixed over the contour, if the lattice is formed from two families of rods, is geometrically changeable as its middle surface can deform without forces being applied. 1.2.3b. Assessment of bending deformation components. Here we determine bending deformation components KX, K2, T using the systems of equations Mt
= -[{D11 + Ku)K1 + (D,2-Ku)K212)^2 + (2016(2Dle-Kl6)r},
M2
=
Hx
(D61l-K -K^)K, = (De 6\ )K, V i1 + (D62 +
-[{D2X +K -[(D K2X )KX n n)Kt )
{D22 + (D 22 + K22)K2
Ki\2))K2 Ki
{2D26 + (2D 626)T], 26 + ^ 2K ) (D66 + KKg Kg))T, )r, + (Dee w
•"'66
H + (Dee Kif)r, H22 = = (D (D6l6l + + Kff) tf<2)Kl)/c. + + (D ( A62 * - Kg)^ K$)K2 «a + (Dee -- K^)T,
(1.39)
included in (1.22). If E, Ju 3> C,: J3,, the rod's torsion rigidity can be neglected if this does not lead to the calculation model's geometrical changeability. The introduced error was numerically determined when considering specific problems (for instance, in Sec. 3.4.4f). Then the values of torsion moments in the reticulated shell's rods can be found from H" = GiJ&T* where the calculated values r,* become known (determined according to'Eq. (1.16)).
18
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
Assuming J 3 ; = 0, we obtain from (1.39) M,
=
-(£>,i*e, + D12K2
+ 2 D2D i 616rT), ),
M22 = 2DWT), = -(£>2i«i -(D21K1 + + DnK2 D22K+2-h2D 26r), H = D6lKi + K + Deer, K H = Asi>ci + D D62 K + Deer, 62 22 2
(1.40)
where / / = / / , = # 2 . From a comparison of the system of Eqs. (1.24) (relative to ei, e2, u) and Eq. (1.40) (relative to ej, e2, u>) and Eq. (1.40) (relative to e\, e2, UJ) and Eq. (1.40) (relative to K\, K2, T) it follows that the first changes to the second if we replace values ei,£ ei,C2,u,N (1.41) 2,u>,N uN 2,S,FiS,Ft i uN a,S,Fi correspondingly by KUuK ,2T,-MU-M1,—M2,H,J ,li-H, K2i,2T,—M 2,H,JU.
Jn.
(1.42)
Hence all the above concerning the system of Eq. (1.24) is valid for the system of Eq. (1.40). In particular, Eq. (1.33) (for arbitrary value n), (1.35) (for n > 2), (1.36)-(1.38) (for n = 2) if replacing Eq. (1.41) by Eq. (1.42) is valid. In this case when the torsion rod's rigidity cannot be disregarded (J3, ^ 0), parameters K\, K2, T are determined from the system (1.39) containing four equations. We can prove that the determinant of the system of the three first equations (1.39) is not zero. Hence, this system with Mi = M2 = H1 = H2 = 0 allows only a trivial solution. The bending and torsion moments are connected with the dependence at which the system (1.39) is simultaneous and has unique solution. 1.2.3c. Forces and moments in the reticulated shell's rods 1) Statically determinable cases. If dependencies reciprocal to Eq. (1.19) are unambiguous they can be used to determine the forces and moments in the reticulated shell's rods by calculation model's known stressed state (a statically determinable problem). We now examine such cases. If the lattice is formed by three families of rods (n = 3) the solution of the first three equations from Eq. (1.19) may be written as (remember, S\ = S2 = S as
st = 0)
DN{ sin(tp3 -
1.2. Constitutive
Equations
19
W h e n
= = =
[-Niss3 sin(v? sin(v3 + y>3) + N N2CC3 sin(y? ++ y> ^ 33)) ++ S(cl S(cl -- cc2c22)]a, )]a, 2cc3 sin(y? [Niss [Niss33 sin(
(1.43)
where D0 = (c§ — c2) sin 2i^. From (1.19) it follows that the formulae for the rods bending moments if their torsion of rigidity is neglected can be derived from Eq. (1.43) for the particular type of lattice by replacing N', Nj, S by M', Mj, —H correspondingly (i = 1,2,3; j = 1,2). After this we find D00M[ M[ = [-Miss [-M!ss 33sin(¥> sin(i^ +
(1.43')
Now we consider t h e case when n = 2 and all t h e rods' rigidity characteristics re including J 2 t, aare other than zero. Then the number of unknowns when assessing forces and moments occurring in the shell's rods for each system included in Eq. (1.19) is equal to the number of equations. The solution of these systems of equations is Ni Ni N22 N 5S,, S22 „.
G\1 „.
G'22 Q. Q.
Q\11 „.. Q 22
Ql
l l = ai(c!S ai(c!S2Ni sic2N N22 + SiSiSt S1S2S1 - cic cic2S225)sm~ (
If in these formulae we assume t h a t
0.5a[Ar, +NW 0.5a[Ni
Q\ Qha
0.5a(Q,OMQtc-^QiS- ),
= =
1
11 G;, OMM1.C-1 1- 1 T M2.SMi.*G ; I222 =- OMMuc),), G\,
(1.44)
20
Chapter
1. Reticulated
Shell Theory:
Equations
From Eqs. (1.19) we conclude t h a t formulae for t h e rod's bending and m o m e n t s for t h e given lattice knowing the calculation model's stressed s t a t e can be derived from Eq. (1.44), if we replace values N', S', Ni, Si, correspondingly by M", — H", Mi, —Hi (i = 1,2). T h e n we obtain M'ltj = 0.5a[A/! + M Mlj Mi2 T [Hx t a n tp + H2 cot tp)],
(1.44')
Hl2 = 0.5a[tf, + H Hi2 ± (Afi (Mi t a n tp - M2 cot tp)].
If t h e lattice consists of two families of rods and t h e hypothesis J2l- = 0 ( 5 * = 0) is accepted, the calculation model's linear forces N\, N2, S will b e connected with Eq. (1.36) by expressing a simultaneous condition for t h e first three equations from (1.19) containing two unknown longitudinal forces in rods N{ and N2". T h e solution of these equations at tpx + tp2 ^ 0 is 2
w. JVJ 1
[N (yv.a -- N-2 NNMhi c\)gx lS\ 22cpg (Ni4 =_ 22 ' ~ c22 - c\
. N N; /V 2
,_
N.
■
w.
•
~
= -
c j —- c
C
^
[N Mxs\
l
°2
2c\)g h N2Nc])a .2
-
'
(145) (1.45)
rcc 222 _- ccr. 2l2 2
l
When tpx +
«-(M)l«-(*+?)£• *-(*-?)& *-(*-?)§• JV,- =
5'
^1 c
«1
iv2- =
2c
Ss Si
Ni
(1.46)
2c'
where tp = tp\. If we neglect the rod's torsional rigidity (J& = 0), H" = 0, we then derive formula for calculating bending moments in t h e shell's rods from Eqs. (1.45), (1.46) after replacing values ZVf, Nt, S by M?, Mit -H (i = 1,2). This yields 22 _ {M (Afis A^c?.)^ M24)a, (A/.s xs\. - M 2cl)ax
Mr '"l 1 = — ~~
22 rc_2 C,l
-
2 2 2 cc c22
''>
_ (M ( Axx/s\ , s 2 -— s\
Af = 2 2* ~ —
M
o 2 °2
—
M2c\)a c\)g2 c
1'
22
l
if i^i + tp2 / 0, and
«-(*-?) I- *-(*+?)!■ Ml1 =
Mt_
V cc
H £l sa ,/ 2c 2c'
A/22* =
A^
V c
//
02
W 22cc '
with f = fi = —tp2. 2) Statically indeterminate cases. If the shell's lattice is such t h a t t h e number of equations in the system (1.19) is less than t h e number of t h e unknown, t h e problem of finding forces or moments in the shells' rods using t h e known calculation model's stressed s t a t e becomes statically indeterminable. Nevertheless, this problem can be solved rather simply: first we must find t h e deformation components of the calculation model's middle surface (see Eqs. (1.32), (1.33)) according to its stressed state and then use formulae (1.16) a n d (1.18).
1.2. Constitutive
Equations
21
Here is an example of finding the forces and moments in the rods of the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 from the knowledge of calculation model's stressed state. We assume that rods (i = 1,2) of the first two families are identical and omit index i(i = 1) in all designated values referring to the first family of rods, except forces and moments. The constitutive equations for shells with such a lattice have the form as Eq. (1.30). Using relations (1.35) we obtain the following expressions for the tangential deformation components: 4 2 2 Dei = £>£, = [2Ni(2Ks [2AT,(2AV + + K3) K3K)-KN 2v\Ks2c2, 3)-KN 2sin 2sm2
where in accordance with (1.33) D = [{K3c4 + K4s4)I< + K3K4/2]KK sin2 2
i,2 Nl NNl
= [(K3Nic N1c2j + K4N2s K44N22s22)K°±S(Ksm2
(1.47)
Here K° = [2K{K3c44 + K4s44) ) + /C3/C4]"1; in the first of these formulae the sign in front of the second term is assumed negative. If we express bending deformation components K\, K2, T in constitutive Eq. (1.22) through linear moments Mi, M2, Hi of the calculation model (the constitutive equation for torsion moment H2 will be satisfied) and then use Eqs. (1.16) and (1.18) we obtain the following formulae for the values of bending and torsion moments occurring in the reticulated shell's rods: Ml, MZt2 Ml Ml4 H'xa
2 {[(/3c + (I4s2.2 + 2C {[(73C + 2Cs2c2)Mi + 2Cs2c2)M2]I0 =F#i(/ sin 2ip =F77,(/ 2
=
7/3 77* = where
— 2G3J33Hi0l1 -2GaJaHi&,
, H' HI4=2G = 2G Hifc, 4J 34Hi/331 , 4J34
70 = [27(73c4 + 7 + I733I744 + + 2Cs22cc22(2I (27 + I733 + + 7,)]" I44ss44)) + A)]" 1 ;
and /?3i is the same as in constitutive Eq. (1.30) referring to the given lattice.
(1.48)
22
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
Figure 1.7:
1.2.4
Constitutive equations for an oblique-angled system of coordinates
Let a', /?' be an arbitrary oblique-angled system of coordinates at the middle surface relative to the system of coordinates in lines of curvature a, /? as shown in Fig. 1.6. Positive directions of linear forces and moments in the oblique-angled system of coordinates are shown in Fig. 1.7. The following formulae are derived from the equilibrium condition of an element of the calculation model's middle surface (S' = S[ = S'2): N[sinx N[ sin x == N1sm20 9 + N2 cosN22cos e 20-Ssin20, 22 2 = Nis\n N = JVisinXA + + JV2cos A + Ssin2A, 5sin2A, Ni&inx 2smx S'sinx = 5'sinx — AfjSinx = M2 sin x = tfjsinx X = tfjsinx = H'2s'mx =
Ni sin Asin# — —N N22cos\cos0 cos A cos 5++ Ssm(0 Ssin(0— —X), A), Nism\sm0 {M\ cos A + Hi sin A)sin0 + (M2 sin A + H2cos A)\)cos6, [Mi cos 6, H\ sin 0) 6) sin A + (M2 sin 06 — H2 cos 0) 6) cos A, (Mi cos 0 — Hi {M2 - Mi) sin 0cos 0 + Hi sin2 0[M 6- H2 cos2 0, 2 2 (M2 — Mi)s'm A cos A — Hi sinsin A —cos H22cos2 A.
These formulae which take Eqs. (1.22) and (1.37) into account as well as the relations given in the book [14, p. 61]: £isinx wsinx
= =
e'i cos Asinfl + u/sin A sin 0 + e'2sin Acos0, — eicos(A - 0) - u / s i n ( A — 0) + e2cos(A — 0),
1.2. Constitutive
Equations
23
e£ 2 sinx /K!sinx ^sinx rsinx
= e'i sin Acos0 — u/cos A cos 5 + e'2cos A sin 9, = K' «'iI sin 2 0 + T'COS(A — 9) + /c'2sin2 A, = — "i sin 0 cos 0 — r'sin(A — 9) + /c'2sin A cos A,
K2 sin x
=
K'I cos COS22 9 — — T' COS(A — 6) 9) + + K'22 COS cos2 A
(deformation components for the oblique-angled system of coordinates are primed) may be presented in the following constitutive equations:
JVf'Wx = CPZ c ^ + +c ^ + cpV JV<'>sin2x = CJP^+CJpu/ (j
22
A/^ >sin M sin x
=
(i M), (i = =M ),
-(D^K^ -(D[ K\ K[ + + D^K^ D< V2 + + D^T Z ) 3 V)) J)
;
J 1
(j =T~i). =174).
(1.49)
Here (1) Ar (1) Ar 11
M ' '' M'
A'' 2 » = AT Af' 3 ) = = 5S', ', = JV,', N[, NM N^,2) NW 22 = M[, A/;, M< M< »» = M M 22)) A/( A/<3»3 ) = i/;, i/;,
3) C[ Cf =
n n
^A A Ti a. aK, ,^^ ) E 1
M M^« = = ff H'2,2,
(; = U ; f c = T73), (j=T73;fc I73),
n n
D& = E( Y,lIih"tP(i) + ' W ) (i = 174; A: = 173), an
= ej e| ' = c 2 cos Asin0 Asinfl + s 2 sin Acos0 — SjC,cos(A — 9), 0),
ee
. ! — cc-f2 sin A cos cos 99 + + ss 22 cos cos AA sin sin 00 ++ S,-CJ s.Cj cos(A cos(A — — 69), ),
= d]
d\ ' = (si cos 9 — c, sin 0) 2 , 6., = 6u 63,
C], c3i
=
-2
Vi
d] ' = d; = (c, sin A + -(- «< cos A) 2 , 62, = 2ff<4) = sin 2 (0 + ^ , ) ,
), 2e| 2ej
= 2e,' = sin 2{ipi - 9), = 2s\n(9(0 - A - X-2ipi). 2ipi).
44))
= - sin 2(A V,), 2(A + ¥>■),
c2i = sin2(A + y>,),
One should bear in mind that when determining angles A, 9, ?, (i = l , n ) the lines of curvature of the calculation model's middle surface are adopted as coordinates a, /?. When A = 0, 9 = JT/2, we obtain a, a«2i*
=
6l, =
1] ej'> = -2«,< 3 > = c 2 , 4i> =
4 =
4 2 = 42' = ! 2 » == 22g^ = 6b22i, = =
3) 4) 2) 2a3i3 l = 63; = -cu - c „ == cen = 2
Here constitutive Eq. (1-49) transform into Eqs. (1.22) and (1.37).
24
1.2.5
Chapter
1. Reticulated
Shell Theory:
Equations
More complex version of the constitutive equations
In t h e theory of reticulated shells just as in the theory of constitutuous shells various versions of constitutive equations may be used. Various variants of constitutive equations in t h e theory of thin elastic isotropic shells is discussed in literature [14, pp. 80-82]. For this t h e version (1.39), (1.24) as the simplest may be recommended. However these constitutive equations have certain drawbacks if applied to problems in t h e reticulated shell theory. One of t h e m is t h a t t h e sixth equation in (1.1) is, in t h e general case, fulfilled approximately. Now we obtain another version of t h e calculation model's constitutive equation. Let us assume t h a t coordinates a and /? coincide with t h e main lines of curvature of the calculation model's middle surface. T h e n t h e said equation for t h e linear problem is SSr-Sii+ Hth Hxh - H H2k22k2== 0.0. (1.50) 1-S2 Now we introduce small terms to constitutive Eq. (1.24) making it possible to strictly fulfil Eq. (1.50): Ni
=
Cuet
S\
=
CeiBi Ceeu + CeiEi + Ce C&2e2e22 -f Ce^ui
+ C12£2 e2 + Cl6u,
+[(Dn S2
= =
N2 = C 2 i£i + C22 2 2e£22 + C 22 6^, 6^,
+ / $ > ) « , + (D62 - K$)K2')*» + (Dee -
*£')■K^)r}k2,
Cei£i + t/6 2 £ 2 + Ceeu Ceew + +[{Dn + 4 ! J ) « i + (D62 + K$)K2')*2 + (Dee + K^)r]h. K^)r]h.
(1.51)
Equations (1.39) and (1.51) have another important specific feature: we can show t h a t they can be presented as a linear transformation y = Tx where y
=
xi
=
(JVi,JVa 1 $(N UN2,SUS2,M UM2,HUH 2)', 1 ,&,Mi,Af a ,fr„J5r a )*, 2 1 , 2 1 2 , 2 1 ( £e(«1 », »,«( ),«( ),T( »,r( )£)'e ),u;( W , « (',u;( ),wW ,*W ,rW , T «»)', }'1 1«W
(1.52)
with a symmetrical matrix T (asterisk means a transposition). This transformation is deduced from Eqs. (1.39), (1.51) if we consider energy deformation components of t h e middle surface according to formulae [14, pp. 79, 80]. £<*> = £<*)
£,,
££<(22»> = £ 2 ,
11
/c'' ' K
=
-KU :1>
1
=
T - hiu/2, fclW/2,
T* '
2 2 2W<11> = -2^< -2a,< 2u>< » >== uw;,
2
«< ) = - K 2 , r<2> = -r
+ kk2u>/2. 2uij2.
Just as in t h e anisotropic shell theory [15, pp. 67-69] we can prove t h a t Kirchhoff's uniqueness theorem and Betti's reciprocity principal hold in constitutive Eqs. (1.39), (1.51) in t h e reticulated shell theory in t h e case of their geometrical stability. Naturally, this does not mean t h a t with other constitutive equations t h e solution will not be unique (here the proof method used may not have validity). Note t h a t in t h e case of t h e calculation model's isotropy formulae (1.26) are valid with J3i = 0 constitutive Eqs. (1.39), (1.51) change t o equations suggested in t h e works [3] and [35] with parameters of the continuous shell (1.28).
1.2. Constitutive
1.2.6
Equations
25
Study of the geometrical stability of the reticulated shell's calculation model. Deformation energy
The calculation model is geometrically stable if displacement W of the shell's middle surface as a rigid body satisfies the condition that no deformation energy is present, i.e. W = 0: £l U> = = K\ K\ = =
1
W = IV = ii [f fj'ABdad/3 fj"ABdad0 2/ /
(1.54)
G G
where J' is a doubled deformation energy value J' = JV,e, + N Af22ee22 -Su- 5w - Mi«j - M2K2 + + (Hi (//, + + H2)T,
(1.55)
G is an area of the shell's middle surface. Using Eq. (1.22) with J2i = 0 we obtain from Eq. (1.55) J*
=
Cue] + C22 t\ + Cxiu? + 2(Ci2£iE £i£ 2 + CjeEjo; deeju; + C C2626e£22uju 22£^ + (0n + + K KUn)K] (D22 ++ KK2222)K\ +(0n )i4 + (0« )K\ ++ (2A* (20„ ++ AJT<1' JT<1' 6 6 -+2{(Dl2 + + /C, XM)KIKJ (20,6 2 )K,/C 2 + (2£> 16 - K16)KXT
+ (2D 2D26 26 -
1 Kg))r K £)T27 Kff
^ 1K616)K2T]
or, if we consider (1.23) n
J'
E
= ^[i
+ /,(/cic,2 + K (c22S522 + r sin 2v?t')2 + Cj(/C22s,Cj S,Cj — — KiS.C, 2tfii)22}.}. +C,(/c Kis.c,++7"rCOS cos 2(pi)
(1.56)
The last formula can be made simpler on the basis of (1.16): n
E
2 7 jr* = = £(tf,£* J2(K<£? ++ 7W -<2 ++cc,n ^f)-). 1= = 11 1
( L57 )
Since the rigidity characteristics of rods Kj, /,, Ct- are not negative from (1.57) it follows that J' > 0. Hence from (1.54) we conclude that the necessary and sufficient condition for the calculation model's geometrical stability is the fulfilment of (1.53) at J" = 0. Let J* = 0. Then from (1.56) 2 e\j = 0 at A Kic U / 0, (K 2 — -/ci)sin2(^ Ki) sin 2yjj++2"rcos2<^ 2T COS 2
(1.58)
26
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Hence, if we consider that the rigidity characteristics of the shell's rods are not zero we obtain a homogeneous system from 3n algebraic equations concerning e%, e2, u, Ki, K2, T. System (1.58) will have In equations if we assume d = 0 (i = l,n). For a geometrically stable calculation model we may obtain three solutions: 1. System (1.58) has only a trivial solution (1.53). 2. Systems (1.58) provides a solution different from (1.53) but the deformation continuity equations are not satisfied. The continuous equations can be considered as the integration conditions when plotting displacements according to preset deformations. 3. System (1.58) allows a decision different from (1.53) satisfying the deformation's equation. At the same time displacements corresponding to this solution are excluded by the boundary conditions (only displacements of the rigid entirety are possible). In the latter case in contrast to the first two the unfixed calculation model will be geometrically variable. In the latter two instances the displacement problem can be solved without the deformation continuity equations substituting relations (1.3) in system (1.58). It is well known that here deformation continuity equations are satisfied. This approach to solving the problem is simpler if we want to know whether the calculation model's fixing conditions assure its geometrical stability. Let us consider cases when the shell consists of two (n = 2) or more than two (n > 2) families of rods. 1.2.6a. The number of rod families greater than two. Let us fix three different families of rods »' = fit i = TO, i = v. Assume for these families that KijLQ, Ki?0,
IijtO Ii^O
{i = fi,m,v). n,m,is).
(1.59)
The values of the other rigidity characteristics of the rods forming the shell's lattice are arbitrary. Then from (1.58) we obtain c*£! + s\e2 + s,C(W = 0, cjei c K cj/ci rsin 2(fi = 0 (i (t = /i,TO, f). l i -|+ sS\K ?*a2 + Tsin2y>j m, v).
(1.60)
Hence, each of the triplet values E\, e2, ui and KU K2, 2T is the solution of the same homogeneous system of three linear algebraic equations. The determinant of this system of equations D = 0.25[sin 2(y>„ -
1.2.
Constitutive
Equations
27
W h e n using t h e momentless theory for calculating reticulated shells we assume K{ / 0, /,■ = Ci = 0 (i = T~n). Due to this with zero deformation energy only the tangential deformation components (ei = £2 = u; = 0) become zero, hence t h e middle surface of t h e shell's calculation model can have small flextures. T h u s , to assure the calculation momentless model's geometrical stability it is necessary and sufficient that it has fastenings excluding small flextures of t h e middle surface (it must be rigid). 1.2.6b. The case when the number of rod families is two. We now examine the condition when t h e rods' rigidity characteristics are not zero: A-,/0, KijQ,
7,^0,
djtO Q?0
(i = = 1,2). l,2).
(1.61)
From (1.58) we obtain c 2 £! -r c]c\ -|- sfe2 + + SjCiU s;Cib} = 2
cc-«i Ki + +S*K S*K + rsin¥>, rsin
= =
0, 0
== 0.0.
(i (i = 1,2), 1,2),
(1.62)
T h e determinant of t h e first three homogeneous equations (1.62) as regards K\, K2, T is sin2(y>i — y>2) hence, non-vanishing. It is equal to zero only when t h e two families of rods degenerate into one. Hence, K\ = K2 = = T == 0. 0. Ki=K2
(1.63)
T h e tangential deformation components are assessed by solving a system of two equation from (1.62) and three continuity deformation equations which take (1.63) into account. T h e reticulated shell's calculation model will be geometrically stable if the said system of five equations as regards £1, £21 w >s either compatible or has no solutions satisfying t h e displacement conditions of the shell's fixture (only displacements of a rigid entirety are possible). Evidently if t h e calculation model is geometrically changeable it will still be such when (1.61) is not valid: system (1.62) will contain less equations. Note t h a t geometrically stable calculation models are used for researches although geometrically changeable calculation models also have applications. In t h e latter instance t h e action of external forces on t h e displacements not inducing forces or m o m e n t s in t h e calculation model must be zero. 1.2.6c. Examples. Let us consider t h e geometrical stability of a calculation model of circular cylindrical shells with lattices formed by two families of rods. 1) Axes of one family of rods coincide with the generatrices and the other with parallels of t h e circular cylindrical shell's middle surface (<^i = 0, tp2 = T / 2 ) . T h e r o d s ' rigidity characteristics satisfy conditions (1.61).
28
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
The first two equations from (1.62) take the form ex = e2 = 0. Besides, there is also (1.63). Consequently, all deformation components except u are zero. Using formulae (1.10) we write
+ +W K - »■ » ===°' »-°> da = ITa °' ldP+W du
d2w 0a22 da* da
=
„
dv dv
„ '
2 iu d,2w dv _ „ dh 2 W~dp~' a/? dp dP W~ dP dp"'
(1.64) "•«> d2w W dv _ „ dadP ~ da dadP oadp dadp da da~ ~
,„ . . .
'
(1.65)
.A y . . are distances along the generatrix Here a = x/R, P = y/R, where x and generatri and parallel, R! is is the the radius radius of of the the shell's shell's middle middle surface surface cross cross section. section. lution of this system of five differential equations with three functions functioi has The solution the form
uH = = 4>(P), 4,(0), v = (Ci (d sin sinP/? P+ + + Co C C22cosP)a cos P)a P)c + + CC33sinp sin p + +C C44cosP cos /? + + C C00,, [C2 s\nP-C PP P,P, w = (C sin P fi -— C, C\ cos cosP)a-C P)a — cos P + +C44Csin /3, xcosP)i 3 cos 3 CC$ 4 sin
(1.66)
where Ci (i = 0,4) are arbitrary constants. With this the deformation is C1sinP + d^/dP, Rw = Ci sin P + + C Ci2cosP cos P + #/<*/?,
(1.67)
and the turn angles Rfi = Ci cos P — C2 sin /?, P,
Rj22 = = C0. 7?7
Thus, the unfixed calculation model is geometrically changeable: in this with J" = 0 non-zero displacements UJ are possible. Let us find the conditions of fixing the contour (a = at\, a 2 ; P = Pi, /32) so that the calculation model is geometrically stable. From (1.67) it follows that for this it is necessary and sufficient to satisfy the conditions CisinP C -|- dcosP Ci cos P + dip/sp dip/sP = 0. (1.68) (1.68; x sin P + Since from the functions of displacements only u depends on if a n ^ u = i)(P) then from (1.68) it follows that one of the shell's longitudinal cross sections need to have connections preventing displacements of the middle surface points along its generatrices. Here we assume u = 0 (a = = const).
(1.69)
The condition u = 0 can be replaced by u = const, and v = 0 by v = const. This would result in the calculation model's possible displacement as a rigid entirety. True, from (1.68) we find that solution (1.66) corresponds to such displacement if
29
1.2. Constitutive Equations
tp = C\ cos/? — C2sinP + Cs. Here with account of (1.66) we find that ip = 0. Then from (1.68) C\ = C2 = 0. This is possible in one variant of the boundary conditions in addition to (1.69): 1) 7i = 2) v = 3) w = 4) v = 55 )) vv = = = 66 )) »» = 7) to to = = 7) gS)v )v = = 99 )) vv = =
0 0 0
(Q = const); (a = (a = a !a,uaa22));; (a == Qi,a (Q Qi,a22););
0 00 00 00 00 00
= ct\); ai); ((a = a = a up a,,/? (a = = aaO; (a 0; (a = aia,p„ 0 (a = (a i,0 (a = = aa,,/? (0 = /?,); (/3 = A ) ;
w ID = = 0 (a — a 2 ); = = A p, uAP2));; w= = 00 (/? (0 = £ „, & w = A A )) ;; = j0,,0,); = pup2); = u> = = = A A )) ;; u; = 00 (/3 (0 = w = 0 (a = a , , 0 «» = 0 (a = a , , 0 = =
(Q (a
ft); ft); 0ft). 2 ).
Boundary conditions 5), 6), 7) can be accepted when points 0 = 0\, 0 = 02 do not lie on one diameter of the middle surface cross section; boundary conditions 8) and 9)—if the normals to the middle surface passing through points P = A and P = A are not orthogonal. 2) A circular cylindrical shell formed by a rhombic lattice (tp\ = —ip2 = V = const). Assume inequality (1.61). From the first two equations (1.62) we obtain c2£i + s\£2 ± SiCiui = 0 hence Cj£i + s\e2 = 0, ij} = 0 or considering (1.10), ddu u 2,?du
, (dv /'0u du
\\
„
C?F ++ 5 ,dp + =0 aa- 'UH '
dv da
du_ du du
+ dP~
^ ^=°-
.
„.
(L70)
To these two equations we must add three equations (1.65) expressing conditions (1.63). Solution of system (1.65) and (1.70) will be uu = - [Ci sin P + C2 cos 0P + (C5a2 + C6a) tan 2
(1.71)
Here C, (i = 1,8) are arbitrary constants. The non-zero deformation components will only be £i and e 2 : + C6, £i = - e j2 ttan a n2 V (1.72) Re2 = 2Cs5aa + v?. Turn angles corresponding to solution (1.71) are: fl7l = - ( C , sin /9 0 + C2 cos£ cos P + 2C S ),
#72 «72 = C C88..
30
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory:
Equations
From (1.72) it follows that for the calculation model's geometrical stability it is necessary and sufficient that it has fastenings at which C 5 = Ce = 0 (a calculation model without fastening is geometrically changeable). Here are some variants of the boundary conditions making the calculation model geometrically stable: 1) w 1) w 2) w 3) 71 4)7i
= = = = =
00 0 0 0
(a (a (a (a (a
= = = = =
Q,,o 22 ); Q,,Q ); const); 71 = 0 (0 = const); const); u = 0 (0 = const); const); u = 0 (a = a i , a 2 ) .
3) The problem's conditions are the same but the inequalities (1.61) are different: tf,/0, AT./O,
Ji/0,
C, C,- = 0
(1.73)
(i = 1,2). 1,2).
This often occurs in calculations (the rods' torsional rigidity is small compared to the bending rigidity). With the rods' rigidity characteristics (1.73), from (1.58) we obtain two identical equations concerning e\, £2, w and Ki, K 2 , IT. c\e\ + sje 2 ± siC\U3 = 0, C\K\ +S C\KI + 2S12KK2 ± 2S\C\T == 0.0. 2±2SIC 1T
(1.74)
If dependences between the deformation components and displacements are assumed as £l
Kl
=
"' ~"
du 1 fdv fdv /dt; \ 1_ du £i= R^da R\jp + W)' 2 2 11 da2u> w __ J_ _dLw ^^ 12 222 K 2 _ 2 K 2 da''' Wdp*' Rfl "hR?da d0 fl da d£2'2'
11_ fdu du dv\ + 80"* R{d0 da-)> da j 22 ww 11 ddu> T T 22 ~ ~~R?dad0' RR dad0' )ad0'
U=
( (1.75) 1
'
from (1.74) we obtain Eqs. (1.70) and 2 22 u 2d w 2td w 2 C 2 + S 2
dada~
d0W~~
_ = 0,
w dd22w = 0. dad/3 = ~daj0
We can prove that the solution of the system of these four equations with three functions u,v,w has the form: 22 u = = [Mv [Mv + + 0) 0) + + Mv-0) Mv-0) +C C33r,r,33-C -C2J] + Csv]tanip, Csv]tanip, 2J] + «?-/?) + 3i 2 3 3 -Mli(v + c-Cifi 0 - C,{? ++Cc4A0, 0) ++Mv-0)-C Mv-fi)-c3030-C 0, + 0) 31p vv = -Mv
w = 3C3(02-T, -ri22))V2) + 2Cl100 + 2C2V -(C
+ CCbb),),
(1.76)
where r\ = atany>; rpi(x), ^ 2 (y) are random functions, d(i constants.
= 175) are random
1.2. Constitutive Equations
31
With this solution the deformation components in accordance with (1.75) are identical (the stroke means a derivative) &2 2
R K2
22 - 2C -(V>i + 0022 + 3C = -{i>[ 3C377 rt2r)~- CC &)' 37; - 2C 5),
= =
-—66C3, C3,
22
«! «i = = -K —/cj tan tp, ip, 2 tan
tan2 2ip, y?, t == - -£ e2 2tan
£e,
uix! = =T T= = 0. 0.
(1.77)
Thus, if the calculation model is unfixed it is geometrically changeable. Let a portion of boundary conditions expressing the fastening of the shell's transversal edges, have the from v = (T? = = 0,»/.), 0,»7.), =w w= = 00 (r? (1.78) where n. = (/ tan tp)/R, I is the shell's length. We can prove that in this instance in solution (1.77) we must assume 01 = Xl Xi + X2,
02 = "Xi -Xi + X2,
C, = 0
(2 (i = 175), 1,5),
where xi, X2 are arbitrary periodical odd and even functions with period 2r]'. Here solution (1.76) takes the form « = \Xi(l + P)-xAv-P) •ifo-/») + X7(ri + 0) + X7(ri-P)]tan
» = -\xi(v + P) + xi(n-P)+X2(n + 0)-X2(ri-P)], P)-X2(ri-P)],
w w Then from Then from
= 0. = 0. (1.77) it follows that two deformation components remain non-vanishing: (1.77) it follows that two deformation components remain non-vanishing:
^2 ei ei
= -Ix[{v -{x'i(r) + P)-X'i(ri-P) P)-x[(v-0) = = — —£2tan £2tan22y>. y>.
+ X2(r) P) ++ X2(v-P)}, X2(v-P)}, X2(v ++P)
So we can conclude that the fastenings (1.78) are insufficient to assume the calculation model's geometrical stability. To achieve this we can supplement conditions (1-78) with conditions such that u = v = 0 with f) = const (and obtain Xi = X2 = 0). The same refers to the calculation of a cylindrical shell.
1.2.7
Boundary conditions
If we neglect the rods' torsion of rigidity on the plane tangential to the shell's middle surface (J21 = 0, t = 1, n), the order of the systems of differential equations describing the stressed-deformed states of the reticulated and continuous shells coincide, as well as the formulations of the problems corresponding boundary conditions. When the said rods' rigidity is not zero the order of the system of differential equations in the reticulated shell theory increases from eight to twelve. In this more general case, six and not four boundary conditions must be set in the problem.
32
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Figure 1.8: Similarly, in the plane problem for reticulated plates the order of the system of differential equations increases from four to eight and for its solution four and not two boundary conditions must be used. We now consider the type of two additional boundary conditions needed for reticulated shells' calculations when J2i j= 0. Of practical interest is the instance when the shell's lattice consists of two families of rods as only in this case will it be necessary to consider the rods' torsional rigidity in the plane tangential to the shell's middle surface. Hence, we assume n = 2. For certainty we formulate additional boundary conditions at that section of the contour of the calculation model's middle surface coinciding with coordinate 0 = 0oA few examples of most typical boundary conditions follow. 1. The rods are linked together along the shell's contour with a hinge which allows the rods of each of the two families to freely rotate around the normal to the middle surface (Fig. 1.8a). In this case G\ = G2 = 0, on the contour which according to (1.19) provides the following two additional boundary conditions: Mu = M22a. = 0 at Mi,
0 = 00Oa.
(1.79)
2. The rods are rigidly hinged along the contour: the turn angles of the two families of rods around the normal to the shell's middle surface on its contour are equal. Besides, the linear bending moment at the plane tangential to the shell's middle surface has a preset value on the contour. Here one of the two additional boundary conditions becomes
M22,, = M°,(a) M°,{a) at 0 = 0fa, O,
(1.80)
where M°,(a) is a preset function. The second additional boundary condition is obtained by equalising the turn angles around the normal to the shell's middle surface of the two families of rods [cos 2ipi — COS 2
(1.81) (1-81)
This condition follows from (1.12). The shell's support scheme when M°, = 0 (condition (1.80) is homogeneous) is shown in Fig. 1.8b.
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations
33
3. The two families' rods along the shell's contour are rigidly fixed as regards their turning around the normal to the middle surface (Fig. 1.8c). The two additional boundary conditions in accordance with (1.12) have the form (* = 1,2) — ucos2tpi ++ (£2-ei)sm2v,= (£2—£i)sin2vi = 00 at at 00 == 00OO. . -2626++ucos2
0 = 0Q ,
where k(ct) is the rigidity function of the elastic fastening, $i, 4>2 a r e turn angles around the normal to the middle surface of two families of rods. These angles, depending on the particular boundary problem are assessed according to formulae (1.4), (1.8) or (112) in which V> and f> should be replaced by ipi and >,. Note, that other additional conditions can also be formulated easily. In a particular case when the axis of one of the two families' rods coincides with the calculation model's contour only one and not two additional boundary condition can thus be formulated which fully corresponds to the type of the system of equations (see Sec. 3.1.2a).
1.3
More Precise Constitutive Equations in the Reticulated Shell Theory
The constitutive equations in the reticulated shell theory (1.22) have been derived from the classical rod deformation theory. In many cases this leads to substantial errors. Hence, we form more precise constitutive equations.
1.3.1
Allowance for transverse shear, cross-section warping and transverse deformation of rods
If the reticulated shell's rods are made from a composite material or have a large cross-section height (the shell is not thin) constitutive equations (1.22) should be
34
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
specified and we make them more precise. For this the method suggested in the work [68] for a rectangular rod must generalized for a curvilinear rod. Assume that the shallow curvilinear rod has an elongated rectangular cross section in the direction of the normal to the shell's middle surface and its material is isotropic. Assuming also that during the shell's deformation the rod has a flat stressed state we write the known equation of Hook's generalized law as: _ <7i <7, — - VOi vo-i (T\ V02
£l =
_ <Ji cr2
£2=
Ei —ET>
vGi 12. vG\
_ T
U3=
£Ei E2T XE\'
G-G
(1.83) (L83)
Then, just as in the classical shell theory, the first right-hand term in the formula for £2 is neglected. We express the rod's deformation components through longitudinal U(x, z) and transverse W(x, 2) displacements £l
W W Ro RQ + + z'z'
__dU_ dU_ dV = dx
_ dW dW dz ' a*'
_dU_ _dV_ dU_ dz
U! =
£2 =
dW dW dx ' dx'
(1.84)
where RQ is the radius of curvature of the rod's axis. Coordinates x, z are along the rod's axis and the external normal. In the first approximation we assume that the rod's stresses are calculated according to the strength of materials' formulae N M N M = Zz F ' °* -F--J ' ^F~T'' y <
H
Q ffh* Q * 9. h
T = T=
2 Zl)-\ j 2J{T2J
Z
A a\ )-
/,(1.85) 00 (L85)
Here N, Q are longitudinal and tranverse forces; M a bending moment; h, F, J are height, area and the main central moment of inertia of the rod's cross section respectively. Using the equilibrium equations in the plane elasticity theory dr dot ^1 + ^ = 0 dx ' dz dz boundary condition oi{—h/2) = 0, and the second formulae in (1.85) we obtain: 02
(z3z*_ h2 ~ V 33 " 4 Z
V
h3\ \_dQ 1 dQ 12 2J 12J U dx' dx'
, v (1.86)
Hence, in particular, it follows that dQ/dx = — 6CT 2 (/I/2). From the second formulae (1.83), (1.84) and the first formula in (1.85) after integration within the range from 0 up to z we find ,,,. „,/
, %
W(x,z) = w +
v" (MM , E 2J'
N \\
Tz)
, (1.87)
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations
35
Here and further W(x,0) = w, E = E\. Similarly, from the third formulae (1.83), (1.84) and the second formula in (1.85) taking (1.87) into account we have
_9_
... . dw Q fh2 U(x,,) = u - zz - + £j ( j Tx 2GJ 4
z3 \ v (z2 dN Q 3\ j j + - ( - - + g,» j , 6J* 3; k2J
(1.88)
where u = U(x,0). From formulae (1.87), (1.88) it follows that the displacement vector components change non-linearly according to the cross section height of the rods. We now make the formula for cr\ more precise using (1.85). We write the first formula in (1.83) as <7j = Ee\ + vcr2. Consequently, taking (1.84), (1.85) and (1.87), (1.88) into account we derive 22 „du ^du „*«, #w
,,
2
xx
2
i i ^ — - — - —- )^ 1 £^ ^ J \ 33~ 8* 8 24JJ 2 4 ) \
+
Z
4 ++
E vV (M F {M ,u> + rr* % ++ z' flo * i?o + z Jo + 2 V2J
+•= Here <Ti = a. Functions
fh/2 yA/2 yA/2
vz d N
22 2F dx 'i 2F dx N N \ FF2*jy) • 2
(1.89) (1.89)
fh/2 yft/2
yft/2
N adz, N = = bb' /II adz, M M = = -b -b J-h/2 crzdz, crzdz, J-h/2 J-k/2 J-h/2 J-h/2 J-k/2 where b is the rod's cross section width, with consideration of (1.89) are assessed according to formulae vh dQ 2
N = EFe-
V v
2Ro
v/, I 2
'V, l2Rc 12i?o - - - * " -T T4 £
rft' M = = - E-EJKJ t - ^ M
+
4 A v,v 4 99 ++ 5l5* 2r'
:
22GG - " 2G
K = —
(
whCTe
rr ==
and £
=
r
w to to Ro
E£ _F_
9J ==
UV
2
Jx
(1.90)
"•'»'
(L91
»
w \\ w
Rg
are the rod's axis deformation components. We note that for the isotropic material 3 = 1. When deriving formulae (1.90) it was assumed that 2
/ h\2
UHo,J <
vh22
2
cPN/dx PNIdx 2 Af
"24 ^ v — « L -2T
36
Chapter 1. Reticulated
Shell Theory:
Equations
Formula (1.89), taking (1.90) into account may be written as:
i)
2 3 N M z zz^\ \ dQ M _N__M_ Ig (h*z I (h z Z+ a°' = z+ lx' ~ J-T F Jj{-20-j)diJ V 20 3 ) dx' F~ T
When deriving this formula it was assumed that uh/gR
_
_^f
(1.92) (L92)
J^ '^1 ,
N = £ f £ __( 4 + _j -£-_«. N = £ F £ _ _ ( 4 + _j-£-_«.
„ „, (1.93)
(1.93)
From (1.87) it follows that assuming v = 0 t h e deflection function depends only on the longitudinal coordinate, consequently the theory neglects t h e transverse defor mation. If in addition we consider that t h e material's shear modulus tends to infinity we obtain t h e classical theory's results. T h e results obtained for a particular case when t h e rod's curvature is zero coincide with those in the work [68]. This work proves that in many cases t h e more precise theory's solutions either coincide with those for t h e plane elasticity theory or are close t o them. It also testifies that the classical theory's solutions and those obtained according t o Timoshenko's theory [74] can cause significant errors. We also mention that a review of works on making Timoshenko's theory more precise is given in [67]. We now consider t h e mean curve of a section of t h e rod 90 = h/2) - U(x, -h/2)\/h. = 6(x) = [U{x, [U(x, ft/2) Then, using formula (1.88) we obtain Q = kGF{6 kGF(6 + + dw/dx), dw/dx), where
(1.94) (1.94)
2 1=^. ~k=2-^GjE" 2 + uG/E
(1.95) (L95)
2 + vG/E' Formula (1.93) taking (1.94) into account, become vh2 vh22
M
N N
= =
=
rh22kk„„/d0 d0_
EjK+
uh ™ ™ \2RoEFe
~ 2*r - ir
( x) U *?) ■
,
,
(1.96) (L96)
When using these formulae for practical calculations they can be simplified and written as: //lit dO ■Pw_ 1T( Tx" dx2 rh2k 'M_ — ( cf dx2 , +S ( (1.97) 97)
»- --?-K)(£+£0. »-»-^"K)(S+S)-
u . -„._^ (-
).
,
37 37
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations
Formulae (1.94), (1.97) are more precise constitutive equations for a plane form of deformation of a flat curvilinear rod having a rectangular cross section. From these equations for the reticulated shell's rod we obtain NT = EiFtf E^e: M At;'
=
- ^ G , F , ( 4 + rr.h^V^ A W V.-w), v, )V,W + V.-u,), 8 _'
-EiJuK' -EiJuK-
- 2*^6 '^!&-GiFiVi(0T '^B-GiFiViW iV, 4
(1.98)
ViWiW),), +• V Viii
is a n where k' = fc,c? + fc2s?; 0* = 0,c, + 0 2 s t ; V. V, is an operator in (1.17); 8U 62— are the mean curve angles of the normal in planes /? = const and a = const. In these formulae functions £*, /c* are determined through the shell's middle surface deformation components according to formulae (1.16). We obtain the reticulated shell's constitutive equations by substituting formulae (1.98) into
n1
N> = t^r,
2
n
N2 = ±S1N:,
n
S = ±aS-^N:,
' E .=i "• .=i■I*°« .=i ' SS M, = Mr = E ±CC1M JM;, = = ±± 1M 1M:,:, H =HH=-±fM?, = -±S-^M; u222 = ±i * A :, M -E is"*" ■K,
5 =
t=i
1=1
a
—v S,Cj
aa
■ i=l i ==i i ''
aa
i=l ,=i < n S s
i=l i=i
1=1
aa
<
«> ==E±fQh Qx ^ ; . Q2Qi =E E^QI = a± i.Ql i=; i=i
n ■
a
'
i=i a'
(1.99) (i.99)
<—i
These formulae disregard the rods' torsional rigidity and bending in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface.
1.3.2
Allowance for the rods' non-linear-elastic deformation
We now obtain constitutive equations in the reticulated shell theory when the rods' material is non-linearly elastic. Assume during the rods' deformation that Bernoulli's hypothesis is satisfied. Then from formulae (1.16) for the fibre of a rod positioned distance z from the middle surface we obtain ,c? + te22s\ (nicf ++KK2Ssin2ipi)z. 2
(1.100) (1.100)
The rod's axial force and bending moment are derived from formulae
N' oldF, M' M:==- -J a'zdF,, N'= = IJ f WF, a:dF„ jI a'izdf <^F t, JF,
m
where a* 7* = =
(1.101)
38
Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
The constitutive equations are obtained taking (1.100), (1.101) in formulae (1.99) into account. Note that the constitutive Eqs. (1.22) with J 2 ; = 0 and the lattice's stable parameters with the main terms of effective characteristics for simple frameworks resulting from averaging processes in periodic media [6], [18], [24].
Chapter 2 DECOMPOSITION M E T H O D 2.1 2.1.1
Solution of Equations and Boundary Value Problems by the Decomposition Method Decomposition method
This method was suggested in the work [49] and the basis of it is contained in the following. Let us assume we must find solution y = {yi{x),..., j/ m (x)} of the boundary value problem
Li{y) = fi(x), WV) /<(*). i!' = = l,...,m, l,--.,m, x a: e 6 ft; IAv) = = « ( * )x)> , j' =i = l,...,r, 'i(y)
ft;
(2.1) (2.1) (2.2) (2.2)
where Z; and lj are respectively the operators of the equations and the boundary conditions, the fi(x) and
Li = Y, 2 J Lik* Lik,
(2.3) (2-3)
k=\ *=1
where some of the terms in the operators La, may not occur in £,-, and let us introduce the notation (2.4) Lik{y) = y?(«). /?(«). (2.4) Lik{y) yfw. From Eqs. (2.1), (2.3) and (2.4) it follows that k=h
=E
^(*) = H / ?f(«), ( * ) . i = l,...,m. *=1 *=1
39
(2.5)
40
Chapter 2. Decomposition
Next, let us add following h auxiliary problems for yk = {yk{x),. • •, Vm(x)}
Lik(yukk)) = = /*(*), f,k(x), £»(»*) f?(* l
*x € e f tl , i = l,...,m» l , . . . ) m , i f c = k-l,...,h; l,...,A;
i(y") Vj(*)> *x e rr] ikt e rr,, j =»«,... = ilk,...,i 'i(v*) »»i(*)i ,i rkrk. Y) = Vj(x),
Method :
(2.6) (2.7) (2.7)
Depending on the value of k in conditions (2.7), either iik = I or i/* = 0, / = 1 , . . . , r, and the boundary condition corresponding to the case j = 0 is omitted. The conditions (2.7) are chosen so that at each fixed point of the contour V the conditions (2.2) are satisfied by at least one solution yk. The following theorem holds. THEOREM. If there exist solutions of problem (2.1), (2.2), they coincide with the solutions which are common to all the problems (2.6), (2.7): y*=yk,
k = 2,...,h. 2,...,h.
(2.8)
In fact, in this case boundary conditions (2.2) will be satisfied, as a consequence of the selection of the conditions (2.7) indicated above. Furthermore, Eqs. (2.1) will be satisfied as well, since Eqs. (2.3), (2.5) and (2.6) hold. On the other hand, it is easy to see that a solution y is a solution of each of the h problems (2.6), (2.7) as well. The theorem is proved. Consequently, the task of solving the boundary value problem (2.1), (2.2) may be replaced by that finding solutions of the auxiliary problems (2.6), (2.7), containing mxh unknown functions fk(x) with the addition of the m x h conditions (2.5), (2.8) on the solutions.
2.1.2
Merits of the method
In the method proposed here, the formation of the auxiliary problems may be carried out in infinitely many ways. The nonuniqueness of the decomposition of the original problem is a consequence of two causes. The first consists in the arbitrariness of the choice of the operators La,, which may be one-dimensional as well as multidimensional, and, moreover, may contain terms not included in the operators L, of the original problem. The second cause consists in the arbitrariness of the choice of the boundary conditions of the auxiliary problems: an auxiliary problem may contain either no boundary conditions at all, or all boundary conditions (2.2), or any part of these conditions (if a solution of the original problem exists, then in solving each of the auxiliary problems all the boundary conditions (2.2) may be satisfied, due to the arbitrariness of the right-hand sides of Eqs. (2.6)). It is only necessary that at each point of the contour the conditions (2.2) be satisfied, when taking the union of the boundary conditions of all the auxiliary problems. The considerable degrees of arbitrariness in the decomposition of the problem provides wide possibilities of choosing the auxiliary problems so as to facilitate the construction of the desired solution.
2.2. Application of the Decomposition Method
41
The decomposition method makes it possible to rather easily obtain highly accurate formulae for the maximum function and eigenvalues of the boundary value problems. When using basis functions there is no need to satisfy the boundary conditions since these functions are used not for solution representation in series form but functions /*(x). This assures a high rate of convergence. When using numerical methods for solving the problems, functions /*(x) are taken as the basic unknown ones. The grid approximation of these functions guarantees a high accuracy of results on rather sparse grids. In conclusion, let us observe that the L, of the original problem (2.1), (2.2) may not only be differential operators, but also more general operators.
2.2 2.2.1
A p p l i c a t i o n of t h e D e c o m p o s i t i o n M e t h o d for Particular Problems Analytical solutions
2.2.1a. Precise solution of a non-linear differential equation with partial derivatives. We now solve the quasilinear quasilinear ainerenuai differential equation Dive tne equation )(du/dx + 2(au + bxy)(du/dx bxy)(dujdx + du/dy)du/dy) + (x + y)bu = = 9q^x) -f qq2(y), l (x) + 2(y),
(2.9) (2.9)
where a, b are constants. We introduce two equations (2au1 + bxy)du dui1/dx+ Idx 4 byui (2au22 + + bxy)du y)du2/dy + - bxu2
= f{x,y) + + qi(x), = -f{x, y) + q2(y).
Having equated these equations' solutions [19] we determine function f(x,y). result for u = u\ = u2 we obtain
As a
au2 + bxyu = tp(x - y) + + / qi(x)dx + / q2(y)dy, where ifi(z) is an arbitrary function. The result can be generalized for a multi-dimensional case and when the righthand side of Eq. (2.9) has a general form. 2.2.1b. Approximate solutions of boundary value problems a) We need to determine deflection w of a uniformly stretched square membrane at the central point subjected to a uniform transverse load q. The boundary value problem has the form: d2w/dx2 + 8d)22w/dy2 == -q/o-6; -q/ffS; q/aS; (2.10) w(x,±a) w(x, ±
w(±a, w(±a,y)y) = 0,
(2.11)
42
Chapter 2. Decomposition
Method
where 6 is the membrane's thickness; a the tensile stress; 2a the length of the contour's side. We introduce notations a = x/a, /3 = y/a, w = qa2v/Scr. Then problem (2.10), (2.11) can be written in a dimensionless form: d2v/da2 2■+ Fv/dp ay&**+aty80 aV3« ^ / ¥2 ■■== --ii;; a
v(a,±l) = v(a,±\) = 0; 0;
v(±l,/3) v{±\,P) = = 0. 0.
(2.12)
(2.13)
According to the method of solution we examine two (h = 2) additional boundary value problems d V "/ /ddaa 22 d2vW/d/3 vW/d022
= =
/f(a,P) ( a , / ? ) - 0 , 5 ; „i')n v ( l ) (±l,/3) = 0; 2 (a, < ±1) = 0, - / ( a *, /, 03 )) --U 0 ,, 55 ;; u< v, <(2)>2)((a,
(2.14) (2.15)
where f(a,j3) is an unknown function. If we obtain the solution of problems (2.14), (2.15) and equate them (function / ( a , /?) will be assessed) then we have the sought solution 2 „„ == „(>) „(') ,<•> = = u< u< ,< 22>.).).
(2.16)
When solving additional boundary value problems it is useful, if possible, to preliminary assess the properties of unknown functions included on the right-hand side of the equations. Thus, in the given problem from the symmetry and condition (2.16) it follows that the right-hand side of (2.15) must be derived from the right-hand side of (2.14) by substituting o <—> /?. Hence /(a,/?) /(«,/?) = - / ( / ? , a ) .
(2.17)
In addition, from the parity of function v along a and /? we have the parity of f(a, 0) according to these arguments. Due to the boundary conditions at a = ± 1 and j3 = ±1 the left-hand side of Eqs. (2.14) and (2.15) correspondingly become zero as functions differentiated twice along a and /?, become zero. Hence, / ( a , l1) ) = - / ( !l , / ? ) = 0.5.
(2.18)
After the double integration of Eq. (2.14) we find „(D - Jdajf(a,P)da /
(2.19) (2.19)
Using boundary condition (2.14) and assuming
[/*,
/(a,/?)
2.2.
Application
of the Decomposition
Method
43
T h u s , solution (2.19) can be presented as
1 l -1c r „('> J°dtJf(t,0)dt+ -^-. vW == J°dtJf(t 1P)dt+ -^-. f(t,W 4 2
[^
(2.20) (2.20)
Similarly (considering condition (2.17))
22 t a dt ] = 1-^-. t„< J0^/(*,«)* dtjf(t,a)dt+ ",<<2>'>:==/(, dtff( > ) + - /--A
2 21 ((2.21) - )
Substituting Eqs. (2.20), (2.21) into condition (2.16) we derive an integral equation for t h e function / ( a , / ? ) . Now we obtain t h e problem's approximate solution. Considering t h e parity of functions / ( a , / ? ) along a and /? and also (2.17) into account we assume s 2 2i f(a,p) -p )- /3&\ J[a,p) f(a,/3) 12c(a U rS ) ,/?) == l2c(a
(2.22)
where c is t h e constant to) bbe e found. From Eqs. (2.20)-(2.22) we obtain tu/ >' = = „<» (11
w
vvmJ „( )
== =
( a 44 --6 a6 2a /2 302 + Cfl2 6 / ? 2 - l ) c + ( l -- a 22))/ / 4 , 2
( , 34 4-- 66Q a 2 2/ /3 ? 2 + fi,v 6 a_2 - l ) + ( l - / ? 22 ) / 4 . 0 3 4 - 6 a 2 / ? 2 + 6 a 2 - l ) cC+ ( l -l -/ ?^ 2 )) //4 .
(2.23) (2.23)
Using these formulae we find
Using these formulae we find w0 = v(0,0) w0 = v(0,0)
(1) {2) = vv™{0 (0,0) = vW(0. (0,0) = v ( 1 ) (0,0) = Vv{2)(0,0)
= 0,25 - c. = 0,25 - c.
(2.24) (2.24)
To d e t e r m i n e constant c we a d a p t t h e obtained results (2.23) to condition (2.16). Table 2.1 lists t h e calculation results according to formula (2.24) and their deviations in per cent from t h e accurate solution given in column 2 with t h e following six methods of assessing value c: 1) i ; ( , ) ( l / 2 , 0 ) = v< 2 >(l/2,0) )(l/2,0) (column 4) 2) t;<'>(l,0) u<'>(l,0) = U< «<22>(1,0) >(1,0) (column 5) 3) » W ( 1 , 1 / 2 ) = U < 2 > ( 1 , 1 / 2 ) (column 6) 4) E q u a t i n g coefficients in solutions (2.23) with ao?2 and /? 2 (column 7). 5) Satisfied on average are boundary conditions for u' 1 ' with /? = 1 and for u' 2 'with a = 1 (column 8), i.e. t h e condition:
f „<»;
\)dct = 0. f/ vv((11))((aa>, ,, \)da \)da = = 0. Jo Jo 6) Minimization of t h e functional according t o c
J(c)=
1 ) dadc jfi:[ 2I~~ / ( Q , ,1)1 i
44
Chapter
1 2 u>0 0.295 To
0.675
Ho 0.141
Table 2.1: 5 0.300 1.7% 0.700 3.7% 0.142 0.7%
3 0.312 5.8% 0.625 7.4% 0.139 1.4%
4 0.293 0.7% 0.674 0.1% 0.140 0.7%
2. Decomposition
6 0.289 2.0% 0.656 2.8% 0.138 2.1%
7 0.292 1.0% 0.667 1.2% 0.139 1.4%
Method
8 0.302 2.4% 0.708 4.9% 0.142 0.7%
T h e m e t h o d of determining c is based on property (2.18) and can b e used for u' 1 ', u' 2 ' solutions. T h e result obtained agreed with t h e previous one (column 8). From Table 2.1 it follows t h a t all t h e solutions are close t o t h e accurate one. T h e third column in Table 2.1 gives an approximate solution of the problem under review, obtained using Ritz' method [30]. Comparison with Ritz' m e t h o d favours the decomposition m e t h o d . b) We now investigate t h e torsion of a rod with a square cross section. T h e b o u n d a r y value problem for the stress function ^> can be written as d2iPldx j>/dx22 + il>/dx + d2V tP/dy / d y2 2 == = -2G9\ -2G6; rp/dy 2G6;
il>(±a, ta,y)y) == 00, iip{±a,y)
ij>(x,±a) ip(x, = 0; i , ±±a) a) =
(2.25)
where 9 is t h e rod's twist angle per unit length; G t h e material's shear modulus; 2a t h e length of a side of t h e cross section. T h e greatest tangential stress m a x r and torsional moment / / are found using formulae
-'--(2)... m a xxTr == - f ^
\dxj \dxj
|
xx = a v
=0
;
—xc " H-==' 4iff J/ T/ J-^-xdxdy. ox O * Jo Jo Jo Jo
„=0
OX
(2.26)
Designating a = x/a, /? = y/a, ip = 2a2G0v, the boundary value problem (2.25) may be written as (2.12), (2.13) and formulae (2.26) have t h e form max 2aG0r0O;o;\ max T T = 2aG6T 2QG'0T where TO = -
fdv\ \da)
■ =i ' 0=0
4
H = 8a8a4G0H G6Ho0,
tfo =
rj
o Jo
dv
-adaa ad/3.
dat
(2.27)
T h e approximate value of function v is given in two forms (2.23) in t h e previous problem. T h e y coincide on t h e diagonal of t h e rod's cross section a = /3. From t h e auxiliary boundary value problems (2.14) and (2.15) it follows t h a t functions t*'1' and tiW precisely satisfy t h e boundary conditions with a = ± 1 and /3 = ± 1 respectively. T h u s we take v « u' 1 ' with a > /? and v « u' 2 ' with a < /?. Consequently, formulae
2.2.
Application
of the Decomposition
Method
45
(2.27) become
* To
— {da {-»r)) =
*=>
; Ho
p= o p= o
=L U I'M 3
8yW xda Qda - + da (
it,' 1 '
l da -a*-Aadadp.)df}-
-da~
The calculation results using these formulae and different methods of assessing the constant c (see the above example) are tabulated in Table 2.1 (columns 4-8) with their deviations as a percentage of the precise solution (column 2). The third column in Table 2.1 gives the approximate solution using Ritz' method [30]. It is seen from Table 2.1 that the decomposition method gives a highly accurate solution of this problem. Assuming v = u' 1 ' within the entire integration domain in formula (2.27) the result for H0 will hardly change. c) Let us consider the torsion of a beam with an elliptical cross section and a central elliptical cavity. The problem reduces to solving a differential equation in the double connected domain of the beam's cross section dhp_
d24>
2
dy*
dx
(2.28)
26G,
satisfying the following boundary conditions on its external (Ti) and internal (T2) contours (2.29) T/>(r\) V»(r 0, ^;(T V(r 0 ( r 222) = const, *<£ -£-ds = ---2n. 2 0J 1. /-(r.)a) == o, ^d8 = JT, on Here 6 is the relative twist angle of the bar, G the material's shear modulus, d/dn a derivative of the normal to contour r 2 , fi the area limited to this contour. We introduce notations
f
Q =x <*=-, a
p= = e ==0Ga eGa2v v, P h jl T== e, '4> v> ^ = S' 13=1, ^
ac
_ y_ be' be
a
=
b
2
9Ga2v,
( 2 - 3 °)
(2.30)
where a, 6 and ac, be are semiaxes of contours Ti and r 2 respectively. Then equation (2.28) becomes d2v _ d2v 2c2. (2.31) 2 2 + da dP dp2 ~
4
Contours T[ and T 2 derivedd from equations rT[:a ; :2a2 + +4 p?22 == c~\ c-2,
2 T r 2 ::aaa222 + 4 /3 = 1l
r=
(2.32)
correspond to contours T\ and T 2 . W i t h (2.30) b o u n d a r y conditions (2.29) can be written as
V ( r ' , )= V(T\) = 00,, (ri)
V(r' V(T' (r'22)) == const,
/^ It —-
* — 7 == -2ir. -2ir.
(2.33)
46
Chapter 2. Decomposition
Method
Thus, the original boundary value problem (2.28), (2.29) was transformed to boundary value problem (2.31), (2.33). In accordance with the decomposition method we examine two auxiliary boundary value problems. The first auxiliary boundary value problem: d2vt g l2 = / ( ao,P)-c , / ? ) 2-,c 2 , da ~~
w,(ri) (rj) = 0.
(2.34)
The second auxiliary problem: 2 9?v V2 _ , , a, 22 2 ee2 2 ^22 = e = -f(a,0)-c *,0)~c ,, d/3 ~ /(Q,/?) C
W ~
i
" '
(2.35)
(2.36)
v = vi V Vi = vv22..
(2.37)
Problem (2.34)-(2.37) can be solved using various known methods. We shall use a direct method, when function /(a,/?) is expanded into a series according to a certain system of linearly independent basis functions in the domain limited by contours T\ and T2. Here the construction of basis functions is much simpler than when using other known methods as these functions need not satisfy any boundary conditions. Another advantage is that with the same number of terms the decomposition method ensures a higher accuracy as in this case not the sought function but its derivatives are approximated. It should be noted also that the constructed system of basis functions can be used for solving various problems irrespective of the types of operators, provided their domains of assessment coincide. Assume that /(a,/?) = k (k =const). Then the solution of boundary value problem (2.34) has the form «i ( a22 + /3 »i = 0.5(Jfc 0.5(fc: --c c2 2))(a 0/ ?1 22-- cc22))..
(2.38)
The solution of Eq. (2.35) k + c22 v {a) + ,P v23 = Vl yj,(a) + l3 P
(2.39)
in which from the parity condition v2 according to /?, f2{a) = 0 must obey boundary conditions (2.36). It is easy to prove that these conditions using function ip\(a) can
2.2.
Application of the Decomposition Method
47
be fulfilled to any preset accuracy (for which, for example, yi(a) may be presented as two terms one of which is constant). As for condition (2.37) it can be satisfied only approximately because of value k. Here we only evaluate the maximum modulus tangential stress value max|r| = T.. And in this case it is not necessary to determine function ¥>i(a). It is known (also from the physical concepts) that r. occurs at the beam's cross section points having coordinates x = 0, y = ±6 (for definiteness assume a > b). Hence, _ djP __9Ctf 9Ctf OGa2 dv dv r. = (2.40) T (240) '~ be dp ' ~ dy dy **===coo be be OP dp °j o===0oo • »= = l/c \h
_ k
y=b
In accordance with this formula, on the basis of Eq. (2.37) we can write the condition for assessing; the fc as M R ; constant L U i i M d i u iA, ao dv-i dvi
dvi2 dv
-dJ W W W w ~~~dp ==
W th
'
1
a
0 ° == °^ ^ = -cc
Now, using (2.38) and (2.39) we obtain k = fjvjc2; thus, assuming in (2.40)
8v dv dv dv\ dv22 dvx dv? dP == ~dp~ dp~ dp ~dp~ == ~dp~ ~dj)
w
we find
a2b r. = 2 0 G — 2 - r =2. + b'b ' a' + The obtained formula agrees with /ith the known precise solutio, solution. In the works [12], [27], [50] the decomposition method was used to obtain analytical solutions of specific linear and non-linear engineering problems having sufficient accuracy for practical purposes.
2.2.2
Numerical solutions
We show one of the possibilities of using the decomposition method for an approximate numerical solution of Dirichlet's problem for Poisson's two-dimensional equation in a rectangular domain. Let us examine the following problem: 2
dd2Uu dx2
2
dd22Uu +
V
U =
..
,
(2.41)
/(*,3>)>
0 with
i = 0, a;
y = Q,b. 0,b.
(2.42) (2.42)
For the approximate solution of problem (2.41), (2.42) we study two auxiliary boundary value problems 7 dd*uw UW
- dx &2 r
1i
+ i/C2^x^ = f(^y) +
(2.43)
48
Chapter 2. Decomposition
Method
(l) [/O U [/<■> :== 00 with with xx == 0,a, {/< 1 d9 £/< (/<22) > a..2 ZJjL= - -V(x,!/) v ( x , y ) + i2/ ( xx,y), ,y),
(2.44) (2.44)
22
{2) 2
U > --= t/<
(2.45)
(2.45)
(2.46) (2.46)
= 0,6, 0,b, 0 with with yy == 0,6,
where i^(x, y) is the unknown auxiliary function. According to the decomposition method, provided we have the solution of problem (2.41), (2.42) it agrees with those of problem (2.43), (2.44) and (2.45), (2.46): 2 (1) : = r/(a) 7(i) [/ >.. U == [/<» £/ = [/( C/(2)
(2.47) (2.47)
Solution UW of problem (2.43), (2.44) may be written as: 1) ("(/, y)*, £/«(*, £/
/o Jo
where
=f
( l1 ) V-("| *«(.,») tf>«(x, y) = = jT fQ L Lx,y) x , y)l + + «fa, 777<"(0, (0, y) y) == ((~pj ^ ) "(0, + ii/(x, |/ j( x , Vy)) «fa,
v 9x
) -)U
^. .
Q
We rewrite t/' 1 ' after substituting the expression for >r rp^Hx,y): tp^\x,y):
I 1'
(,) ) (,) (0, y) +■ xx <( 111 »(0, UM(x, t/C>(0 ( y) + U<% V™{x,y)y) =: £/ (0,y) *777 >(0,y) + J' [ ' dt * [J
where
X
>
(2.48) (248)
f'
-J? J:
2 (2) (2) i/«, x,s)ds t/< >(x, y) = C/ / ( 2 ) ((x, x , 0) + yi y7(% (*, 0) - J'dt J
t/< >(x, y) = U™(x, 0) + y 7 where
(x, 0) -fdtf
Jo
2
/d£/< >>> (2) 2) (*>0) = (j~j (j~j 7<( 2>(x,0) (x,l = 77
V 9y J v=o
,,
F„(x,y) Fy(x,y)==j j **dtdt ^v(x,y) ./n
Jo
Assume that between the uniform grid's adjacent nodes x„ = = nhx, ym = mAy,
= 0,1,...,/V, n = 0,l,...,N,N N + 1,\, m = 0 , 1 , . . . , M , M + 1,
J'f(x,SS)ds. j'f(x, )ds.
(2.49) (2.49)
2.2.
49
Application of the Decomposition Method
the unknown function ip(x,y) changes linearly. Then from (2.48) and (2.49) we obtain t/<» «£!
n - O
nh xlal + Aj hi ( s| + ^ ) ^VOrr. = t ^ + nfc.TSJ
»-»
/,2
E »-o
j
A n ,m I FFx,nm +hl im + im nm +■ -F + ■hi x V E ^( n " -- i)ip OVim + -f
(2.50)
1=1
rrCO + «2 a£2 = U^
(2)
?AV
aO
mh^-hlf^^iy^ ^ 3 2 71-1
¥>n0
H
m m _- 1
2
m _ i /i A2 li -i)Vn. --A A 22, £ \](m-j)
-sJEo
in,
(2.51) (2.51)
Using condition (2.47) in the grid's internal nodes
7
= f/(2)
B = 1,JV,
m1 = 1 ,
M,
we derive N x M equations:
uiOm rr(l)
nh -v (1)
«
n
" x70m
'G •-?) /1
1 \
\
■■'
/
n -n— 1
?
hi &> t
_J
Pim - - OW"
hi/i2 , + i1 *z,nm
.=1
m-A 2 rnh gg( (mm- -j> = 1" Vyl$ -~- hiA2( (I3I++= ^^-i i) ) ^VnO ^n0n0++A; j>n jn j )^ni yTnO n$ 0 +m ^AE< *{ 2 J mh
u
2 fcS A
J=I
1i
-—^Vnm y¥>mn + + ^ X-fy.nm, m ,
2 *•""
= l,N, l,Af, = nTl = l,JV,
m = =TTl=l,M. J U .. m l ,, M
(2.52) (2.52)
Functions
(2.53) (2-53)
Similarly using boundary conditions (2.42) and Eq. (2.43) we obtain
4>
rt*,0) = - i / ( » , 0 ) , (p(x,0)
4'
?(x,6) = - i //((zx,,& „(x,6) 6) .
(2.54)
50
Chapter 2. Decomposition
Method
Now we rewrite Eq. (2.52) taking boundary conditions (2.44), (2.46), (2.53), (2.54) into account: n-l
ro—1 m—1
1=1 1=1
Jj = =l
{ im h m "-M£! ^ 7 ^ - mhrJ mVrio ++ hl Xl(" l XI( ~~ ifo**++ 51=1 > -~ ^ + hlYiyn-i)H j=i = =
n =
^
1, A, l,N,
z—g—p.. V{fnm
6
n " -- 1l \ /om 1 ^ 1 + I rn-l\ /n0 1 m+ 1 f/ fo m +++ h J+ „ 1 /nO jFl „ ' i , ™+ + --Tj, °"> 2*' V~) '" 22^^"""""" 2 > (3 ( 3 + TJ1 T~) / n ° ~ ~ 22Fx-™ m = 1, M.
=i\
1
h -2 ~2** *[3(3 (§ ++ — ^l") ~2** ^l") 7
L2 »2 _I_ 1I 1,2 L2 L2
If we add M Eq. (2.50) on the border x = a (n = N + 1) and N equations (2.51) on the border y = b (m = M + 1) to the obtained system we get a system of 7VM -f A7 + M linear algebraic equation with unknown values fnm{n = 1,N,
m = TJT), 7£>(n = MO, 7£>(m = Mf).
Function tp values in the grid's internal nodes and 7' 1 ', 7 " ' values of partial derivatives of function U on the border of the domain obtained when solving the resulted system make it possible to use (2.50) or (2.51) to calculate the original problem's (2.41), (2.42) solution at any internal point of the grid. For problem (2.41), (2.42) calculations were performed with the right term f(x, y) = — s i n ^ s i n ^ . The solution obtained for the grid was compared with the accurate one '%2 it2YX . JW . iry uU(x,y) { x y )== + sin1 —s,nsin — . a b The linear system of algebraic equations was solved using the Gaussian method with columnwise pivoting. Calculations were performed on three grids with division of the rectangular domain's sides in 2, 4 and 8 parts (N = M = 1, 3, 7 respectively) for the domains with the b/a sides' relationship 1 and 3. In all cases relative errors
>
{^
¥)
T T-
\uiP-u,\
max J —rj—. e = ma \Uii\ i,j ' \Uij\
(2.55)
did not exceed 10~16. In all the variants, the maximum in (2.55) was reached in the grid's internal nodes adjacent to the border of the domain. In the centre of the domain the error was minimum. An algorithm for solving this problem with a non-uniform grid has also been developed. In the work [22] the decomposition method is used for a numerical solution of composite problems for parabolic equations and elliptic boundary value problems such as: biharmonic, Dirichlet's problems for Laplace's three-dimensional equation and the boundary value problem with boundary conditions of the first type of the three-dimensional elasticity theory. All this reduces to the successive solution of smaller dimensional problems using grid methods. The order of the error is assessed and this proves the method's reliability.
Chapter 3 STATICS 3.1
Plane Problem
This chapter examines a plane problem of a rectangular plate with different lattice structures. Here the bending rigidity of a plate's lattice consisting of two families of rods is considered.
3.1.1
A plate with more than two families of rods
We refer the plate's middle plane to the Cartesian system of coordinates x, y. The differential equilibrium equations have the form dNt SiVj dS 95 ax "+ ay +
dN22 dS 3^2 as x, „ ay ax + Y = dy + dx
„
v
^ * = °' -di ^
^
°-
(3.1) (31)
With the deformation components corresponding to the plane problem With the deformation components corresponding to the plane problem £i
au du ax dx' ox
£2 =
au dv ay ay
du au ay dy ay
w = du
dv ov dv dx' ox ox
we may present the constitutive equation (1.24) as n n
= J2 Y,Ki4Vi{ciU Siv), AT, ^ # ; jsr«?Vj(cj« c ? VfVi(. j ( c , u + 3,-v), a,t;), JV, Nx =
E t=i 1=1 n n
E
fvf(.
Siv), AT22 = J^Kts^iiau £ /r,-5?Vj(c,1l /r,-5?Vj(c,H + 3<W), N i=l n n
E^
5S = ^ i OKiSjCiVijCjU . - C i:,V,( V i f Cl cu + Siu). S = ^" == ^" KiSjCiVijCjU + SJV). SJV). ii = = llli i=
51
. . (3.2)
52
Chapter 3.
Statics
Operator or Vj Vj iiintroduced for performing the differentiation towards the tangent to the axis of the i-th rod family has the form d d_ d .<;.- d V; V, = Ci-£- + Si—. ox 'dy' oy Note that value CiU + s,v is the displacement of a point on the middle surface towards the tangent to the axis of the i-th rod family. Using the obtained constitutive equation and (3.1) we find the following system of equations for the displacements: Li ln(u) (v) + + = 0, 0, Li122(t>) 4- X -' = l!"! +L
LM«) L-22 0. 12{u) + 22{v) ( t + Y = 0. + Ln(v)
(3.3) (3.3)
Here L,j are linear differential operators:
i, n =. Ln
~ ~ Li 1 2 —~_ Lu Ln
2
a + r d2 +c°d r d" +2Cw2 r 6 Ad2 +r°d Cu Cl2 lj,2 2 ++ l T A + dx' 2Cw~dltfy~ CudT*+ + Cl2df2 + l a5x ^ ++ '333 5y^ a?
oT*+ ~dltfy~ dfa2 a^ a? Q2 d d2 d^0 d , JL Ci2 +or * -i-r +r° +r° Cl6 16 +2Cu + C26 2 3 + C r dT> dx* d^ dy~ dX~ *dy'' 5
oT>+2Cudx%, dxdy + C26dy~2 + 3 a ^ + 2 9 ^ ' d Q2 &2 d d_ ^ - +■+■C° +C°VC +2C 167T~Z +C 1 ■WZ—T 'ay' L22 - Ci2-^+2C26-^-y oxoy + C22dyi+C2-^ dx + C< dy, where additional notations are adopted Lu
~
Cl6
z, r L22 _• C
dCu/dx dCu/dx C° = dC + dC dCie/dy, /dy,— if C° =■dC /dx + dC dC /dy, /dy, u/dx u/dx l2 2626 C? = ■ *~i6 /dx + Ku/dy /dy, C° = dC dCis/dx - dC dCdC /dy. C° dCi66/dx + dC /dy. /dy. 12/dy, 22 C3° =-- dCi l2 26/dx + 22 22 *o/
(3.4) (3.4)
If the lattices parameters are constant (each family of the lattices rods can be characterized by their own parameters independently on the coordinate parameters), the differential operators of the system (3.3) will take a simpler form: n
! 2
2 2 r.. — L L„ = = Y,K.c £ t f , c Vl Vv ,
=£
2
u
i=l i=l
v
I'
n n
= £*
! 22
2 L = X>,s2V Vv ,,
L 222 2 = £ K , S 1i = =1l
2
n
£
2
L ^ ^ t f . ^tf.s.CiV*. V . v 2 ..
L 12 = £
(3.5) (3.5)
1=1 i1== 1l
Now we consider a plate with three families of rods. Assume that the lattice's parameters are constant f = f\ = —¥>2> V3 = 0, a = ai = a 2 = 2ca 3 , F = F\ = F2, E = Ei = E2 = E3. ~p r an b o b t a i n e d from f r n m the t.hp one n n p shown s h n w n in i n Fig. P i i r 1.5 1 Fk provided nrr\\i\At>A t.h. Such a lattice can bee obtained that it has no third family of rods (the fourth family of rods is taken for the third). Note that the parameters without subscript i will refer to the first family of rods i.e. » = 1. For instance s = Si = siny>].
3.1.
Plane Problem
53
In this case t h e reticulated plates' constitutive equations are formulae for from (1.30) where: 4
2 2
Cuu — C = = 2Kc 2Kc +K K33,, Cu ''
C\ C C112 = = Cee Cee = = 2Ks 2Ks Ks2c2c, 22 — ?66 —
N,N2,S
4
,
4 4 C C22222 == 2Ks Ks 2Ks . .
For t h e given t y p e of lattice t h e differential operators (3.5) in t h e system of equations (3.3) become:
£i nnn
= =
4
r+
\c44KK(2c (2c K+ +
^£-K )£- +2s c K^, 3
2 2
2 2 K3)£2 2+2s c K^,
Y iL2 = MK^Ux2 + tantrtrjfe), *dy ) 2
i 2222 2 —
2
2
iLll2 2
= =
d K' ssin i n22 2 2
Assuming Y = 0, and also u = -(a3a/EF)L„(9), 3/£F)i22(*),
v = (a3/EF)L„(9) (a3/EF)L12(Hf),
t h e system (3.3) can be reduced t o an equation
KK
d4
d +K +K+K+K =x \$ x= X, dx dv 4
( €* "& ^ °^*w)* °S)^ >' 2
2
(36) (3.6)
where A", K A auuaai2, ai2,i 2 , x, = a
— a22aa22na, 12, KK22 =
K = an
and 33 =63 = 03 4+ "a nn = 03 +
2 l2 12 = aa12 — ss c,c,
3 ip, a22 , 22 = s tan <
6 d33 = = t3F3/F. f.
Let us consider a particular instance when part of t h e boundary conditions has t h e form 0,1, u = 5 S = 0 when wh x = = 0, /, where / is t h e size of t h e plate in t h e direction of axis x. T h e n it is convenient t o search for t h e solution of t h e differential equation (3.6) as expressed in t h e series CO 00
] P v Jipmm((y) j / ) ssin iin i n AX Ammmxx ** (( *x ,, yy )) = "^2 m-1 m—1
rmr/l), (\m, m = rmr/l),
(3.7) (3.7)
where each t e r m satisfies these conditions. Assessment of functions ipm(y), corresponding t o t h e solution of homogeneous Eq. (3.6) at X = 0, reduces t o solving t h e characteristic equation 4 2 4 2 s«J.-2A^(o -2\22nm(a (a22/a /ai)s \4Ja2 = 0, S nm-2X l)sl+X m/ « ,Ja )£ + +Al/«? = 0, / m • mi 1 2 2 2 a, = a, = {Kl/Kyl (Kl/Kl , K^K'K*)-*' . KW , , 2 a 2 = K° . 3(K°K° 2)-
54
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.1: The type of roots of this equation is determined by the relationship between values if and S3. They can be real, complex or purely imaginary. The domains of various types of roots (imaginary, complex and real marked 1, 2, 3) are shown in Fig. 3.1. The multiple roots corresponding to the curve dividing domains 2 and 3 having equation y> = arccos(0.5<53 ), are: Sm Sm
1/22 2 33 ZAmmS5 - [(5h3 + c )< = )c]'/ . = ±A
The equation of the curve separating domain 1 and 2 has the form
^m Sm
33 11/2 = ±a ±i\„, ±am cotvp(l+.53C)) ./ 2. cot (fi( \-s3c- y' m cotvp(l+.53C-
Forces in each of the three families of rods are determined from the calculation model's known stressed state by the formulae fNt v l = "u *-\a
±
a
s
-) -c)2s' i?
«3 = "*~{c
'NL_
a s 2 J2' 2'
Njc"
(3.8)
derived from (1.43) assuming y>3 = 0, a = 2c
3.1.2
A plate with two families of rods
First we consider the rods' rigidity in bending in the plane of the plate. Using formulae (1.5), (1.12) and (3.2), we obtain the turn angle of the i-th family rod's axis around the normal to the shell's middle surface:
( -4
fl d
4>i =
Ci
-Sis
f) ri \
dyj
CiV — SiU).
{c v s u)
Yx- %) ' - ' -
To change the curvature of this family of rod's axis in the plane of the plate in accordance with (1.17) we find
u (
d2
dd22
2
d \\ 2O
\V — SiU) K*? = + s in2y ' = ~ \c'd7dx2 2~* ' m 2 i f i i a)xdy ^ + A S<W2){CiV"SiU)-
(3.9)
3.1. Plane Problem
55
Now using formulae (1.22) assuming n = 2, the plate's constitutive equations may be written easily. The calculation model's stressed state allows assessment of forces and moments in discrete rods of the plate according to formulae in Sec. 1.2.3c. 3.1.2a. A plate with a rectangular lattice. We fix the coordinate axes so that Vi = 0,(^2 = T / 2 . Then from relationships (1.22), (3.2) and (3.9) we obtain formulae (whose validity is evident)
= *£, N
du , dv Nt = N = *K * * 2 2== =K*2 K£, * Ni Nl dy' Ox ox oy q _= ,o93V v ^ u S2 _— = '20d?U Sx dx 3 ' dy3' M Muu --
£ 7?2 1
= ^dx~fi.,2' '
M2 Mi, =- I2f
'
d2U 22
dfdy ''
where If = EJ2,/a, (i = 1,2). With these linear force values the constitutive equations for the reticulated shell's calculation model dN, dNi ^L ox dx dx become
+
dS2 ^uo2 oy dy ay
2
„ v + XX == 0,0,
f
dN dN22 ^ oy dy dy
|
22
,d2dv u
dS 95,t v ++^ 0 7T ox ox ox
n
(3.10) (3.10)
4
d*u __ _ r dd vv 0d v -I°0l-d*u A, K: 22 /? 'dx* dy = W ~hoy~ ' {lW ~ ' ~dT* ~ ~YW
Kl
(3.11)
Thus for the plate with such a lattice the system of equations during displacements breaks down into two independent equations. A calculation example. The requirement is to ascertain the influence the rods' bending rigidity has on the reticulated plate's stressed state in the plane of the plate having initial data (6 is the size of the plate towards axis y) I = 26, X = Y = 0 and the following boundary conditions (p = const): u = v = Mu = 0 when x = 0, v = M\, = 0 when x = I, u = v = M2, = 0 when y = 0, b.
Ni = — Pi K
These conditions correspond to the plate's hinged-fixed support along three sides; a tensioning uniformly distributed load of intensity p is applied to the fourth side (x = I) normal to the edge of the plate. Note, that the rods' axes coincide with the calculation model's contour only when one additional boundary condition is met ensuing from the rods' rigidity in bending in the plane of the plate (see Sec. 1.2.7).
56
Chapter 3.
Statics
As the second differential equation (3.11) as regards functions v is homogeneous as well as the boundary conditions for v and Mu we obtain v = NN2 2:= Si Mi. = 0. St = Mu Hence, the first family of rods is subject to longitudinal forces and the second— only to bending in the plane of the plate. The solution for the function u is 00 OO
( ) ^y^y, E> „(x)sinA
uu(x,y) ( x i y) = E
Um z sin
m
nw/b), (Am = "»*•/&), (*m
m=l
of which each term satisfies the boundary conditions when y = 0, 6. Substituting this series in the first of equations (3.11) we obtain homogeneous second order differential equations for functions um(x) which must be solved with account of the boundary conditions x = 0 and x = I. The first of these conditions is homogeneous (u m (0) = 0), and the second is homogeneous only at precise m values (the edge load p =const after its expansion into a trigonometric series according to functions sin Xmy yields non-vanishing terms with odd values of m). Hence, only terms with odd m will remain in the expansion of the solution. For the case when the two families cross sections are identical and a.\ = a2 = a, we write the final solution for the forces and bending moments in the reticulated shell's rods: AT; = apN°, oN°, S; S'' 22 = -alpM° -alpM°,. = -apS%, ~a* «, G\ '2 =tpMl-s. ft In these formulae oo 4 4 °°
1 _1
——-/) cosh(s„ cosh(ss x)sin x) sin E-. >sh(s ■K *—* mcosh(s ()
N° N° = - }]
m
7T
m = l oo
E
v
m m
Xmmy,
m
i
4r2A °° 1 m = 1,3,...), g -sinh(s m x)cos Amy S£ = 4 r 2 AmY—J1—xh(s —— (m = l,3,...), ml)- s i n h ( s m x ) c o s A m y 4r 2 1 M°, -Y] ——-sinh(s Ysinh(s i)sinAm j/, y, MS. == j mmi)sinA IT ir *—' mcosh(5 m ()
S°2
E
2 2 21 / 2 2 : where ^smm = r2l\2m,r2 = {hlFpyi (h/Fl )*' = lIUO ^ , A =--l/b. l/b. ( J 2 / FFpyn / ) 0""2 r°, The dependences of the non-dimensional values lues ./V°( N?t ./V°(0; V,°(0;6/2) 6/2) ,and A/°a(/; 6/2) 6/2) con those of the non-dimensional radius of inertia of the rod's cross section with wit relationship of the plate's sides / = 26 are given in Fig. 3.2 (curves 1 and 2 respectively). From this figure it follows that the parameter value r° substantially effects the plate's stressed state.
3.1.2b. A plate with a rhombic lattice. Assume that ip = a2 ■
3.1.
Plane Problem
57
Figure 3.2: Using (1.22), (3.2) and (3.9) we obtain the following constitutive equations for the plate with this lattice 2 2 2 TV, N N^ N, = Nj v(DW _ j yJV<M2> V « ttan a ip i V>p+ ^ 22 = = N^tan ,\ ++i N^(2)N^\ 2 S, == 5<" ++ 5( S<2>>, , _ s^i -ft-sW-S&W?, S^'i t a n ' p , oi = s2 = 2 /0 A ^td v d0 22 » • 22„ „ 52u . . \ i 2<^ - 2 2Sm2 2 22ip) Mu = Mu ic * +1- ^ S 1 = Y{ dz-i dy- tdy*- d^-ysm2ip)'
?(
M M2.
10 L *92u P
d2u . 2n n22:p dx2*
„o d2v . .2 \ 2ip) dxdy
(312) (3.12)
- = T ^'%dv+ S ^ ^ - ^ ^ S =
2
u
In these equations yd)
:
TV<2>
=
c(2)2 S< >
=
/iTsin22v du 2 a~cotcot ip -yTy) 2 Ox z 2
\
2 2^ ' U ^3 + S
dy
o .22
:
°^ ^< 3U^"" 2
dx dy
o 2 2^ ^
>c ^ 2 dxdy
K sin2 2y 2
S (i)
23V
■'£)
Hi
dx
du\ dy)
°sin 2 2^,
°^ ^ ^ \ rr° O • 2 11 , c"
C<
V
s dx J
Forces and moments occurring in rods are assessed at the known stressed state of the plate's calculation model according to formulae (1.44). Equilibrium equations (3.10) taking formulae (3.12) into account result in the following system of differential equations for the displacements: IX 2X 2X + £LLli1(v)+ , ((v) p ) + r r r r2, r - = 0, L£n(u) 0, ll(u) + 12 K sin 2y> lip 2y> 1Y 2Y T..Ji,\ + 4- L /.„. Lu(u) = = 0 0, 22(v)++ 2 2OJ K sin zip
(3.13)
58
Chapter
3.
Statics
where operators have t h e form iL\\n
=
L L12
T T = T
>?Tcot L22 Z/22 = L t a n 2
LI-AT, — p\T,
2 -^ ^ 4 p2^ ((c2 J?2 -^ ^) 2 * •dxdy * 333J ) ' dxdy dx333dy dy dxdy 2 \ dxdy dx dxdy \ dx dy dxdy J ' 4 4 , ,2 dg s*4 d* d22 2 2 d4 2 22 4 fi d „ . d s d* L = cot cc2 ^ +(i3 2 + L = c o 2t
d ^1 ^1 d
= = dT*
dxW
2 2
s^9^t '/' 2 '
^
sdy'
here :re p\ •-= J22/F /F is tth h e square of t h e rod's cross section inertia radius during bending nl in t h e plane of t h e plate. Assuming Y = 0 and uIf == -—L/ ,22o2o2((QW U *>)),,.
t; L V- = = i li22(( * ) , = £«(•),
we reduce t h e system (3.13) to one differential equation as regards to function $
i ( i + u n4 Vx) 9 {{ *a? *a? -- dxW ^w *v ^ d 6 "- ^ rr ^5?£ a + s5s {U cr ip + 1 6 4- (7 t a nn y
cot2 cot cot
o4 9* ^
d9*4 dx dv2
o 22
2+ +4 tan tana n
2
22
9* ^9 4 dy
s
2 [ 2„
(1 ++ tan ^ (1 P2 tan V)B*
6
2
22
22
4
d6
++ 77 cc;otoo tt
t dy2
2
+ s2(1 + t a n V )
22
'
2
+pt
c4cotV
a n Vif) + p -P\ t cc 4 cot ,s +ft tan dyJ ^^^^iwv + s2(1 ^^J (( c o t(Vdx^^ 8 , 2 d* A" , 2 2 o3 ^ \ 1 . • > t ann 6s a cc 4s4, 3 2, a9"+ +5 4Utan 4c 2 ++66sC A3 ai/ JJ)/ ** ~ dxW dy diW< ~ dxW ' *d?) --4c4c ^Jx9w &w " a^iv * V 5 5y V 2
4
iT2«„4 "
6
4
88
2
2
2 2
6
2
2
2
6
8
8
2X ~ A"sin Ksm222ip' 2ip'
(3.14)
From this equation it follows t h a t the assessment of t h e rods' bending rigidity in t h e plane of t h e plate (p2 ^ 0) increases its order from four to eight. As this is so the formulation of two more boundary conditions has also been considered in Sec. 1.2.7. Considering formulae (1.5) and (3.2) t h e additional b o u n d a r y conditions (1.82) expressing the absence of turn angles of both families of rods around the normal to the calculation model's middle surface for this particular plate can be written as dv du dv dv 2dv 2du ss' c cc 5■=—• 5 ^^ = -5 ^ — ■ a~ 3 ~ == 00 Ox dx dy aoxi oy 03/ aoxz ay oy
5"
when when
y yy == = yoyVo0-
(3.15) (3.15)
T h e second of these conditions coincides with (1.81'). A calculation example. To assess t h e influence of t h e rods' bending rigidity on the plate's stressed-deformed state, calculations were performed after fixing t h e following parameters: / = 26,
v3 === JT/4,
p^ pp22 == 3.19 3.19 ••110100-4-4,4,,
7Y == - 0, 0,
X X == const. const. const
3.2.
Bending
of Plates
59
T h e following b o u n d a r y conditions were assumed 3 u = = S Si1=S' = 11+5T-+ S; = 2 ■= G\-G"2G'2 =
dv U = V =dv_ U = V=
Ju du
0
=du
dv dv fir dx--dydy
= 0, /, x= 0,l,
when
^-%= ^-%==° ° When 3/=y =°'0,6. °'- b-
dx dx--dy-
Wh6n
y =
b
T h e last two of these conditions coincide with (3.15) at
dN, dNi 2 - t a n tp oy dy
dS as dx ox
n
T h e solution of this system is N\
tany), ip2{y -+f xxta.ntp) Dt atan n y itp) ) + ++ipi(y — x xt&ntp),
=
S == where ^1 and ^2
are
c tan tp)] t tantp, a n ytp, [—xp22(y(y + x1 tan ip) + 4- V'iCv i>\{y ~~ — xtan<^)] , t a n tp) f) xtanip)]
arbitrary functions of their arguments.
T h e n using formulae for forces in the rods when tp = tpx = —tp2 2N;a = (Nic~22 2JV' 2 = (NlC-
± 2 51s isin n " 1 2tp)a 2i ± 2 5 s i n " 1 2tp)a
we derived 2
Ni = ac--22Vx(; ip\{y — x: tan tan tp) tp), N{ = ac~ ipi(y — x tan tp),
tan
and consequently t h e forces Nf and N2 do not change if conditions y — x tan tp
3.2
Bending of Plates
This section examines transversal bending of rectangular reticulated shells. study, except Sec. 3.2.5, is based on Kirchhoff-Love hypotheses.
This
60
3.2.1
Chapter 3.
Statics
Differential equation for bending
Equilibrium equations for an element of the plate in the Cartesian system of coordinates has the form dQ fl fi Zr == o,0, -~oV ox + Oy oy + 2
fir
W
_W dM6 2__(
0, "5 noy V22 -= U, ox <7i ay dH2 8Ml (3.16) -« ~ (Q?ii == o0 .. (3.16) ay ax oy ox From the two last equation considering formulae From the two last equation considering formulae 2 2 2 K] »ci = -d -d22w/dx w/dx2:, K = -d w/dy d2w/dxdy w/dxdy AC 2 = " 3 W, , rr == - —d »ci = -d2w/dx2, K2 = -d2w/dy2, —d2w/dxdy and constitutive equations (1.22) we derive values of the linear transverse forces as and constitutive equations (1.22) we derive values of the linear transverse forces as d3w /<"is4 (3£>6i Oi = ( A i + Jfu) 3x3 H 'I?) )x2dy 3 a ^ +(D«« + D, A„ D62- K&) "1y dxdy2 2
+(fl»+^ - A„ - KShgfc+(D. - *#)§£ i + Ku) -h°n + Kg') ; ox + [3^'+*»> + >*+*#>]£ 9i + JW ^ + 1^1 +++) A+AKI6,|)1j(+.i)D+| ^( 6D( f66l-6M-^-
2
5"
6
») 7 d ^W^-x^W^-^h +
3-(^i2-
)) 2 == -{(A - {| ((A^ »-1 -A'
£
+
A
«l '
d2w) «„2
3
(D D A A --+11 IKI ++n / ^ )d ^W66 ++ D ^66 D1211 22---An
dx*d\ 3 8Pw d w ±
h
[^
9w\ A A „n) ) ]0}. 0 b> ^)]g}. 3v I "
n i A6 1 +a >22 262 ++ O + 6(D 62 + a 2 ++ + [^ &<> n
(M
2
(3,7)
(3.17)
With these linear force values from the first equilibrium equation (3.16) we find the bending equation I(w) L(w)-Z (3.18) £ ( » ) ■ - Z = 0,
61
3.2. Bending of Plates where the linear differential operator is derived from formula
U«) = L(u,) = K«)
(Ifc++ * „«. )d'w 2 ( 2 * - * „ ) *3 L (fti £ ++ 2(21*-*„)*£ dx dy d*w
crui + 2(2* ) 3jgjL 16k - * +? K)~ > 2adv^2 + 2(2Z) « + K ^+ *£dxdy + ^22+ ( * dx
+(3D + +(™<*
k
^d*w
D„ + Kn) + + 2 +Ku, U >dy* "dx
D i — K\e) c [; ^_ + [ 3 A (2D61 _^ 6) + | . 3( 3 ^ + ^ ) ] dPw
tet
I' '
6
&w
ax3
&W
3Z)66 + < ) + 3*|-(2D62 + ^ ) fix ] civ'* ^ + [A di ( ]^_ + [ 3 A (2D61 _^ 6) + | . ( 3 ^ + ^ ) ff*w V \l(2L IDn + Ku) ■ 2 (D?22 + K\l, dy3 > T, ' d_
8*w
2
2
\ d .„ +h [£(*>„ £ < A , - *„)] ddxgwj V P C 61 -ff16)+ S-SD ^ ( D „ + Ku) + r^_(2D 2
-f[£(2D 6 1 -^ 6 ) + ^ ( 2 ^ + /^') + ^(2A 2 + ^,)]|j + [£(A 2 -^i.) -f[£(2D d 1 dw 6 1 -^ 6 ) + ^d ( 2 ^ + /^') 2
+
2
2fl +jr
^ -
2
(3.19)
+
(319)
»)+^ H^-
Here the following additional designations are adopted:
Here the following additional designations are adopted: n n 2 2 2 ° » = = nX ) C i osc o2s 22<^,. ff{°> = n£ ( 1- 6- 5 6c52c>2)C„ ^ K& ^0)
E =^(1 i1== 1l
0)
E< i=l
(3.20)
2
K[ - 6s}c?)Ci, Ki = J2 Ci cos 2fi. (3.20) •=i i=i Equations (3.18) for the particular case where all the coefficients are constant is Equations (3.18) for the particular case where all the coefficients are constant is given given in in the the work work [69]. [69]. Now we investigate the bending of plates with particular types of lattices whose parameters do not depend on coordinates. In this instance formulae for linear moments can be presented as n
M Mxx = Mj
E<
V:V ss , A ., > , £^ c , V ,,((//, ,cc1iVV,, H+ C ,s;A,)' 1=1
n n
;, ((/^ 55,Vc V, V- C ,A; Ai ,) ">' , 5\ V Vv, - C, ,cc A = ^£E* = = -- ]]E T c ,, V Vv.( V C ,, C c ,,A A = T (( // , Ss ;v,V ,, -- C A ,, > > ,,
Mi M22 = M
1
j i
1
1=1
#1 Hi Hi
n n
c .>=i 1==11
1 1
1
i
i
62
Chapter 3.
Statics
n
-E
s,A, H2 = -^a C,-« - £ Si V , ( /i c,-V< , c i*v,-V t + C, iA,>) i V1 -(/ 5 ,A.>, ,v.i
(3-21)
t=i i=i
where in addition to (1.17) a differentiation operator is introduced in the direction orthogonal to the tangent to the i-th family rod's axis: A, = Sid/dx sid/dx Cid/dy. A,= id/dx -— c,d/dy. id/dy.
(3.22)
Formulae (3.17) for the linear transversal forces of the plate's calculation model can be written as n
-I
,v,, ++ Ci5ls.A.) Q, = - £ vn 2 v?( (/iC)V A,)' 1i = = 1i
n
Qs ==
E
cA, 3,V, - j c i A.-)iff. -5^Vj(/ n 7?(i aiV«-C i=i
Q2 = - ^ V ^ . V . - C . c A . K
Operator (3.19) of differential equation (3.18) becomes: i=i Operator (3.19) of differential equation (3.18) becomes: n n
I
2 L(w) V?i '•Vv t + C
3.2.2
(3.23)
(3.23) (3.24)
(3-24)
A plate with a rhombic lattice
For the particular type of lattice (diagonals of the lattice's rhombs coincide with the directions of coordinates of the middle plane)
= = = = =
2
2
2 222 222 2 2 2 2c2[(Ic [(7c22 + )a )d2w/dx widx u;/ai + ( / - C c)s ) a)s addudwldy% ; w/dy / a y 22]},, + Cs22)d (I-C)s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2s {(I-C)c d ?d w/dxw/dx + (Is +- Cc )d wldy w/dy2 }, 2 -2c2{2IsI2s 2 - + f C Ccos2
(3.25)
Formulae (3.23) for Qi and Q2 become much simpler:
* - -"'('E^fis) Q. =
2jPw_\
dx
dxdyj
-- 22 ,> 7^ + + (I -3^], * dxw ,> CC [,g [,g + (I -3^], c
Q2
=
■id3™
-2s 2 / rf*?j (
c2)
3
aw ?x2dv
2cPw\
- 2 e . C [ ^ + (1 -3,.,£|]. x dy 2
(3.26)
3.2.
Bending
of Plates
63
T h e differential equation of the plate's bending (3.18) taking into account the structure of t h e rods' lattice in operator (3.24) changes to: d*w d*w d*w crw D 1^1 + DD3 1 a-2e>.. == D 2+ 2+ D 2
'\d^ ^
dxW *e^
Z Z_
(3.27) (327)
W 7-fr >W
T h e coefficients of this equation are: Dx Dx
=
2(c* + 77«o). -ya 2(c a 0 )0),, (c44 +
D2
=
9/c + J Tan). 2{s* -,aQ),
D3
=
12a00 + 27(1 7(1 - 6baa 00),) ,
4
22 2 where 7 = GJ3/EJi,aJi,a 0 0 = ss c . nd torsion mc T h e bending and moments as well as transversal forces in t h e plate's rods are derived from formulae (1.44) and (1.44'). Let us consider t h e bending of a plate with a rhombic lattice hinged-supported along t h e entire contour with transversal loading Z = q = c o n s t . T h e solution of equation (3.27) with hinged support boundary conditions
w
=
M\ = 0
when
x = 0,1,
w
=
M2 = = 0
when
y = 0,6,
may be easily obtained as an expansion into a binary trigonometric series
= E£*. 00 OO
00 OO
.
r-< r—» r—* kmSm mirxSlnsin . kwy kiry kxy si. mnx m S~^~ i n — - S ~I~^ in_ = 2^ 2^ ( ,y) = 2^ 2^ * T /T' ■ 1 k=x m=l When the external load does k=X notm=l depend on coordinates the coefficient values of h e n tat h eodd external loadequal does not depend on coordinates t h e coefficient values of thisWseries m, k are this series at odd m, k are equal 4 16o/ A\ =' l \ A 6£^ 11 (» A =_ 1 16gl* A* = : kmm m 66 22 44 * IT \ m*k* P + + DU-y^k") \ b) ' 22\
W i t h even m and k values these coefficients are zero. Using (3.25) for t h e values of linear bending and torsion moments of the reticulated plate's calculation model we derive formulae (k, m = 1 , 3 , 5 , . . . ) 9
OO
OO
=
r
r
A/2 M2
= =
Hx Hx
= =
1
>r / >c—» *—» . , 2•> „ „, , ,9,9, mirxr . A:7rj/ kwy . .. m-KX D t+ - y2 J2Y,Ak^m A k[m A 2i (+l 2- 7 ■) «7 )oa*oa 2^A2k]]ssX. inn —s — s -is ni n ——-, - ^ . m D m 0 " / t=l m=l n= l *=i 9 OO 00 OO > k=l m=l kny mirx 2 2 jr-j 9 r 00 00 > /J^i2,l]sin - r—/ r ^- Xc , n' 4 *. " ' r«,. ^ 1 - ^ 70 )*02a "0 m1 1 ++ *, 5AA, ?A sin — s s i .n -~T' £* • 2 7—imirx kny - — 2 k=X 2 2 m=X 2 ^km[2{l--y)ttom +k \ D2]sin-Y-sin-^-, d=i k=l m=X 9 T OO OO OO . °° OO V~* OO m7ra .kiry 9 x 9 i1T v-^ . mirx . Akmmk mirx --22(( 2 a 0 ++ 7 c 22 ccos o s 22
Mx = - —E Y,Y, Mx
^
^-^ °
=
—rb-
EE
"I
9 7 T
H2
^
OO OO
IT I
~~r
OC' OO
E-
,
2 \ 7T'7 " * V ' V * ^A max. iri «:7ri/ kiry km os cos cos2y>) fccoo s mirx ( 2Qa 0— - 7 75 s s2
T
64
Chapter 3. Table 3.1: l =b 5/= M° M?.2 u>° 1.237 4.534 1.479 1.117 4.112 1.399 10.600 9.320 5.430
Statics
46
w° 6.673 6.260 6.170
In the work [70] the constructional mechanics force method for the rod's system was used to calculate the reticulated plate's bending with y> = 7r/4 for the uniformly distributed transversal load Z = q. The rods' torsional rigidity was not considered. The calculation's results of non-dimensional values of rods' bending moments M°2 = —a _3,_1 A/,* 2 and deflection w° = a'^q^EJiW SJltu for fo: the plate's central points (the first line) with two different relationships of its sides are given in Table 3.1. In both instances the rods' lattice was very sparse (/ = 4\/2a). Nevertheless, the solution of these problems according to the stated formulae were valid (second line in the Table) which is seen from the percentage discrepancies (third line). It should be noted that as the number of support points of the rods' lattice on one of the plate's sides is increased from five (/ = 6) to six (5/ = 46) the calculation results of the two comparable methods become closer (the support points also include the plates' corners).
3.2.3
A plate with more than two families of rods
This section investigates the transversal bending of plates consisting of three or four families of rods. 3.2.3a. The number of rods' families equal to three. Let us examine a rectangular plate having the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 where the third rod's family is absent (the rods' fourth family will be called the third). Assume that the rods' cross sections of the first two families are identical. Note that for the particular rods' lattice a = 2ca3. The calculation model's constitutive equation for this plate is derived from (1.30) if we fix coefficients /3tJ in the formulae for linear bending and torsion moments equal to fa Sii fa #22 fa 812 fa 331 fa 8*1
4 2 2 = + hI3 + 2C*. 2Cs ), -(2/c == --(2Ic ( 22/c" /c4 + 2Csicc'), 222 2 == -2s(Is -2s{Is + + Cc ), \s(Is is +Uc ) , 2 22 2 2 c-2s (Ic l-C), C), = c --(I-C), (I - C), C), = -2s>.s c\l 22 2 == /r sin sin 2y> 2i^ '+ +++2Cc 2Cc cos 2
65
3.2. Bending of Plates
In the particular lattice's structure formulae (3.23) for assessing the transversal forces occurring in the calculation model become
Q, = Q = Q22 =
EJi f(__ d2w EJx D1
<»3
3
War
EJi gEJx j, f f __ _. o*w (TW
-^{°2^
3
. „ ,. SPw Pw g ^ \ ro s[3sc + 7(tan y>- - 3sc)] ,J
dx
33 r»1 .„ .-: ,, „ .,. dd u> w 1)\ :[3s ' + 7 ( 1 3 ^ + e )] 3 + Ct3S +7(1 3S + e 3 ) ]
h£S- .
-
a^}-
Here Z), £>it = D = c3 + dd33 + + 7s f3 ys222c,c, c, D2 = (s (5s tan tan ip ip + -yc)s' ~yc)s2, /EJU 7 == GJ33/EJx, GGsJtt/ E3a/EJi. Ji313/EJx. e3 ==G3J33/GJ3, d3 = E3J\ /EJi. 3J33IGJ 3, '•/3, From formulae (3.18) and (3.24) we find the plate's bending equation: 4
d*w d*w d n_
^
ox* + OX
d*w d*w d*w d*w _ _ a a3 ^-1 2, 2 2 + D2 4 fay dx dy EJ dM X EJx
D*D3
(3.28)
where an additional designation is introduced D3 =■■ 6s26s c 2+c (c + _ 1 -—6s )7. 6s22cc++ee;3)717 If we assume the rods' torsional rigidity is zero, the bending moments can be determined from Eq. (1.43') where tp3 = 0,a = 2ca3:
MT*!)£. i*. 2l. A/' 2 = i
IP
a
/2c\ a
^ J 2' *K")f
M; =
(3.29)
In the opposite case formulae for the bending and torsion moments can be derived from (1-48) if all their values referring to the rods' third family are assumed as zero and the fourth family in accordance with the particular lattice is considered as the third one: 2 22 , 22 222 {[2(Vc M, + (/ (I33s5s22 + + 2Cs 2Cs2 C )M; )M22]/o ]I = {[2Cs {[2C 3 cc M A/11 -( cc2 )M I/O0 2 2 2 1 ^//i(/sin2y> n1-1^2ip)~ r 1 }£./,, T # i ( / sin 2y> 2tp + +• 2Cc 2Cc 2Cc cot cot 29 2y> 2
M* MI22
(3.30) (3-30)
where 2 [2II3s544 + 2Cs 2Cs22cc2(2I /„ = [2// (2/ + /a)]" 1 , fax 031 = /sin 2 2? + 2Cc 2 cos 2
The solution of differential equation (3.28) with the plate's hinged support along the rectangular contour can be obtained as a binary trigonometrical series.
66
Chapter 3.
Figure 3.3:
Statics
Figure 3.4:
Based on this solution calculations were made with Z = q = const, enabling a judgement to be made about the influence of certain non-dimensional parameters on the results. The dependences of non-dimensional deflections and bending moments of third family rods (i = 3) 3 4 w°0u = (EJ w = 10 l^{EJ a3)w, 1/ql"a 3)w, 1/ql sK = 10°(£J I /gr
3 Mf = - 1 0VM'/ql' M;/ql? 2/ a2 a3 3 M? = -10 M*/
(i (z = = 1,2,3)
(3.31)
at the central points of the square plate with equal cross sections of all rods at angle value ip are given in Figs. 3.3 and 3.4. Curves 1, 2 and 3 correspond to values 7 = 0; 0.264; 0.769
(7 =■
GJ GJ3/EJi).
The nature of these curves points to the influence of parameter 7 on the reticulated plate's stressed state. The decrease of the deflection and bending moment values as the angle
00
w(x,i ;)sin ( >y) - ]T] w fm(j/) sin A Ami n.
mn/l). (Amm = mir/l).
m=l
The characteristic equation corresponding to (3.28) becomes
t - 22((:(a aa2 2//< a/ ,a)1A ))AmA 5slm S m5* Z^m
4
+ +A /a? a? == 0, KAmm/aJ
3.2. Bending of Plates
67 Table 3.2:
A ¥>"
0.50
1.00
10 20 30 45
66.50 70.50 74.60 80.90 90.00 98.20 102.00
65.90 60.90 52.20 42.10 36.10 31.70 21.80
65.80 68.20 71.10 76.30 82.80 86.30 80.30
58.00 53.00 47.00 39.00 33.00 28.00 18.00
70 80
62.00 63.00 65.00 69.00 72.00 70.00 57.00
43.50 42.20 39.90 35.20 28.70 22.50 13.30
10 20 30
615 597 550
614 549 460
45 60
440 330
370 327
70 80
279 247
295 207
60 70 80 10 20 30
45 60 70 80 10 20 30
45 60
1.25
1.50 | 2.00 w6 7 = 0 64.60 62.60 56.90 53.80 46.60 34.00 41.40 32.50 20.20 29.30 20.40 10.40 21.90 13.60 5.63 17.10 9.56 3.44 1.57 10.00 5.01 w° y = 0.2( 14 51.20 44.80 33.40 44.30 36.40 24.10 36.50 27.90 16.40 27.10 18.70 9.25 20.20 12.50 5.17 15.20 8.67 3.20 1.50 8.63 4.52 W° y = 0.7f )9 34.90 28.00 18.30 32.80 25.40 15.40 29.60 21.80 12.00 23.80 16.10 7.65 17.50 10.80 4.48 12.60 7.35 2.82 1.36 6.87 3.78 i = ( 7 ■""1,2 595 560.0 607 472 404.0 511 375 312.0 415 333 298 236.0
287 240 148
10
612
541
487
20 30
581 526
485 421
427 370
45 60 70 80
416 304 244 191
349 301 258 169
311 264 214 127
243
170
190 118.0 58.6 106 7 = 0.^ 64 431.0 333.0 375.0 291.0 325.0 256.0 274.0 211.0 224.0 157.0 172.0 110.0 95.3 56.0
3.00
5.00
43.400 23.000 18.000 5.850 8.390 1.990 3.210 0.544 1.340 0.184 0.709 0.091 0.298 0.038 18.600 11.000 6.190 2.740 1.230 0.068 0.030
6.6900 2.9000 1.2900 0.4420 0.1700 0.0088 0.0038
8.790 6.280 4.110 2.130 1.070 0.624 0.286
2.8200 1.4600 0.764 0.324 0.147 0.0830 0.0375
478.0 308.0 226.0 148.0 88.2 54.2 24.9
349.00 200.00 128.00 66.20 33.20 9.14 8.95
205.0 189.0 167.0 126.0 81.0 51.9 24.8
99.80 98.40 82.30 53.60 30.50 18.70 8.87
68
Chapter 3.
(continued)
A 9°
0.50
1.00
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
576 541 484 376 263 197 133
408 398 359 327 261 198 125
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
638 676 715 772 857 935 972
633 582 495 391 327 281 179
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
631 654 681 729 788 820 759
550 506 447 366 301 245 147
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
593 605 623 657 682 663 532
412 398 375 327 261 198 109
1.25 1.50 | 2.00 M°2 7 = 0.769 329 266.0 179.0 317 262.0 185.0 303 256.0 188.0 275 237.0 174.0 228 194.0 136 176 145.0 97.0 100 79.5 50.6 M° 7 = 0 620.0 600.0 543.00 512.0 440.0 317.00 388.0 301.0 181.00 266.0 181.0 85.60 190.0 111.0 38.6 104.0 69.2 16.90 67.5 23.8 9.03 Ml 7 = 0.264 488.0 424.0 313.00 419.0 340.0 221.00 340.0 256.0 145.00 246.0 165.0 75.30 175.0 102.0 35.5 125.0 63.6 16.80 60.5 24.8 3.65 A/3° 7 = 0.769 327.0 260.0 166.00 306.0 234.0 137.00 274.0 198.0 104.00 215.0 141.0 61.00 151.0 88.0 30.7 104.0 54.9 16.1 50.0 23.7 5.72
3.00
5.00
94.0 106.0 110.0 97.6 70.2 47.7 24.0
40.90 49.00 48.40 39.20 26.40 17.60 8.74
410.000 211.000 162.000 47.300 69.600 13.200 2.030 21.800 -0.070 5.320 -0.092 6.39 -0.534 -0.080 168.000 94.900 49.300 17.700 4.890 1.07 0.163
55.800 21.000 7.460 1.380 0.646 -0.075 -0.076
75.800 51.400 30.800 12.700 4.270 1.55 0.354
22.100 9.500 3.680 0.730 -0.056 -0.041 -0.059
Statics
3.2. Bending of Plates
69
Figure 3.5: 1 7 ,/2 1i wheree aQ l = (D 2a '. 2a22 == DD (Z) 2/D,) 3(D 1D 2)~ 3(D xD 2)-^. 2 /D 1' ), ' , The type of roots of this equation depends on the relationship of parameters Vi ^3,7i 73- When the rod's torsional rigidity is zero the domains of the various types of roots are shown in Fig. 3.5. The equation of the curve separating domain 1 of real roots from domain 2 of complex roots has the form ip = arccos0.5«f3 .
3.2.3b. The number of rod's families is four. We examine a plate with four families of rods (n = 4), the rods of the first and second families having identical cross sections (Fig. 1.5). The calculation model's constitutive equations for this plate are written as the linear bending and torsional moments formulae (1.30). Formulae (3.23) yield the following equalities for assessing the calculation model's transversal forces through the deflection function: Qi Q1
K
3
EJ [ „ &w , „„ ,22 2 , SPw *- \}\ da3™ rn 222 v.. EJ sc+ ((5«tan ttaaana^<^?)-— 3s*3scccc+ ee33tany>)] tttaaa nn ^^p— )) ]] _^^ 5^^ J|| ,, - _ Elfr = _ | D , ^ —5 - + +h [3s [3«c + 77(4 77(s 3 + > nV 5 e 33 o. a4 ( a. 3 „t 1 ^3 EJ f „ &w ro 2 d D + + l3sc +flic7 (3sc c - 3 5 2 c+ + ee4)]n)] — = -^{D>W * dx*dyy dMy}'
- --K
*«2 - ~ { # P - ' where D, D\ Di i/] e, e,
= = = = = =
J 22 2 cc33 + + da< + -ys -js 7s Du22 == s*i3s3 tan ipy>-f 4t+ ip yy>+++7« 7s fs c, c,c, d4f444 + 7«s2222c,c, c, D Z>2
3
i
i u
l
Remember that subscript i when its value equals unity is omitted. Using (3.18) and (3.24) we find the following calculation model's bending equation for the particular lattice consisting of four families: mi rod's I U U s id 44 _ d*w d*w _ crw d*w w _ d*w ^cru; d*w U ) _ a 4 ,_ crw + .D I-D 3 2 + D 2 2 +D = Z 2 2 22 *W ET dy~*~El{ ^ 4 *dMy-> ET^ '' % 9s,< W~ETi l > dx dx d\ dx2dy dy
D
where
D3 = 6s £>3 6«222cc + + 7(c 7(0 7-y(c _ I' — 6s 2 + ee333t tan a n yip ip+++ee4e4).4).).
(332
)
70
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.6: It is not difficult to see that this differential equation changes to (3.28) if the third family of rods assumed absent and the fourth is taken as the third (Fig. 1.5). To obtain from (3.32) the calculation model's bending equation for the rhombic lattice (3.27) it is necessary when fixing its coefficients to confirm that the terms corresponding to the third and fourth families of rods equal zero. The values of bending and torsion moments in the rods of each of the four families with the known stressed state of the reticulated plate's calculation model are obtained from formulae (1.48). We present the results of a static calculation of a square plate (A = 1), hinged supported along the contour subjected to a uniformly distributed transversal load q. The plate's lattices consist of four families of rods (Fig. 1.5). The rods of the second and fourth families are equal according to the first and third families (d3 = d* = 0.707). 44 The dependences of the non-dimensional deflection value: w° io°' = = EJiw/qa^l EJiiu/qa^l EJxw/qa^ in i the centre of the plate on the lattice's angle value
(3.33) (3.33)
S4 64 F4/F(F, 64 == F4/F (F, as before, is the area of the rod's cross section of
71
3.2. Bending of Plates
the first two families). Assume that the rods are made from the same material and that the cross sections of the rods of the first and second families do not change during the reticulated plate's parametric optimization. From the condition of constancy of the plate's material volume (3.33) with F = const we obtain (sec if v? + + S63 tan
(3.34) (3.34)
where ip0,a°,6%,6° are fixed values of the corresponding parameters. Formulae for deflection and bending moments in the plate's rods are: 00 w = (qa {qaflEJ^w (qa l*/EJ , , 0, 4tiyEJ^w 4l*/EJi)w 1)w°,
22 2 2 M-=qa M?=qa M:M?=qa = qa M° l4lM° M° 44ll 4M°
(i (i (iI = = l,4), 1~4), (• 1,4),
(3.35)
where to0 and M° are non-dimensional functions, q—intensity of a transversal load uniformly distributed over the plate's surface. Values u;0, Mf are determined from solving a corresponding boundary for the static calculation reticulated plate. Substituting variable parameter value a4 from (3.34) into (3.35) we obtain 0 w = {kqa^/EJ^w {kqa°l* (kqa^/EJ^w I EJi)w°, ,
22 MM. M- = = kqa° kqa°l M? 4l Mf
(3.36)
where
sec ip + 03 £3 tan tan ifip■+ + 8o44 if + kk== sec ^ ^ ' " ^ ^ (337) sec ipo + S° tan tp + 6° 0 sec ipo + O3 tan if0 + o4 Denoting functions w, w°, M", M° through w0, w°, M"0, M°0 at fixed parameter values f =
M'00 = qa°44l77M?00.
Then taking (3.36) into account we can write kw = k(w°/w° k(w°/w°), 0),
km k(M°/M° km = k(M°/M° 0).0).
(3.38)
Here kw and k^i are relationships between the dimensional deflection and bending moment values in rods occurring in the plate at its arbitrary and fixed variable parameter values: kw = w/w w/w00, , kMi kMi = M*/M* (3.39) M'IM'Q0. Calculation examples. As examples of numerical calculations we shall examine the parametric optimization of a reticulated plate subject to a constant transversal load Z = q hinged supported along the rectangular contour. 1. We assess the optimum (in rigidity) angle value if (controlling the parameter) of a bent plate having constant material volume and a lattice consisting of three
Chapter 3.
72
Statics
Figure 3.8:
Figure 3.7:
families of rods (the third of four rods' families of the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 is absent) with their cross-sections identical and remaining constant within the limits 30° < ip < 70°.
(3.40)
As at any variable design parameter values
a4 = {I - sec
where the F/V relationship is known from the problem's condition. The value of constant F/V does not effect the solution but only influences the a and
3.2. Bending of Plates
73
Figure 3.9: coincide with the limits of the permissible sphere of its change (3.40): tp. = 30° at A = 0.5;
Note, that parameters £3 and 64 vary due to the change of the cross section's radii of the third and fourth families rods. 3 3 4 4 W3(EJ (EJ ltl*)w )u in the centre of Figure 3.9 shows dependences of function w° u>°> == 10 \0 (EJi/qa )w l/qa l/qa 4l 4 the plate on parameter 63 if if> = TT/4 and 7 = 0. Curves 1, 2, 3 correspond to the relationships of the plate's sides A = 0,5;1;2. Here, for convenience, corresponding parameter values 84 are given. Curves of maximum stresses, according to the modulus tr9 = l02(6r2/qa4l2)<Ti, occurring in the central point of the plate with various side relationships A for each of the four families of rods (0° = a° = a0) are shown in Figs. 3.10, 3.11 (8, r are the wall's thickness and the radius of the rod's tubular cross section).
74
Chapter 3.
Figure 3.10:
Figure 3.11:
Statics
3.2. Bending of Plates
75
Figure 3.12: Similar dependences at the lattice angle ip tp = xx//33 are given in Figs. 3.12, 3.13 and 3.14. From an analysis of the curves it follows that if
has local extreme points. At — Jx/3 (A = = 1) 1) which is the local At tp to = T / 3 for a square plate (A extreme point of this function is also the point of the construction's equal strength (Fig. 3.14).
Figure 3.13:
76
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.14:
3.2.4
Plates with an elastic contour
Using a decomposition method (see Chapter 2) we obtain an approximate analytical solution for the bending of an isotropic plate that has an elastic rectangular contour. In extreme cases (when the plate is hinged or rigidly fixed) the results do in fact coincide with the precise solutions. The results can also be used for a plate whose lattice's parameters satisfy conditions (5.8). In the Cartesian system of coordinates the differential equation for the thin elastic plate's transverse bending has the form d*w ^d*w L + 2J^ > 2 2
d4ww 0'
-= I
L = 1(,q_ (3.41) (3.41) 2 K D dx* dx dy dx* dx*dy dy* D ' where w is the bending function, q is the transverse load's intensity (in future assumed as uniformly distributed), D is the plate's cylindrical rigidity. We find this equation's approximate analytical solution under the following boundary conditions: +4 ^
dw
w = 0,
Mi M,i === ±± rr , ^ Ox ox
(x = ±d),
w = 0,
i±T ^2-^M2 = ±r 2* £ oy oy
t. = ±6). (y ±b).
Here r j , r? are constant coefficients of the support's rigidity relative to the curve angle of the plate around the contour line. Consequently, considering the known formulae for bending moments Mi, and M2We may write the boundary conditions as:
dw {X = ±d) n»». ^^ ^ =° = °' 4 > W D ±r dw = iy = ±b)
W w =
0,
D
Ox'
±
dx O:
= 0,°' ^ ^dy °
w =
(x = ±d),
(V = ±b).
-
(3(3.42) 42)
-
3.2. Bending of Plates
77 77
We introduce the following notations - xx a~ =
~
_ yy n /»=! 6'
w = = = ^-v,
T
\A:_ h6
D
d'
fc,= k, = —^ , 9l9i=d, = d, gg22 == b, 6, = D + gtri'
(i ( • = 11,2). ,2).
(3.43)
Considering that ry > 0 we obtain 0 < Jk,- < 1. Extreme casesfc;= 0 and it, = 1 correspond to the plate's rigid and hinged support. Here from (3.41) we obtain the dimensionless differential equation d*v d*vV V
d*v 22 d*v
1 d*v 3
- J 4 = 1, 2 do? ++1 AA22 dadctdff d£ 21.-++ "Wdf)* A•4 a/? ~ Iks
(3.44)
and boundary conditions (3.42) are transformed into V1. J^ 74 . = : ( ! -- * ,, V ^ * = 0 (* = ±1), v = 0, fex' * >) >
, (1 - fc,)^)^* : L _== oO (/? vv = -* » ±1). = 0, 0, fc■2!fc 0±(l-fc 03 = ±1). 2fc2) d £2 2 : ^
(3.45) (3.45)
We solve the boundary value problem (3.44), (3.45) using the decomposition method. To achieve this we introduce three auxiliary problems. The first auxiliary problem (boundary): 8*vi
/i («,/*),
da* wi
= 0,
Ki-^—r : fcj e
'a^
L ^
V
>
: ( l - * l ,) :} ^
= o (a = ±l).
(3.46)
= 0 (/J (/3 == ±l). ±1).
(3.47)
_ r
The second auxiliary problem (boundary): d*V2
df34
h(a,P),
-«£-•
vJ»**. V2 t 2)^=0 0,, kk fc(l-fc) 2^±(l-k v2 = 0 !j 22dp
d/? :
The third auxiliary problem (solution of a differential equation):
• ((a a , 0) 0 ) Ss:
* '
2
fri* + h(a P) + • / i («,/»)■
1A 9da*df3a^ 2
'
1,.
1-1=0. hMa•/»(<*, 'P) fl~ ' = °-
"»'
(3 48) (3.48)
-
These problems include two new unknown functions /i(a,/3) and / 2 (a,/?). Assume that t; (3.49) v = Vi v\ = Vi v2 = vo3i
78
Chapter 3.
Statics
and separately summing the left-hand and right-hand terms of the equations in the three auxiliary problems we correspondingly obtain the left and right-hand terms of the initial equation (3.44) and the summation of boundary conditions from (3.46), (3.47) results in conditions (3.45). Thus, the solution of boundary value problem (3.44) can be replaced by those of auxiliary problems (3.46)-(3.48) which in future will satisfy conditions (3.49). Let us find this problem's approximate solution by imposing a certain correction /,(<>,/?) and/ 2 (a,/3). Since the solution is symmetrical according to coordinates a and /? we assume that 2 (3.50) (a,P) = M")+P2M<*), M<*), },(<*,()) = = MP) MP) + + <**MP\ = M<*)+P (3.50) Ma,p) <*2MP), f2(<*,l3) where V"i(0 are arbitrary functions. Having resolved the boundary value problem (3.46) we find Vi «i --=
2 ±u« ^ [ a 4 - 2■2(1 ( l + 2+f c2fc,)a , ) a 2 + l+i^MP) l+4fc1]V>1(/?)
24^
6 3 ( 1 + ikl)Q2,)a 2++2 (2(1+6*:,) u-L: 1+ 6 3 OrJ« 0 [ Q 6 ~■3(1+4*,) * »i)\MP))^)-
+
360'
(3.51) (3-51)
Using similar procedures, from the solution or the second auxiliary problem (3.47) we obtain 2 i , [P a <44 - 2(1 vV2 2k22)/? )0 +:2* 2(1(1 + P2 + I1 + + Ah\M '4 * ^ 2 (Q0) ) 2 = ^-[/? —IP 24^ iI 2 + eh)\. +f 2^) / ? 2 +• 2■( 12(1 + 6fc a ; [[[/?6 P 6 - ~ 33((11++44*h)P \]M<*)3o0 *)]lM )360
(3.52) (3-52)
Then, satisfying condition u, = v2 we find from (3.49) 2) 2 Citpftf)
cv,
k°
?\a) + C*$\a) M*) = C^\a) ^C^Ha), Cirf\< M^) + y I5C 1)
M<*) = 15C rf'(a) $\a) (a) + Ctif^Ha), Ctrf\a), CCttf'ia), Mo) = 15C33a^ t
(3.53)
where
v4°w v4°(*) v4°(*)
¥>«(*) = t44 - 2(1 + 2k,)t2 + 1 + Ak 4fc,-, it 6 = - 3(1 + 4A;,)<22 +2(1+6*:,)+ 2(1 + 6fc.)= fi 6 -3(1+4ifc,)t
Here Vi
=
v2
1
,) ( 2 1] (P) + + C^22)(P)} i (a)[C,¥> , >03) h^\o)[(hf
= 24*
2) {2) 1 , 1l) + ^^\<>)IC^\0) —ui + +■C^ Ct
(3.54)
3.2. Bending of Plates
79
Now Eq. (3.48) must be solved. Assume that in accordance with (3.49) v3 is derived from formula (3.54). Then Eq. (3.48) can be approximately fulfilled by choosing arbitrary C2,, C3, C4. i
(«,/») = = awPuj) C [^»(^) + *(<*,/?)
+ T l I ^)"(a)^"(/3) + l ¥ ,|
1
1
2 2 +C22[c,< [^ 2 >(/?)" ^ " 1 )("(a)vi ^v "/ r(2 l) "{^) f l + + i^?<4°(°)] y ^ V ) ] +C >(/?)"J + + ^i8^vl ^' ' 1 5 A < ^ v "
+0*^(0 T t o v' T W' +A$*ViW(«)] 1 vs\y \^J + T- ^ 19A . ~ , (21,„*
1
2
m " , > C2i",^v
2
J
V
2
V
15 „ , m , , , 4
1 2 2 2??JV +C [aV -Q 1//V + _i gil 1 1.(3.5 + C444[aV< [ a V22'22>(/?) ''(^) (^) + )P^"")^(^(Q-a''())V »2»"2^^"(((a«a)) ]] ---1.(3.55; ¥a% [aV V 1.(3.55) )3 % +C >(/?) o^ )P )(WW ^)"""(0(/^?^)) + + 1l^yj $\")] Here the accent means differentiation with respect to a corresponding argument. Thus, we can use Bubnov-Galerkin's method for the assessment of arbitrary constants. Here a new affective method is suggested. In the accurate solution the discrepancy function is identically zero. In the sought approximate solution when assessing arbitrary constants C; we shall in a certain way minimize the discrepancy function in the plate's central section (evidently, the discrepancy in this section substantially effects the approximate solution's error). For this we write the vanishing conditions for the discrepancy function and its certain lower derivatuves according to a and j3 at the plate's central point as: 2
2
4
* d2 1. Hence, conditions (3.56) make a greater number of the partial derivatives zero according to a than according to /?. After certain conversions from (3.55) and (3.56) we obtain the following system of four linear algebraic equations which make it possible to determine constants d(i = 1,4): * ( 0 , 0 ) = 00,,
ad 2 $*, n n . n0, ^ —( (00,, 00 )) = = 0,
[15A4(1 + 4Jbj) (l + 2*0(1 2/t,)(l + 2fc 4*,]C, 4*a) + 20A2(1 2*22) + + 15(1 + 4* 1 ]C 1 2 6*,]C22 + 30[A4(1 + 6fc 6*0 +2[A (1 + 4*0(1 + 2fc2) + 1 + 6Jk,]C 2) 2 2 +A 22(1+2*00+4*2)]C -r3A (l-|-4*0(1+4* )<7 -rA (l+ 2*0(1 +4it 2 )]C -r3A (l+ 4*0(1 +4fc )<7 3 3 2 2 44 4 10[2A2(1 + 2*2) + + 1 + 2*,]C, + [1 + 4*, - 5A (1 + 4*2]C2 +30A2(1 + 4*r +30Aj(l 4*2)C* )C3, 3-10A - 10A44(1 (l+6* + 6A: 2 )C 2)C44 4 2 2 2fc,]Cj 4*0 10[A (1 + 2fc2) + 2A (1 -I- 2* ]C -I2A (1 + 4*0C 2 1 1 4 -r-15[A G ^ ) ^4 + 1 5 [ A(l4 ( + l - r4A: 4 *22) )-- 5(1 + - r 4Ar 4 * 01)]C ] C33-- 10(1 + +6*0<7 2 33C, C , --2A(1-|-2* 2 A ( 1 - | - 2 * 2 )C ) C 2 -3A - 3 A 2(1 ( 1 ++4 4* * 2 2))C C 44
= 15A4, = 0, = 0, = 0.
80
Chapter 3.
Statics
After the solution of this system of equations the dimensional deflection and bending moments can be assessed using approximate formulae: 4 f <* w =- 1Z— 360D ' 360D >0D
q
w°
My , ' " 3 6360 0„-"?. * "
'
M22 =
Off2
2 £*?■ 360 360*
Here: ,) 2) W° \b^\a){C + C3¥4 Cw222)\(l)) xrf\fl)(/3) + W° = 15^ (a)(C,¥'i (W l) 2 2 ) +V< +$\a){C (a)(C C v[ rf\p) \p) < ?\0) + + + C C > <e\0)), \p)), +
1) 2 M°5 = 15
= ls^Vxc.^'^ + c^V))
2)
,<22)2)" 'V)) W \P) ++r cCM?" c4¥4<4 +421)\c){C^ (°)(^fY) "(/3) c
l) 1) 2) 2)22) 1) 2) 1) (8) + CiJPlL ;/*)+c v4 (/?)) ++v\lfo[ >< (/?) >
where v is Poisson's sson's ratio. Calculationn examples. a) Test problems. For a rectangular plate hinged supported along its entire contour k{ = 1, i = 1,2 the calculation's results differ from the available accurate solutions with A = 1 (a square plate) by 1.33 per cent and 1.04 per cent correspondingly for the maximum deflection and bending moment values (in the centre of the plate). In the case when the rectangular plate is rigidly supported along the entire contour (ki = 0, i = 1,2) similar evaluations result in erroneous approximate solutions (0.60 per cent) with A = 1 for the deflection and the bending moment. With A —» oo (an infinitely long plate) the solutions obtained for the hinged and rigid support do in fact agree with the precise solutions of the problem. b) Assume that a rectangular plate is rigidly connected with rather closely and regularly distributed columns rigidly fixed at the bottom (the systems of columns are identical on the plate's opposite sides). It is known that rnr,, ==44£, ./,//,,, = 4E iE 4E2.J /l22dd22, 4££,i J,/f,«fi, J , / M i , r 2, = 2J22/l where £;./,•,/,, (f; are the bending rigidity, length, the columns' pitch (i = 1,2). Then using notations in (3.43) we find
h= '
lidjD IjdjD
lidiD + + \EiJigi' iEiJigt' UdiD
3.2. Bending of Plates
~kk W A/°(0,0) A/r(0,0) A/r(l,0) Aff(l.O)
w
81 Table 3.3: 1.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00" 0.00 7.31 8.42 8.42 11.80 11.80 14.60 14.60 23.10 23.10 7.31 25.40 33.10 41.06 47.60 52.50 0.00 -73.50 -25.10 -15.70 -07.30
After this the found values fc, of solutions obtained above must be used. c) Let us examine the transverse bending of a square plate elastically supported along contour with the rigidity along the plate's sides being identical (fcj = k2 = k). The approximate solutions at various values k are given in Table 3.3. This table tabulates the dimensionless deflection values in the centre of the plate and bending moments M° in the central point and its support. The accuracy of the results with k = 0 and k = 1 is given in the above in the test problem. In the work [54] this problem's approximate analytical solution for a square plate was obtained using a decomposition method when each of the contour's four sides is characterized by its rigidity. The solution is highly accurate and convenient for practical use.
3.2.5
Plates made from composite material
Assume that condition E > G
(3.57)
is valid. Then from (1.91), (1.95) we obtain _ 2E _E_ —, r=~ , 1k== 11 (3.58) 9gy = =~~2G v ~ 55G' G' 2G' ' and formulae (1.98) for the bending moment and transversal force in rods take the form: EjJli "■■M l .M? '-V,( 7,(60* + V.-w), M! = -MiV.M'-l-V^),
5 Q', Vne). GiFffl+ViW). Q: =: GiFi(0;+
(3.59)
To obtain the constitutive equations these formulae should be substituted into relationships (1.99). Let us examine a case when a plate has a rhombic lattice (the rhombs' diagonals coincide with the direction of the middle plane's coordinates):
, M;,l 2 --= '
EJrlSha d*w. ,d*w d*w .(a fd ^ EJ, \ \a*w * .± 2^&w to. .8}...^^ ( a± da\ K\{6i l1 + +6 ± B2) ""To" 1 10 0 " [d* [dx2 ± 2-fody~ dxdy + W dy2 + \di \dx ± dy) dyJ (9' ± 02)"[J ' [M a~xTy W \ai a~y) ' \'
82
Chapter 3.
0
GF (dw (t
Qt.2 =
— ±
Statics
,dw
(3.60) I- 01 ± 02 ■ ) ■J dx dy Relationships (1.99) make it possible to derive the following constitutive equations:
Vf'
g'tt;; dw ""2 ' , «(^ , dJA = M = -__/_ -10)[ [dx — —jj, M2 = ;-+4- — ■ +4+6(^—+ \dx' dyj 2
Mi Ml =
2
2
II
dw II -[5 [dxtfy 5 dxdy o
'dO, \ dx \dx*
[uxuy
dh\
3j/ //JJ ' "9 dy)\'
-c
r.. (dw +. 01 Q2 = /° (£+*). Qi = 1° o, «■(£+*). W 0 . ) ,. ft-r ''U+M'
(361) (3.61)
where 7° = GF/a. Now we reduce the plate's bending differential equations (3.16) to a system of three differential equations relative to functions w,6i,622: tions io,0i,0
dPw drw dx2dy 3 _3 dPw ^ dxdy2 Q
SPw drw I I 3 + 6 dy dy3« &w , e | dPw dx3
1
2 (d fd26e22
d26e2
——-I\dx —2 2-2 44- — — \-dx~ dy22-
\ dx dy 2 2 (d / a 200x , , sd26, 0! 2 \ dx 9y 2
22 ddhv ^ 22 dx cdx 2 „ ad 60!x \ 44- 22dxdyj ^—- ) dxdy dxdy) 2 , „ d 5 26022\ : dxdy)
+
-f^ ^ W *Ur *J
10
^Uf++ *) =
It is easy to show that this is a system of sixth order differential equations. We examine a square plate with the following boundary conditions: Mi=e w = Mi =2 02 = = 0 u, w = = A M2/=8t=0 2=0i=O
(x = 0, 0,/), /), (y 0,/). {y = = 0,l).
(3.63)
The solution of the boundary value problem (3.62), (3.63) can be easily obtained using a binary trigonometric series. Here are results for the case when irx
7TV
Z = 9qr sin s i n—^ ssin i n -j-, ^ , E/G = 30. Table 3.4 lists the rods' dimensionless deflection and bending moment values as well as the maximum stresses in the centre of the plate when l/h = 100 (the second line in the table) and l/h = 10 (the third line). The figures in brackets indicate the results' deviation towards their minimization when using the classical rods' bending theory. Dimensional values are assessed according to formulae alq w === TT;WWO, ohi 6£ °'
2 2 Af.* M[ = M; M2 = 10~ 10~2 aql2 M0Q,,
aq a == —CT T a 00.b
From Table 3.4 it follows that for composite materials more precise constitutive equations must be used even for sufficiently thin plates.
3.2.
Bending
of Plates
83
Table 3.4: Mo w0 ^^o 0 u>o 31 • 10 1033(0%) (0%) 3.54(28%) "3.04 3.04 • 103(50%) ~49.2(37%) 37.8(60%) 37.8(60%) 49.2(37%) | 4.14(39%) |
3.2.6
P l a t e s m a d e from nonlinear elastic m a t e r i a l
Let us examine t h e transverse bending of a rectangular plate with a rhombic lattice (y?i = —f2 = ip, a = ai = a2). All t h e rods have identical cross sections and their material obeys t h e nonlinear-elastic deformation law a < + / «i).) . of' = = £ Ee; + f(e'
(3.64)
Using (1.101), (3.64) we derive t h e following formula for t h e rod's bending moment: M ; = - Ff[Ee' M* = -J [Ee:
+ + f(e*)]zdF. f(e*)]zdF.
/,
Then, using formula formula (1.100) (1.100) with with £i £i = = e e22 = = u u = = 0 0 we we find T h e n , using find 2 A/* = -—EJ\(K\C + K K22SS22 M' = £J,(K,C2 +
-I
+ + Ts'm2ip) T Ts'm2ip)— sin 2
2
2
2 (((KIC K +K /c22SS222s + Tsin2
From (1.99) we derive t h e formulae for t h e linear bending and torsional moments: , Mi A/i
=:
22
2 22 2 2 22 ipip D 2tp)]dF, Z ( KICI C+2 + K22S5 + -I- r sin sin 2
// = DD3 3r r++— H = /I
.
/
//
2 2
■B-
2
2 S22 + +T r ss\n2ifii)]dF, ^ ( - l )-1)7[2(«!C 7 [ 2 ( « I c 2 - r+K K in2vJ,)]^, 2 25
i=l
4
where D , = 2 / c , D2 = 2s2c2I, D3 = 2D2. Using (3.16) t h e system of differential equations for t h e reticulated plate's bending m a y be w r i t t e n as dw d w ~dx dx l/X
&K C>7i a7i
9x
d
== =
~
7li , 7 '
2
D D UjQ-M Z> «> _£i&i 2d z)222d*w ad 22w «, T
1 I1 + 1 JT-MKUK7,T), D, dv-D.dy^D,
-Mi = _iv*i-+
50?
d2Mit
fdx == ^a^2 t.a,t a n -ip — *Z. 2
- 5 (,
V' *
Q ; + 2 ^ /J(/CI,/CJ,T)) ,
(3,5)
84 Here:
Chapter 3.
Statics
+
« - * f• , = IC?i + -
5j/
2
// ii ==
/"
22
2 K 5 + tfS— / z y ^/[z(/cic 2fi))dF, / [ z ( / c i c+ + K2s2 +T sin Tsin2¥>,)]
«X *£/ v (
^
2
2
2
i =2!l
2 2 r /[Z(KIC sin 2y,)]
/ / : t=i
Now we consider boundary conditions for a hinged supported rectangular plate: w = A/j = 0 at i = 0; d, w = M2 = 0 a.ty = 0;b.
(3.66)
We reduce the two-dimensional boundary value problem (3.65),(3.66) to a nonlinear one for the system of ordinary integro-differential equations, using the straight line method, which is numerically solved through uniformly dividing the section 0 = J/o < J/i < • • • < yn = b, and substituting all the partial derivatives along y by their approximate values according to the numerical differentiation formulae. The unknown functions w(x,y), Mj(x,y), 7i(x,y) with y = 0,6 are excluded from the obtained equations using boundary conditions (3.66) and relationships M 2 = Mi tan 2 tp. The resulted boundary value problem for the system of 4n nonlinear integrodifferential equations have the form: dz(x)
??}& = ??}& y& = A(x)z(x) A(I)2(I) ++ B(x) B(I) + * [ ,U\ v r()^4, £^^>l]1, , dx
Zi(x) = 2,(x) = Z z 2n+ ,(x) = ==000(t (i ((i i= ==l ll,n) , ,nn))• at ==0,d 0,«f 0,d 2n+i(x) Zi(x) = Z2n+i(x) at xx = 0,d
relatively unknown wn functions functions Zi(x)
= w(x,y{),
zJn+i
= aMi(x,yi),
zn+i(x) =
fi(x,yi),
Z3n+i(x) = «!(*, »i)i
which are the vector components z(x). To solve this problem a numerical algorithm based on the elastic solution method has been suggested. Owing to this algorithm the nonlinear problem's solution as a result of consecutive approximations can be obtained by integrating linear equations at each iteration step. The elastic problem's solution with / = 0 is taken for the first approximation z' s '(x) and assessment of each successive approximation b z^k+^(x), k = 1,2,... is reduced to the solutioni of boundary value problems k+1 dz (x) az"'-(x) * ^ & dx ++1 zf 1 )'(*) (x) *f
^j.» **. ((/ x = A(x)z^\x) ,4(x)z<*+1>(*)++B(x) B(x)++.*(x^\x)/-^), w ™ —* ! » -
=
45?w = <
= z 2 nt' () J?W ) I
== 00
*V ' *
*
dx ;
1.2 at xxx= 0.d. (i ==1,2, 1,2, at ==0,d. 0,d. (i l ,22,•,. .•. ., ,,n) ) at («"= «n)n)
3.2. Bending of Plates
85
The results of a numerical analysis of the given problem for its various parameter values are given in the works [39,40]. The physical nonlinearity law for the rods' material deformation was assumed as: 3
fie") J(, >
4E 4— ^3 e. 3'.33 = —4£ 21 oI' ~27af'
s
where E = 2.1 x \0 MUa,ao= 400MUa. To accelerate the iteration process' convergence the following method was used. The dependence (3.64) at a certain section (0,ej) in the first approximation was approximated by linear function at* = EQC] according to the least square method and was then taken as: EQe- + [/(ej)
3.2.7
Bending of plate subjected to large deflections
This section examines medium bending of a rectangular plate. Constitutive equations (1.22) taking formulae (1.6) for the tangential deformation components into account in the case of a plate's medium bending (ki = fc2 = fcn = 0) in the Cartesian system of coordinates (with the rods' torsion rigidity equal to zero) become: NI
„ du d = Cn1 dx
r
+
1 (dx fdw\ (dw\ 2\dx)
2'
_,
+ cC\2 +
„ \du du N2 = CcM>.
1 fdwV] Idw\
2"
:J ) J ^ = 4dx^ + 2n(1^{dx) +
:
\dv dv dy uy
:^V1
1 V 1 fdwV] {dx) dx 2 5 = Cl< +
[& 2 l & J j
22"
& \ uy /
,
(/ ddv v du dw dw\ dw\ C u I — + — 4- — — ?,* \dx dy dx dv dy)J r.' dy „
\dv
1
fdw\2'
++ Cn r Cm c — + -i. I\uy— j uy^[dy^2\-dy-)\
"[iry 2\jry)dw I dv du
->« {dv + C C26 I—
'du S = C\e 16 \du ~
1 fdw\ (dw\ ' .I/^Vl 2 {By)
26
+
\dx \dx
du dy dy
-I- —
■+■
dw\ dw dw\ . dx dy J ' dx2 dy J '
dv 1 fdw\ fdwV dy + 2{dy)
C26 \dv + 1
+ C26
r
[dy~ 2{~dy-)
dv du dw dw\ +— du + — dw — dw\ . (3.67) \dx dy dx dy J ' \dx dy dx dy J ' Formulae for linear bending and torsional moments (3.21) are also valid for medium bending.
— Cee 66 IIdv 66
86
Chapter
3.
Statics
Differential equations for h e plate's bending take t h e form for tthe plate s transversal transve 97Vi 55_Q fW* — - 0 dxi 9 dx dy 3y dy ' dx dx ' uy 2 22 ^2 92w u; w w . , Pw d „ d io | 2 gMOq d*w dQi , 9Q dQ u> dQi Pu, 8H , | J = 22 dd2iw - +1 2 = 0, + A ^ 2 + % dv ^2 + dx dy dx dy 9xdy 'v dz dxdy dMj dH „ dM2 dH . n n 3// Qi „ ^ r 2 4(- ^« - + Qi Ql = 0, ^- rr- 2 - ^^ - 4- Q 2 = 0. ~dx~ dy ' dx
(3.68)
From t h e last two equations (3.68) we derive, just as in t h e linear problem, formulae (3.23) for transversal force values. If we substitute t h e calculation model's tangential and transversal force values derived from formulae (3.67) and (3.23) in t h e first three equations of system (3.68) we obtain t h e following system of differential equations in displacements: .dw dw L (v) + L L it — r i nu(u)+ ( « ) + L12 u u((w)w ) ^ + Lxi{w)-^12(v) > * - =— 0, dx , . , dw , r ,. sdw .dw ' \dw L {u) + (v) -r Ln(w)X2(u) LX2 + L L22 (u>) — — = 0, 2 2 (v) + Li2(w)—dx + L22(w) l
L(w)-
w
_*.*£-,
•*w
,, d2w
"
dy2
> * - ' ^ _ -Z = a0, S ^L_
2
5 dxdv Z
(3.69)
=
where t h e operators are: 2 2 a d2 „ d2 2C ii ll ll = = C 16 „ g + C U 2, C'uldx~ nl -^^2*r + 2Cl6 i 2 — 'dxdy c 21 d d *+'.
2
22
' W2 '
2 , aa , ad2 „ ad2 i6 ^2 +t 22 C L\2 -« ^ ^ + C26 2 6 " ^ -^^2 ,, i.2 = C C I 6 1 2dxdy 2 6 il2 Cl6^— dy ' uxuy2 2 2 dx a a a ^ 92 *- 42 .+f 2(7 L2222 == — Ci C\2-jr—2C 2 6 „ Q +f CC2, 22 1/22 07 2 7,2 2 2 -^-r. dxdy aai ^ axay ay a^'
dT
For operator L(t*>) formula (3.24) is valid. 3.2.7a. A plate with a rhombic lattice. Let us consider a rectangular plate with a rhombic lattice ( t h e rhomb's diagonals coincide with t h e direction of t h e supporting sides of t h e contour). Assume t h e rods' cross sections of both families are identical. T h e n from formulae (3.67) for tangential forces: iVj Ni
5
= =
yv N22 cot 2 f
=
2A-c2^
=
j 2 (du 2A-52c2 \\dydy
)V 2
i/aw\ f *U *+4( 2 ax ! C\dx; T
c24
dv dwdw\ dwdw\ j j /au ar dx dx
dx dx dydy) J
'an^o +I fl / a u ; \1 ayy 2UJ
2" 2
'}•
-
(3.70)
87
3.2. Bending of Plates
The calculation model's bending and torsion moments as well as transversal forces are determined according to formulae (3.25), (3.26). The system of differential equations in displacements (3.69) for the particular ges to: lattice changes 2 2 / d uu d d uu , +2s \ , 5 tan c,2, /a tan (d u+ + d , dv 2u , \ U^ ^ fe ^ ^ V, " VdT'^dT *)^ 2 2 2 dxTy , /9 (d u> w \\3tii dw „ w dw dx dw adu>w , \dw .d,, dddd—ww fd^w (Pw c2 (dTw— + —— d w tan uj\ dw —+ w—dw — 2 + taalfi + 2S2 s 2
2
2
c 22 2
2 2
2
2 2
2
) dy )dy)) dy
2 2 2 2
222 22 2 2
= ddy \ di \\ ox* dx W dy dxTy-dydxdy dxdy d\ dy = °' oy* dxdy ay 2 2 2w w 2 2 2u 2v d u d v 22 ddd2222w dd222u'u d d ,2 w w ® dx 0„9 2u d d dw d uuu d u d22vv v Un 2 + 2 d w dw 2 d 2 d2u 22 22 dxdy dy dx dx2 dy dy2 * dxTyJ: dxdy dxdy dxdy dx dx dxdy dxdy dxdy + dx dx + 2dy dy dxdy dx dx t a n 222 dw (d d t2w ,, \\ dw 22w ?7 ^ ^ < 2 \ d t Id w w „ dw 2 + a n V fd w I d w♦ a n,' ,„\ I dw -L I 2 — 2a
2
u>2
n
H^ ^
J¥ = °«
(d w
d4™ d*w d*w
0
4
4 4A w 44 2 d*x d*w dd* dd*w u> w .4 .d d w UJ w 2 2 93cd\ w 4 4 2 B _ ++66tan 6t at na n ^ _ ++tan ■^^ + 66tan t a n (g _ . _■ ■ 4t avn w-z-^ tan tan a^ ^^W 'i 111 (d (d (d fdd22222WuW w w d d2222W w w 2 .- ' \ ((Pw_ d + tW a n ¥22, \ 22 + p\c\c \dxi \dx2 dy2 U n 9
a^
^^W ^^w *W *W "P^ V ^drt 2 + ^W'™ J, ( fa / \ 2" 2 \\du \\du du ++ir^vic 11, fdwV] /5u;Vl c Xx /fe {\[ax [ * ^ + +222U (va^J ^i JJjJCJ'c 'dv dv +1 fdw\ ] ,, \I + \dv i + (dw\ If^V Q
2
2
dy 2U)P} [^ dy
+
y2)
2\dy)
2 2 r\i\ jrt»#i■ fmti N \ dv dwdw\ dw\ Z Z 9u Si; Six) 3u> l2tan tan'y> ip dd ww (du II f\tt ou Ov dw Ow Ow \ + + 4 ( (3.71) — + — 4. ■ ■ ~ 21?' fi dl^\lfy dx~ ~dx~'dy~) 21c ' ' p\ dxdy \dy dx dx dy J To transfer from the solution of a boundary value problem for calculating a plate with a rhombic lattice to that of a similar boundary value problem for a plate with a square lattice we must substitute the following variables:
xx = = £cotif, £coty>,
u = u, tan
(3.72)
Formulae (3.70) taking (3.72) into account become me JV,x = Ni = N 7V22 cot2 (f(p N
-bm\
2 „„ „ , , 22,2 \du. 'du. ou. 1 l fdw\ JwV = 2tf = 2Ks S cc22 — + di ,dU
S
+
2 dv dv 1 1 fdw\ (dw\ dv lfdw\~2' Ifdw + Tdyy + 2\dy~) 2\dy ]
iw\ OU, OV 3a = 22Ks _ ++ + I -^— +_ — +_ -Ow —_Ow —) \ .. = 2Ks i r J cCc ( + ,~dy~ dt ~dt~dy~)'
Transferring to the new variable in (3.25) (S.20) and and (3.26) (i.2t>) we we oobtain Mi
Mt
i „ , i 2■>fytg I d2w = M2cot2>p = 2Is2cc2 +
2
w\ 2 > U / e ++ — ^dM dy = M2cotV = 2/sV(^— J)',
' (3.73)
88
Chapter 3. F
, a 2 iu - AIsc 4 / s !3J,C - —., IQ, = -2Is3c aWy' u^uy , r-2Is*h_4^ ^ ^ , A M
=
Q2 =
Ydpdy+
Statics
(*!L + zJ*!L\ r + 2 Kd?
dtdy ,
(3.74)
dy*)-
Now we we write write the the system system of of differential erential equations equati (3.71) new \o. I i I using using n e w notations: differ 2 2 22 22 2 2222 2 2 do t« w ad u.u. adc u.u. y „„ cdoa '■v_ vv /d (ddw w w d1 w\ dw /9 tu w \ idw ow _ 5 w 3u) ow u, + 22 I — +++ 2 — ^ ^ = o, 2 +■2 +1+ + +— 2 + 1 d£dy dy a^ ' ~dy ~ atdy dy? \W {d? ' Jy ) ~dZ I W d&, \W w)K ~azdy"dy~ ~ ' hi I'd! dldv"dv~ \ui,222 uy j 22 2 2 2 2 2w 2 d w Pv /d d w \ i dw „ d w dw .ddu2u.u. d v d v fd d w\ dw dw fd W d w\ I JW o w ow = ■■ 0 , u. u v v v d(dy"di djd^ +Jrd~e W ++'dydy2 2 + \W + W/'dy+3y~f+ Wdy"dJ ' 'd~idy' Wdy"dJ d*w d*w d*w U W +L A U W I U W 22 222 + dy" d?dy ~dl* + 6d£ ~d!* d£ dy dy ~ay ~dy~*
('a w a w\ dw „ c
2
2
2
du. 1 fdw\ /dw\ f /52w u; aad2u;"\ 1 f/d w\ \du. IfdmV ' / 2++ w2 \ ou« + +
A\\d? U« ~r 2
fdw\A] ] dv d u 1 i/^yi fdwV dydy-++ 2\^) 2\^) \ 2
+
at 2 2\d£j U t) dy ) [as 3y'J
dv dwdw\\ )wdw\ dwdw\\ _ Z y«, (dx dv d w (du. dwdw\{ \\1 == J, n (3.75) (3 ?5) y\dy +dt + d£dt+ +-dt~dy-)i dldy-[~dydldy-[-dy~ -dt~dy-)f ~ ~ 2/**' 2/**' -^ H~dy~)} 2~ d222w w> (du. Idu. I' du.
+ 2 2
We obtain formulae for moments and transversal forces and also a system of differential equations for a plate with a square lattice (ip = 7r/4) in the previous symbols. From (3.70) we obtain 2 2 K \du dv 1 IfdwV fdw\ (dw\ 1 (dw\ A" du ddv w\ 1 / ofdw\ w\ + + N = 2 dx " = T dx+ dy+ 2 I,ax; ++
„
^ *■> ■" =""I Y[d-x ry
di> #K (du /'d u dv 55 = 2 \ d y + dx + 2- V' \~;* — From formulae (3.25) and (3.26) for we obtain
2{^)x)
22 VU^ J; .J' '
dwdw\ dwdw\ ,„ . (3.76) (376) dx dy J ' — —* / moments and transversal forces at ip = 7r/4
= 7U fc a^>
=
Mi,, Mu2
-
(
■
:
.. = M
K
22 2. . . \ / XI... w w\ /T (d w d3d2w\ 2 + dx dy2) i.3 \ t/x uy j 3 fd 'd*w d°w (dPw d w \ 3 2 Sir/ dxdy J ' Kdx
„ // =
3 22 . . .
, dw w r . -/£ dxdy
4ftfe
3 3 ud w w udww\ (3.77) dx2dy dy3 , For a plate with a, square e< 1) becomes: becomes: squai lattice the lie system system of oi equations equauo (3.71) 22 22 2 22 2 22 d uu ad uu 2„ d v; + (d dw W d dw dw w dw ui dw low O w\ w\\ oi uw 1- 22 + 1-2 o' w ow = 0, 22 + + \dx 22) dx dy dx22 +' dy dx dxdy dy dy2 + 2dxdy dx dxdy ij \lh? 'dy ) 9. dxdy cdy dy uxuy ~dx~x dx 22 dy 22 dxdy 222 2 2 2 (d w d w\ dw dn l vv drtO'vv fd w dw u \ diw „ dd d222w w drtOuu w 6 = 0, Z h 22 r fyy dy dx dxdy dx dx dy22 f \dJ \ dx2 + dy*) dy2) dy d: dxdy dxdy oxoyc dxdy dx2 dy
Qi = Ql
4( -
i
(
2 =
0
)
0-
89
3.2. Bending of Plates d4 w d*w d*w dx*7 " 1+""» dx22dy22 ax +h +
+ +
(&w < ^ _ J _ fJ (&u> d2w\ \du \_(dwV 4 2 2 +2 +2 ~dy~* dy p\ ~ pj \\dx \ \dx \ \~dx~ dy )dy ) 1) dx +dx~2 +\dx 2\dx~) )
2 ^d dv dwdw\ dwdw\\ \ _ 2Z_ 2Z dv 1 fdwV] w (du fdwY] d22ww dy_ 2„d ++ +2 ++ + + +2 + dy^ dy 2 2\dy) 2^ \dy) J J\ dxdy\dy dxfy{dydxdy \dy~ + dx dx~ dxdxdy)j dxdx-dy-)f-Tdy ) j ~ / I''
(3.78) (378)
From a comparison of the systems of equations (3.75) and (3.78) it follows that the second becomes the first if we substitute by £ ,Z,u.,Z„ u . , ZZ., „
x,u,Z x,u,Z
(3.79)
4
where Z. = = Z/As*. Z/As . Comparing formulae (3.73) and (3.74) for forces and moments in the plate with a rhombic lattice with formulae (3.76) and (3.77) for similar values occurring in the plate with a square lattice we obtain JV, = M, = Q, =
N2 cot2 ip = N. sin2 2y>, S = 4s3cS„, M2 cot2 (f = M, sin2 2
(3.80)
Values N.,S.,M.,H., Qi„, Q?. are calculated according to formulae (3.76), (3.77) after replacement of x,« by f, u. respectively. From the above we can conclude: the solutions of boundary value problems for plates with a rhombic lattice reduce to similar problems for plates with a square lattice. For such a transformation of boundary value problems we must perform the following procedure. a) In accordance with (3.72) change the size of the side of the plate, /, with a rhombic lattice in the direction of axis i to I tump. b) Replace surface load Z by Zj\s4 ■ c) To obtain boundary conditions for functions with an asterisk we apply (3.80), the second formulae of (3.72) and preset boundary conditions for a plate with a rhombic lattice. After the formulated boundary value problem has been solved using the said method (system (3.75) with boundary conditions for functions with the asterisks) we must transfer from functions with asterisks to those without asterisks, according to formulae (3.72) and (3.80), and replace argument £ by x tan
** = ^-^ _2w _ 2w\dp) ^ Y' da ~ dp *r =
2N
^-^-^-^{w)' dl1
d
90
Chapter 3. dv° da 037? 7l ° ^da dQ°1H gg?g da aM° dM°
aa "aT
_<W_2dufJ 2 ' ' 00 dw°' = l2b 5 - OU = 7?, ~ ~d~P~ dp 'W' 807tu" ~da~ da " 7 l ' a2...o a^fO ; aAf° dS° _ l w o a ^ v dN^__djP 8S° 3S° _ dN° U1V . *22« « + r dfi ' d aaa ~ dp '' ~ a/?2 ' 9da Q 3/9' dfi O- 0 O J2 2 22 22 0 '0 d M° , d w° a M ° a ™ ^ * a ? ^ 2d „ 0 2 0 0 . L O ^d ^ I7L C bO, . 2 ^2-M°N°, f 2d2l2u_w_
U
Statics
O U
(381)
Here: 2 aa = = x/l, i//, 0 0= = y/l, y//, u = al22u°/F, u°/F, v = al22v°/F, v°/F, w xv = = alal2w°/F, w°/F, 7, = a/ ah°/F, ?/F, N = EIN°, EIN°, S = EIS°, EIS°, Q,„ = EIQ° EIQ° , , 7 1H 1H M = El22M°, M°, q = Eq°, r2 = Jll/El /El22,, d2 = al/F.
We reduce this system of eighth order differential equations in particular derivatives to a system of usual differential equations using the straight line method. We divide the rectangular plate into m strips of equal width by straight lines parallel to axis o. Substituting derivatives by /? from the desired functions by difference relationships we obtain a systems of 8(m + 1 ) usual first order differential equations. Using the symmetry of the plate's stressed state according to /? (8w°/dj3 = Q°H = v° = S = 0 at /9 = 0) and boundary conditions on a section of the plate's contour (u° = v° = w°Idj3 = 0 at /? = ±/? 0 — rigid fixed conditions) enables us to reduce the order of the system down to 4(2m — 3) equations. Due to symmetry we divide the plate's section for which 0 < /? < /?o into m strips. Then the system of differetial equations for the plate's bending having the difference approximation error 0(h2) can be be written as roximation error l>^n j c 2
22 2 i 18/t222u° I8h I8h u° u?' = = 36fe 36h 36h222yv; N° N°1 --- !9hv° 9hv° 9&»; -- 9h 9h 9AV7* dd
22 0 0 , 0*\ -4c/ -Ad (t -—2o2w° w°2+ wf), (tog* itUjWj )i -4d2(wf (wf u >1X ++t0]L ">f), ),
222
2
2 8h u°' 8h u°' u°' = = 16h m'Nf-Ah^-vU-ih'd 8h m22N', N° - 4m'Nf-Ah^-vU-ih'd -4/!2rf—27l^°; "-» \-|-f-l "I—1 lit
-d*22(u? + «'°wl ~
8h 8fcui_ «i_, 8fc»ii!Ui t
= =
(i = 2^T^2), (t = 2 ,2^T=2), m-2),
2 2 2 16h K>h N10^m _+1+ mN', ' N - 2dw«_ ^2, / »iihv° £h_v2 -m^*_2-2-h ch/ 'd7di?hmt_2^-d +4 2
2
222 Zhvi = 3hv%' = -u° -u° 2u°-d (w 3hv°' -«S2 + + 2u? 2u° )-y°1,1, .?-
2hv° 2hvf 2hvf t
22 4*5?-u? 44hS°A S , 0 - u??++1 ? _1 -«i t «;°_ ° _ 1 )7?,) 7 ? , - (i = 2 2V = 4A5,°-u? ++1+ U 1 - d «'*2n-«£-ib?* «?_*-<*>?+, T, m^ -22)) , 1++^. 1-U _
_
~o 2^ Shvt, = 16*S£. 8A«i_, 16^_,+4u° 1 6 ^ - t + 4 m^ _ 2 ++ < ff*<_27r <_ 2 7^1 ° m -2, -2, Shvt, (i = 1, 1, l ,m m --22)),, («
l-2'lm_2>
22 2 222 2 3fe ^ = --M -6A -eh 6 2* r~ V rM? M 2{w°22 -- w°), wf), M? + + 2(w° <), 3A27?i rM? 77?i
22J 2 2J r~ M hh = = -2h -2h -2ftV rw°+1 + «£_, w°_1 ft222fi7lti°! = -2A r-M° Af? + w? - 2w° + +1-2w° ),
? + «;?_,
/
0' _
0
™,°'=7?, ™.°'=7?,
% — 7li
(i = 2 , m - 3 ) , (i = 2 , m - 3 )
3.2. Bending of Plates hht-2 hht-2
91 2
2
= = -2/.2r-'AC_ r- A/r22 ++ «,°. « £ _33-7<_ - 7 < _22/4, /4,
0 2hN°' -S%,2hN? = -Sf 5f_, 2/.Af, ' = -S%,2hNf' - 5 ?+1 + 1 + 5?_i
(i = 2,m-2), (« 2,m-2),
2
8/> yV°'_, = 4fc5i_,-t4_ 1 +4ui_ 1> ■JACO _ _ A/0 _L OJV/0 O I C * ' V0 , \r0 3A5?' 3AS?' = -N$ -N^ + 2N?,2hSf'= -Nf Nf_t (i = 2,m-2), +l + N?_i 33 2 J 2 2 K'_ - 8u£_,<-2 + 1 6 ^ . , ) 32/. (w° - w°)N° 3A Q^ == 3fcV 3A / t V + 2(A*° 2(A/2 °-A/ ;°-U2;?)yV 11°)) +
88/tV+fcA V + A - 22[[8/. 8 / . 2 <_3-14/. < _ 3 - 1 4 / . 2 KK -a 2 0 +r (15«;° (15«; m_2/4 - «,„_,)] + 4
2 8A% 8A °„mm--22 =
Vn 2
u
W1
2 2 0 A2A/°' = 2r (7?,(7?,. ++II -27?, + 7?,-1) + A „, (i( »== 25 ^ T ^ ) , 2 2 77?mm-2/4) _ 2 /4) + h*Q° 7 ? mm__33 Hm_ 2. A2A/°'_22 = 2r 2 ((7? -77? A2Q0Wm -2-
(3.82)
Here a stroke signifies a derivative along the coordinate a, A—an interval of direct lines dividing the integration area along the coordinate /3,Q°Hi—value Q°H (Kirchhoff's transversal force) on the i-th straight line. The system of equations obtained whose order is 4(2m — 3) does not contain the desired functions on the straight lines with numbers 0,m — l,m. These functions are detrmined after solving the system according to the formulae: 4w 4wm-l
2
m-l
8A A/°_, 8Aaa0Sr <&mm_, _, «£ < 4MNl A^ 2A2Q°„mm 3w° 3w° «""00 0 3Q?,o 3Q^ 0
=
= = = = = = = = ~~ =
Wm-S. 7,° m _ 2 , ">m-2> 447? 7 ? mm-_, l = 7?m-2:
2A2 M°_ 22 + r 22 ( 1 5 < _ 2 / 4 - < _ 3 ) , 2 2 2/> 2 ° (7?m m-3-157? -3-157?mm-2/4), -2/4), 2/>V _ 2_+3r 2 +3r(7? WmWm 22 < = ^ = 7L 7 L = 0, 0, 2A 2 A M°=r M ° = r 2 (llu£_ ( l l u £ _ 22 /4-<_ / 4 - < _ 33 ), ), 0 v° ^ m- _22-4v° - 4 m^_u, 4hS 4 A #m==u °u°_mJ _- 24-4u° . £ _m1_,u --3r 3 r 2 ((ll7? l l 7 ? m --2/4-7? 2 / 4 - 7 ? mm--33)),, «o° = =55oooo = = 0, 0, iw°-w°, iw°-w°, 37HO ?0 — = ^47,°, 47,°, 7,°2, 3M = 4M? M22°,' * 1 2' " 111 - 7,°2, /12> " ' "00°0 — " " I -' " **Q°Hi-Qm, 0 m - 0 m . 3u° = 4 u ? - U ° , 3JV0° = 4N° AN° - 7V N°. 2°.
92
Chapter 3.
3.3
Statics
Shallow Shells
3.3.1 Various differential equation systems for shallow shells subjected to medium bending For shallow shells subjected to medium bending (see Sec. 1.1.2b) and non-shallow shells whose deformation is comparatively slight we use a simpler form of equilibrium equations (1.1) [33, p. 99]:
H£+¥&-%*+»*-. 1 itA'S
OV
?Ar = 0, da A~dp~ da 2 + 2 dAN2 dA„ dA „ , . D V 1 dB dB2SS dA n sy = 0, + ++ ~dp~ dp B daN2 Ni ' dp B^a~~'dp B-8a--dp
gggi +
^ ^f 2 ~ AB[{kl +Kl)Nl +{k2+Ki)N2+2S{kl2 + T
WQ,dAQ ^^ Ji ^ ++ +| 2^1Q^l-AB[{k -^ p2 - AB\{k AB\(k + K Ki)Ni {hi {h{hi )N 2S(k ++T) r)T) - - Z) 0,0, A5[(fc, i)N ,)N )))N M ^lXIX + ++{h, (*» (Jbj ++K «2K ++22S{k 25(A: r) +T)-Z] Z]Z)===0, +K 2)N X 2 + 2)Af 2 22 + 12 12 X 12+ 12 AB[{kxx + 1iB[{h Kl -da9a
-dT-
dBMx dBAf, d£Af, dBMi dAH 5A// dAH-22 dA & dA4tT „ ddB dB,. f lfl i ,r . , __ „ 9A nn Q i == o, + - +ddppHi - + d p +H ^ ^ M ^ A B •
Here the moments of external surface forces can be neglected. The last two continuous deformation equations (1.2) for shallow shells are significantly simpler [33, p. 100]: 11 UD dB22Trr dA dA dB = 0, dp ~ dp" dP*1 ~BB da ' dp da 8BK2 2 dBK 8B dB IdA'r = 0. Ki -dda da A dp = 0a--da- -A-dT
dAKi 8AK X
(384)
The first equation (1.2) remains the same. Formulae (1.6), (1.7) are valid for the deformation components. Substituting (1.7) in the formulae for the moments of the reticulated shells' constitutive equations (1.22) and using the two last equations (3.83) we obtain Q, = = Li{w), Lx(w), Q\
Q2 = LL2(w), 2{w),
(3.85)
where L\, L2 are linear third order differential operators in particular derivatives. In the general case these operators' coefficients are variable and depend on A, B, Ri, R2, the lattice's structure and material. Knowing values (3.85) we can find a fourth order linear differential operator L{W) = L{w)
fdBQt fdBQt
V da da = -{-da" {-la-
+ + +
8AQ 8AQ 2\ 2 \
fdBLjjw) fdBLijw) (dBLijw)
d/3 8/3 .) z= ~ \~da— { da ~W) ~dT)
dAL (w)\ , dAL 22{w)\ 2(w)\
++
d0 )■ —dfi-J
(386)
3.3. Shallow Shells
93
Bending and torsion moment formulae and expression (3.85), (3.86) in the shallow shell theory coincide with the corresponding formulae for the plates' transversal bend ing. Hence, the Cartesian coordinate system x, y has relationships (3.17) and (3.19). 3.3.1a. System of displacement equations. Using constitutive equations (1.22) and (1.6) we express linear forces N\, N2, S through the components of the displacement vector of points on the middle surface u, v, w. Substituting these force values and (3.86) into the first three equations (3.83) we obtain a system of three differential displacement equations. Thus, for a shallow shell whose middle surface refers to the Cartesian coordinate system we have „ _ 9u 1 fdw\ /fluA „ _, dvflu , 11 /fluA fdw\ ^, du + u ^ + +^ + ++ j j ^ j ^ M = C n ^ + f c . +j ^ j + C 2Vi
2Vi = C " [ ^ + ^ + 2 ( a x - J J ^ [ a ^ ^ ^ 2 ^ Uj _ /f/ 3fdv 3 u flu duflu „, dw 5u)5u)\ 5uiau)\ fluiflu)\ dw\ dvl v +Cil66 3 - + — W W+ 3-^- , +C I T + 2kl2 + --5—312 nw \\ax ax ay ay ox ax ay a y)■ J/ 2
2
[flu , 1 /I'dwV] fluA l „ [flu dv , 1 //fluA /aauuAi " \dv f^ NN 2 = CC^«„Cl2 + 2 ( ^ J ^ + +M ^klW+ + ^- _ ^ jj j+C22 j+ C C a2 22 ^^ + ++ ^k2W+ ll ^_ + dx 2 \flx/ [a-y ' f l y 2 \dy J * = [rx 2{^)\ 2{-dy-) u
2
+
+
9t) dv flu „, 9u; 9u; flu; aio flu;\\\ dflt; v 9u du . flu; dw dw\ „_ //(dv flu; dw +C 2 6 3^ -- + ^ 3 -- + 2fc, 2A:,2u; u> + — ^-— -£—=^ - ,, \ax \dx \flx dy ayfly 2 dx ox oxdy ay) afly/ yJ/
^„_ \du [flu 1 / faluuA .\2l _ \dv [flu ]1 /(dw\ f l ul oAV2 '2 [fti , „ „ [flu ,, +C26 + C+ 2C 62 6 3 - ++ ^ u2;U+ ;- + C, 6 3 - + fciu;+- - 3 9x 2 \dxJ dy < f ll u u dflu flu „, „, flu;flu;\ __ (p // f dw dw\ d (3.87) ^ 2k w ^). (3.87) +C66 3 + -3+ 2fci2U> + — — . +C66 + + l2 + +Ce6 2u; + — • — + C e 6\U - + 2fci 2fe12U. . ( ax aa xx- + ^ ay ox oy \\ox ay ay ax ox ay ay oy // V ax av ax ay /
5S = ^c ^ [[^^^ + + ^+2UJj ^+2UJJ S= ^ + . ^ - j j +[fly c ^ +" M +2UJ. j^j^ + [% =
The corresponding nonlinear system of displacement equations can be presented as: r\ .flu;
, Ft \OW
L2,n(u) LLl2{w)— 2-13(10) -I- L 2,nn(w) (to) — + + 2,12(10) Lis(tu) + 2,i u(u) l(«) + +L i2,i2 ll22(v) ((u) f ) +I- L i i3(w) + w)—— + (w)— Li ,u(u) + L Ll2i2{w)— l2(v) + Li3(w) + Ln(w) — OI + C/y
,+ +„ /fluA /fluA + «(£)"♦<*(> -iH£) ^£)1-«(5f)(w) *,T
/ ^ \ 2
•a
\ 21
/o
\
/a .\
-;H£M£)1-<S)(*) *-* .flu; + ,n(w)-zxdw L (u) + (w) + L£tt(«0"a~~ i(w)— (w) — (w) + 2-2 +L 2,22(10) £ai(«) I»(w) L £22(u) 2,23 2,2l(u) +L 2,22 (w) +\- 2L 2-23(»") 21 22(v) 23 22L 22i(w)— 2, l(«) i22(f) l23(w) ^22(w)^22i(«) 23(u>) W) -Ox r + 2-22(1") -3Ox Oy Ox Oy Ox Oy OX OJ/
1 L/M', ++Cc°(—Vl -r°—— + Y - 0 l\r°(—Y 9x 9y J ( I{~dy-)\- ~dx-~d dxdy - °' ~2 [° v£^)y *{dy)\ 3 ~ 2 [ C a \dx)I
+C
+C4
C2 2 C2
+Y y
^ A/ ( ,,_|£) sS iIW+^-sjAi+^-gj*^*, H + ( t | .g)„ 1 + ^(tl_|2)„, 2 + 2 t12 ox9t// dy2) \V ' 2 flxfly
fflw\
/
fl2u>
. ,,s
Z 8) « - ) + ( " - S ) * + ( * - $ ) * + « ( « - S ) -*■<"■> a2^u
94
Chapter 3.
Statics
Where Lu Lu
2 d2 2C d 1+Cn 6 +2Cl6 2+ 2 dV* dy~ dx dx&/ ox ay
= C„ Cn
~
Cl2
d2
6 d C30 ' 3dix " + 3 Ody' y' d_ C3° C26 2 dy dx
Oy2
L\2
d2 2C 1 : ! — L2i — Ci6 2 dx ' dxdy
iLin3
= (C Cuuukik\ C = *i + C, Cnk2 h 2C 2C1 16 fc I22fc2 + 1 2 1 2 )^ 6 fc
■CJ
d_
-ady'
»s
d_ C 2 C2C k2 2 -+ 2C3Sk° + C?fc, i°*> + CC°k °2k> *X »^ dy oy dh 2dh^ 0dfci2 2^) 2 ^ ) C]6 +cJ^ + dx )J oy V "V ox dy oy ox dy /J dy
C6i6ifci ki + (?26&2 +(C, C2ek2 + tCtfku 2CM-i-
dh dh C ^ + C\2 c J ^ + Cu dx dx ox \ox \dx d2 d_ JL -= C12— + 2C26— + C22—2 + C°2d_ ^ + C0<^, 'dxdy dy dx' dy' dx2 +
L22 L23
r +
dh C ^ oy "V dy
= (C\ (Ci6fci k\ + + C26k2 4+ 2C\2k\2) — d~x Ox 2C °fc k 2 +(Ci2*i + C fc + 2C h )%+ CC°k, + CC°4k2°fc2 ++ 2C 22 2 26 2 2° ^12 +(C»*i + C22fc2 + 2 C 2 6 M oy ir + °*> + dy dh dk dh_ dh_ dk^ 2^i)i2 + CCj-ll " > + +C 26C26 ( (£ £+ +22 §2 H §H ) +) +C l C*l L6 |, i . +C12 l2 ( f i + 2^) dx ' dx dx dy dy i
and C° are derived from formulae (3.4). Operator L(w) is present by formulae (3.19). So that the system of equations (3.88) included only unknown displacements we must exclude forces N\, N2, S from them using formulae (3.87). From (3.88) we can obtain a system of differential displacement equations for a continuous shell with material variable thickness h, Young's modulus E' and Poisson's ratio 1/3. For this we assume a particular lattice structure whose parameters depend on coordinates x, y and have relationships (1.26). Moreover, the rods' torsional rigidity is taken as zero. Values h and E' are derived from formulae (1.28). According to formulae (1.23) we find Cu
= C22 = 3C 12 = 9EF/8a,
ft,
=
Dn = D22 = 3£>12 =
9EJi/$a,
C26 = Di6 = D26 = KlJ = K^ = K^ = 0,
and the system of equations (3.88) takes the form 2 22 ,,\d\d \d2u 2 dd22vv /(,, l,\dw1 dw 22, 2,, dw 2 9u> au u^ 18% h 2 + f c l 15 2 22 + + [dV* 3dJ 3dxly~ dx Zdy 3>dxdy dT* 3di Zo^y [\ h + 3k2J ~dx~ + 33* 3 dy~ ^ dih + dh \du du ldv (, 1, \ ' ldv g(fci + kki) 2) 1 fci + dx die 3dy' dx
h
ISA du dv }_dhfdu dv_ }_dhfdu dv_ 2k1212w \\ 3dy '\dy J di; + dx dx" 33y
dw 2 2 ,dw_ ,dw_ dx dx
K
l_dh l^lO^y Idh \fdw\2 2dx 2dx \dx \dxJJ
(3.89)
3.3. Shallow Shells
+
95
m
1 33\dy)
2
dws {dy) dv
ldh dw \ 3dy\dx) 3 to dx +
+
8X 0, 9E' 9E'~0,
'2 dd22uu , [2 ld2v d d22vv (\ \dw dw 2 2 , dw dw k 3 dxdy + 3 to2+ 2 + + k2 + 12 dx dy 3 dy [tdxly' 3to* 3^ U V ¥ 3* to dv dh Idu du
b-
±
dw dw Vl 8— Y -n I^Ti^Y f— 0, 3 dx dy + + 9E' _ 2
1
ldh + 2dy
2
2aj/[3Vto; 2 ^ a y y J 9 £ "2 ' dw dW fcj h dy N3 dx2
-L(w) +
2
(3(3.90) 90)
"('""S)^ +2 kl2 -
d2w dxdy
-
where r/ N L(w) +
d l^2,-,2 fdDdD d V 2 V 2 u, -2n dx dx 2 fdd2D D ld2D" D\ d2w 2 2 22 + \dx 33 dy dx to2) dx 2
+
dD d d\„22 Vw dy dy 2 dd22DD\ d2w fldld2D D 44 dd22DD d2w 2 + 22 22 + 2 \ 33dx 3dxdydxdy\ ' dy 3 dxdy dy ) dy to dy
22 12D du \2D\du , 11 /dw\ Idv 1 1 /dw\ dw 2 1, Idv dw k\W ■ k2w + + + + + 2 dx 2 .dx h 6« dy~ 3 to 3
* = ^[to ^ 2(toJ Ni
l2D\ldu1
to
3 ^ 3 ^ 6^J J'
2 1 fdw\ dw" 6 to,
dv , dv k2w 3 dy 3 to 1 12D dv du 3w\ \1D \dv du „, / ddw\ u A /du>Y 5S + +•22ki2w+ dy 3 h2 dx dx, ,dyy 3d2 2 d22 E'h 9 ££J ,J , , _ ,2 d _ £ 3V 9 V V ( = 2 + 2 = to* ^ 12(1 -v2) '= ^ 8a " dx dy '' ^=12(13^)
N2
1, 1
= 3^[to ^
dw\ fdw\2' .dy,
1
^ UJl¥j. '
1/3)
-
When deriving this system of equations Codazzi's equations were considered from which for shallow shells: dku/dx dku/dx
= dki/dy,
dkujdy 3k /dy
=
dk2/dx. 3k
If we neglect nonlinear terms in the system of equations (3.90) and assume E' = const, it will coincide with displacement equations for the shallow isotropic shell with variable thickness and Poisson's ratio for its material v = 1/3, as in the paper [31]. When the shell's lattice parameters do not depend on the coordinates we obtain from
96
Chapter 3.
Statics
(3.90) the known nonlinear equations for the theory of isotropic shallow shells with constant thickness v = 1/3. 3.3.1b. Mixed method: system of equations. In the mixed method's system of equations the deflection and the forces function (n > 2) or the deflection and two tangential forces (n = 2) are the main unknowns. 1) The number of rod families greater than two. We introduce the forces function $ through which the linear forces of the reticulated shallow shell's calculation model are assessed according to formulae 2 da 2 $$ a 22** a N 2 2 a y ' Ni = a i 2 '
Ni-.
*~W
SS =
^
ad22
(3.91) (191)
dxdy' ~lo-y-
Then with X = Y = 0 the first two equilibrium equations in system (3.83) will be satisfied identically and the third equation becomes: d2w' w a (', w\ aa22** / , d2w\ d 22 * * L(w) h h 2 2 2 + dx dy dy dx2 d2w a2* Z. (3.92) - 2 ku ■ \ dxdy/ dxdy oxoy dxdy, In the obtained equation which includes the two unknown functions w and $, the linear differential operator L(w) is derived from formula (3.19). The second equation binding these two functions can be found from the deformation continuity equation (1.2). For shallow shells the last two of them can be substantially simplified and in the Cartesian coordinate system take the form [33, p. 100]: BK-I a« 2
dr _ 0, ' dx
diti a«i dy dy
dx
dr dr = 0. dy dy
These equations with the bending deformation components assessed according to (1.7) are fully and identically satisfied. The first deformation continuity equation (1.2) for shallow shells remains the same and in the Cartesian coordinate system becomes 2 da2£i e,
dy W
2
+
d2e2 dx W2
d2w , — k\K2 dxdy dxTy = ~kiK2
-
,
,
— k2Kl k2Ki ++ 2kuT 2k\2T ++ TT2 —KlK2 Ki/C 2 .
~
-
From (1.35) taking relationship (3.91) into account we find: £i «2 «2 U
:
=
a\\
aa22** 2
ay dy
a22**
a12 ox dx2
a2** a 25-—- ~ a 2] " 2 1 - 5 -27 + 0. 2 dy ax ay' ox* 2 22 2 a * <*32 a a 2** <*31 a 2* dy aa22**
«13
2
22
dx
aa22*
oxoy dxdy*
aa 23
aa22**
<*33
aa2 **
23Q
Q ; dxdy' oxoy 2
dxdy
.
,
(3(3.93) 93)
-
97
3.3. Shallow Shells
These formulae and expressions (1.7) make it possible t o obtain from (3.93) t h e following differential equation relative t o functions to and 9: 9 222t(; w a 222m i« Ld ™ , d w a 22 + 12 l 2 dy d5x22^ ' dy dx
„/*•* Af(4
„, l2
2 d 22™ M d w dxdy dxd\ dxdy
+
22 2 2 2 w w 2d (d2daw\ d2wd ww ,,, \ 2 22 2 2 )x \dxdy) dxdy ) ' dx 9z dy d;dy '' dx
,0#wX (3.94)
where 4
M{*) '>
= =
d * CTV
-- 22 aa dx^dydu4®v d*9
^-
-ZO11T 13
4 d*9 CTV — ( 122++ ^ a33) ^ a)33)-^5^-2 2^ — +++ (Zan (2a dx^dV 3 fI'da dazi\ ® d*9 d 22 22 u v 10daua o aa2^3N \ du(Pv v
3 9* 0
aa222 — — a22 22a23
22 33
22
:—r 4- On
+ I 2—
:
I —
3 n 4 dxdy dy \\\ dx dx dy dy )/) ux~ dx dx33 uxuy uy ux uy 39 (P9 (20a (2^}1 _ 332p ^^ ££a23?? 11 4. , da 9a^\ d^2a^ n aaa 1i' 333 (2^}1 _ ^a33 d ^ ■ , (/(2^11 _ 3o d^3^dav (2^11 n\i 3\3 \ ^(P9 o l -_ \\ Sy dy dx dx dx dy dy dx222dy dy dx dy y )) dx \\ dx dy 2 22 dan a dan 2d22a da 3i \\ \ < 2a da^\ (P9 ((/ 222d da _ da^\ da (P9 (d2<1 a^inu 5a33^ dda ?9 ^99£ +1 nni _ 13 + (( da^\ (P9 _ (° ° 2222 2 da^\ (P9 (® d?9 A ^^ain ln *aaX3 \u3 \ ^^ d* , ((Pait (° , g(P^ 2 AT xdy222 dx )/ fiTrlti dxdy
fin fi-r )JI dy dx 'y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 __ vd?a ((Pa^ ^^ a2^23,22333 23\ \ v au23 dt 9 l-y _ /((POM (&<*■-* /dua13u\33 , u d(Pa^ d00 au _ _ 23 3 22 2 2 dxdy) dx )xdy) I dx \ dy dx dx22 rirdu h)r h)n2 r)r2 2 2 'dt 2raan i l + Pa d229 9^a _ __ dC7-ai3 a2i3i3\ \ \ du~v * d a}2 12 + I((Pan }1_ c/-ai2
V \ dy22
\\
dx222 dx
dxdy) dxdy)
3
2
2 riit33 \\ 1dy r)n dy dy2 2 22 2 2 2 a33 dd aa33\ a33 33\\ \ d^ u 1133 cd 9 f
2 r)-r dx2
dxdy) dxdy dxdy} rirfi-ii I di rirfl-n
dy222' dy
T h u s , we obtained a system tern of two nonlinear differential equations (3 (3.92) and 3.94) for t h e shallow reticulated shell theory mixed method when n > 2. N n w WP PYflminp n shallnw shpll w i t h a n a r t i n i l a r lattir** s t r n r t i i r e w h i r h satisfips
the p a r a m e t e r relations (1.26) and whose rods' torsional rigidity is zero t h e system (3.92), (3.94) changes t o t h e mixed method's system of equations for a continuous shell having parameters (1.28):
d 1 1 + 2 i. y ^-+^-W^rf j vV ** 1-+ ^^--) — 2 Row* + ^) \dx dx dy dx) \ d x 36 d. \ eoxx uu, Ox Oy Ox J \ Ox* Oy vy i/xo dy uy- )J j Ox w" 0
Qx
0
+
+ + +
^2^2
^ 22V ^ 22w DV D V V WW D V V W
+2
+ + +
+ +
-
where KQ =
■•/L\ —1
dx
Qy
T
dx
dxi 2
3
dy2 2 i
dx
UJ./ -S ^2 ^ dx -IV * 1-2 ^ g^ 2 J Q X2 3 dy2 2 Qy 2 dxJ 2K0 2K0\d29 d'9 2 K0 29 (d ld 8d d 8 0'Ko d'Q 2K0 2K0\d29 2 K0 29 (d ld 8d d (d K0 22 ld K0\d 8d K d 9 0 22 9 2 + 2+ I\\ dy r)„22 1 dx dr 22 ))I dn 33 drd„ 3 dy2+ dxdy dx.dn dxdy 3 \ dy dy 3 dx dx ) dy dy2+ 2 3 3 dxdy dxdy 2dxdy dxdy 2 2 222 22 2 2 d*2wwu> d2w w d 2w w f( d2w w\ d22w w dd2w d w2 d w d w f d w \ d w2 d2w k2 2 1 22 2 2 2 2 2*"«rs:, 7^dx dx* dv )y dx dxdy dxdy \dxdy) \dxdvj dx dx dv*' dy dy22' 1 dy dy2 dx2 dxdy \dxdy) dx2 dy2' 2 222i 222 22 fdD dDd_Ud dDd_\ (d (d'D ld D\ \d \d'D\d dw dDd\„ fd f92DD ld D\d w 2 ULJ V \ n(9Dd 22 \r,2 dDd\„ \d2D\d2w n(9Dd 2 Vw+WW ++V fdw D2+2 + + + 2 2 ++ + 2 \dxdx dx dx dydy) dy dy) \dx \ dx 3 dy ) dx {^Vx l * d y ) { w 3 w ) w 2 + + {^rx l * d - y ) V \w VJL { w o+ uy 3 w/ )u:w 2 2 2 2 2 2 (\d (ld dD d£\ cPw v_ d * d 2D 2* 29 lld'U 0V\O'w 4 O'V O'w 0'9 t4&D_jPw_ \J LS \J <w ) d d (\d D d£\ cPw 4&D_jPw_ d * dq'9 9 2 2+ 2 2+ 2 2+ 22 + 2 + + 22 2 2 2 dx \3dxdx dy)~dy~dy dy2+ 3 dxdy'y dxdy dxdy + ' dy dx dx i 2222 2+ 2) 2 + 2 d dy~ dy \3dx dy ) dy 3 dxdy dxdy ' dy dx 2 22 22 222 •JO_ 0'9 d 9 0'W d>ww „ O'V d29 O'W w _ _ m_ d^_ _ dH_d^w (PQiPw dd2w 0'9 0'W d^_ _ 0'9 dH_d^w _ (PQiPw _ r ^ r + 2 ^„d „9„ - n.d- w n 2 22 2k„^—-, = Z , 3.95 dxdydy dy dy dx222 - dx22 dy22 + 2 dxdy dxdydxdy dxdy 2 dx dxdy dy dx dx dy dxdy dxdy
U
/
CtP\-l
)
{-dxT
3w)w
98
Chapter 3.
Statics
Note that when transferring to system (3.95) the coefficients included in operator M($), assume the following values: a n = a"22 22 = —3ai2 = a/EF,
033 = 8a/3EF,
a J 3 = a23 = 0.
The system of shallow shell equations given in paper [31] with Poisson's ratio for the material v = 1/3 transfers to (3.95). 2) The number of rod families is two. With n = 2 linear forces Ni, N2, S have final relationships (1.36) in which one of the forces is easily expressed through two others. a) Case if>\ + (p2 / 0. From (1.36) we obtain S = hNi + l2N2, where /1 = siS2sin _1 (i^i +
f,
= 0, = = 0,0, °» = 0,
«„,+(„_£)* +[hNi(„_£)* + lN) - z +2 U , 32... I 2 ,,, \\
/
2
2
2
o,
(3.96)
+2(k12--^-)(llN1+l2N2)-Z = (3.96) = 0, 0, where operator L(w) is derived from formula (3.19). b) Case y>i +L(w)
* H + [*i - QJ + ^ - ^ J *>\ * > r ~ w 12U12 " w) *\ = 0.0. 2
+ +2 (^-£)— 12 5 Z == ° (39(3.97) 7)
(" "S) OxO]
°-
Thus, we obtained systems (3.96), (3.97) from three differential equations relative Thus, we desired obtainedfunctions systems (deflection (3.96), (3.97) three differential equations relative to the three andfrom calculation model's two linear forces). to the three desired functions (deflection and calculation model's two linear forces).
3.3.
Shallow Shells
99
Note, t h a t each of these systems contains independent ones consisting of two equations relative t o t h e tangential forces. However, unfortunately t h e boundary value problem for systems consisting of two equations can b e formulated only in exclusive cases. To assure a geometrically stable calculation model for t h e shell its tangential directions should be fixed. Hence each of t h e systems (3.96) and (3.97) must b e solved jointly.
3.3.2
Shallow shells with constant lattice parameters
We refer t h e shallow reticulated shell's middle surface t o t h e lines of curvature (k\2 = 0) and examine t h e linear problems. 3.3.2a. Displacement method. From (3.87) and (3.88) with ki = const, k2 = const we obtain t h e following system of differential displacement equations: In(u) + In(u) + L Luu(v) (v) + + I I ,18 tp) + + X X = 0, 0, 8 ((tp) L L,122(u) + L22{v) (v) + L23(w) + Y
= 0,
Iia(w) ( u ) + £33(10) - Z £ l3(") + X L23M(v)
= 0. =
(3.981 (3.98)
In these equations t h e linear differential operators are derived from formulae: 2
£ll £11
= =
£12 £12
=
£13 L13
= =
d32
22 d22 d . , dd dx ox* oxoy oy ox 'dy*' 'xdy 2 d2 &' d' d d d'2 C2(2S-JT-Z, Ci6-^—~ + 2Ci27r~Q—I-C26^-^> 2(7,22C\v2-^—5—\-C (Ciez 9ay' „ 2l ' ox* oxoy ou dxd
Cll"j—2Ci67T—^ 1" ClJ-j—-, Cii"^ -2i 1 + 2Ci6-^—^—IICU C\ l l 2—-,
0_
+ C12 + C,i*i nki 2)— 12kfc 2) ((C ux 22
L22
—
L22 = ^23 £23 = ■^23
22
k2)—, Ovth(C+i6kc1+C 2 26x± dy'
2 d d2 „ d° , „„ d' d , C, „ dd' + Cn cCv. dx2+2C »a-2 "driJi dy*'
0 C i 2 txi 4Ciefci -f - C26K2 (Cl6^1 ^Ci%k-i) 2 6 ^ 2 )— 0 " +-|C22Mfc ^ ) *o~r ? {C\sk\ (C\ik + C^22^2) Cnk^)—, + (p\ik\ (Ci2^i -Iai
£33 == (Du P " ++ K* un) £^ ++ 2H( A D n v -- *K 1 u8 )) ^^ £33 £ 33
d4
er + (( 33 ^^ +++ ^)^+2(2D + ^ ) ^2 +2 2+ 2( 226A ^2 ++■^ ^K16 6 ) )) ^ ^ +(3£ 'dx dy
> *>°W ( d4
2
2
+{D + K^K + 2C kk: 22 !Ci2*iA:2 1n1)— 11 ) ^ - 74 + CdCM itlfkc* ? + 2C, ^A:2 CM X2kik xk22 22 -'22« +(£"22 + ( ^ 22 22 + ^u)g~i ++ C fc? 2k 22 l2
•C M *f +
3y
or taking (1.23) and (3.20) into account: n
La £11
E
2 2 V ?, , = £ * j K,c C?V 1=1
1=1
n n
L\2 -
ELa^KmciVl ,
1=1
K&CiVl
(3.99)
100
Chapter 3. nn
n
■^13
E
r.*.h*xr.
E
C.s.kTX
^?v2,
=E
L22
i=l
i=l nn
.—1 TI n
L23
Statics
L33 -
(=1 1=1
2
E 7 (/,V,
2
CiA 2 ) + ,
ikf],
i=l 1=1
where fc* = tic 2 + k2s2 is curvature of the shell's middle surface of normal cross section in the direction of the tangent towards the i-th family rod's axis. Differential operators V; and A, are derived from formulae (1.17) and (3.22). When deriving the calculation model's linear moments and transversal forces formulae (3.21) and (3.23) in the plates' transversal bending theory are valid. The tangential force values can be found from (3.87) and (1.23) if only linear terms are kept: n n n
n n
E
AT, Nt = J2'$K%T 'Tt'iii,t, i=i 1=1
nn
CKT E] S>SiCiKiTi, S= == J2 ''"
' .TJV, X)jj 'lAKiT Hi = h W = £«?*.-71,
< S'
i=i
1=1 1=1
310 (;3.ioo) °)
where T, = Vi(ciU + s,w) + k'w. Let us examine a particular case of the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 where the third rod's family is absent (the fourth rod's family will be taken for the third). Assume that the two first rod families' cross sections are identical. In the system (3.98) for the shallow shell with the said lattice the differential operators can be presented as Ln
2tfc [(* + *)£ + *^1' £], 2
3Na 2 2 2A"c ((* = IKc (<*3 3 ++ cC' ) ^ + 3 c^| ^ . ,
= ^sin22^
22 2 Ks\n Ln12il2= K sin 22
2 L1313 = 2Kc[k L 2Kc\kA8 2X4^(63+ 2Kc[kx{833 + c3) + fc25 k2ks222sCc}-?-, 1Jc}^-, Ox ' •- ~ 2 ' Ox
L'222222 22
«2 \ ,s 2 i 22 = 2A"s {^(V' = = 2Ks 22Ks J (^^( 2^+s2+ ^j,. « £ ) ,
=
L33 = 2Ks> L»-2K*r±,
s^;
9x
dy'
2 is2)p2c + 6 p\) — 2/C L33 3/ > 3 ] | ^ L33 == 2*{c[(c 22KU * {i.cC[[(c ( c 2 --rr7 3Vc V c ++* 3*3/>3"]£ 2tf{ 3Vc+*3/>3]£ r773 2
2
2 2 2V2 ) p222 + + [6pVc + [6pVc2 ++ fl (1 (1 -s2c66s 6,V) phC3c}^[6oVc ^3p6*At*d-J£r^ 76l333c]-. ] ^ ^2 (l-6 )51Pc W/> 77P + 8S 3l
2
2
2
ux-uy
2
2 2 2 + s ((s. + + k' S3cck3*c }A), + p, V + ic7' c2)— f •'2- r+++*S3W r J^ ^ ) f| ^ -+
where >3=
3=
*
E3F3 E 3F3 E3F3 -
TF' r
GtJ3i GiJ3i
7 , = EiJu
W
2
_Ju "Ai
Pi•?== F,' 2
T,-
3.3.2b. Mixed method. If the number of the lattice's rod families is greater than two, from (3.92) and (3.94) we obtain the following system of two equations relative
3.3. Shallow Shells
101
to the force and deflection function: M($) - V^u; M(*) Vlw = 0,
V£* + L(ty) L(w) = = Z.
(3.101)
Here iLH (») LH
(Dnn+K++u)^/ f i K = = (Z>« i )n)—1 ^ ++ + 2| = {D [Dn+Ku^
2(2D6l-Kle)^-y TfiDH-KudgL
+ +K + 3 ZD ? i " * "»" ++ («
+ Kit): ^16)'S' °^+*w"+K2 ^£k a. dy*
*w_
* » *> * * ^
+P-+ *„)£,
4 4 4 d # d *4** a 4 ** 0 d*4> . d 4 ** Af(*) = (2a + a w ) ^ 12 M/ ( * ), = aa 22 22— 3 ) ^^. W5 _ _- 22 a a2 32 ^3 3^^-; ++ (2a12 12 ++ a a3 M
"
4 da4 ** dxdy a ^3
a*
vj
4 a9** * 4 % ' S y"''
2 a i 3
fc2
^
where
+ an
4
+
fcl
a^ n
K? = £ 0■ -
6j?«J)Ci.
1t = 1l
We reduce system (3.101) to one equation assuming curvatures fci and fc2 constant. For this we assume (3.102) u> == A/(¥), u> A/(tf), ** == Vj|*. V2*. Then the first equation in this system is fulfilled and the second one is used to find the differential equation of the eighth order for function 9: (AfZ + + VJVJ)# VjVj)# = (WZ = Z.
(3.103)
We examine a particular case for the lattice consisting of three rod families. The families parameters are: Vi H>\= =-V2 -V>2= =V,
(3.104)
Then we can show that in Eq. (3.103) the differential operators can be expressed as:
M
1 (11 + 2 c V | ; + ( 1l -- 4c4 )ac V ^ + _L_[( 4 2 Vra=i+*vJ 2^b[ ' ^4J'
= 2A's c Ks*c*
4
[
'
:
dx'
i/y
= /[(l / (1 + + 2c<)^ 2 c ) ^ 1 2 ^ ^ +2s LL = >^ * h + &«£], 4
(1 + 5
22 2 12s2< 1 ++ 12 +
4 '
^
9 ■*
^
(3.105)
102
Chapter 3.
Statics
and it changes to:
4 2 + (1+2c4 { i ^ h i + 2 c:4)2 ) £ £ + ( i + 2^c4^ 2 + 'dx8 ^dy^ 6
2
4
.2/0 c 4 \ " +, 08.s4V 'c ((2 2 - 5c 5c )4)— f" ,- —
01
2
. 6 / t , o_4\ " ,+ +, o2/(1 2 ^ ( +1 +8c8 0 - 2
' >dx dy6
++++44*ff-fi z. ^S 8| ] +++VM)* v M\ ** == Z. Z.
^1
M-V^l+VjVj}*'
(3.106) (3.106)
Expressions for linear forces N\, N2, S can, through function *P, be presented as: *-£*!*, ^Vf¥,
*
-
^
.
2
JN2
= ^2 , dx *
a vVl*. S = -£dxdy
—vi*.
(3.107) (3.107)
From formulae (3.21) valid for plates and shallow shells, using relationships (3.104) characterizing the lattice structure we obtain the following values for the calculation model's bending and torsional moments: T, J4 dd22ww o 2ndd22ww — 22 + 2 Mr = ' [ 0( 1l+++ 22 cc <' )dx )dx — 2 '+ ' s V ^ , 22 9212w\ „r i ( 2*d9 tU w 2■,d 2 2 dx 5j/ " ~ "" V 0*» 2 2 w , „ d r • 222 « ^ U > #H = = -7sin --/sin / s si inn2 2y>^-—-. 2v5#-^-. ■i n 2y>— 203- — . ^^7r ox Oxoy Oxoy
* = 2/52( ( c v + *v)'
(3.108)
We assume that the shell is hinged supported by a rectangular contour having dimensions x and y along axes / and 6. Then the boundary conditions are: u = ti) = Ari = A / i = 0 when x = 0, /, u = v = N2 = M2 = 0 when x = 0, b.
(3.109) (3.109)
We can solve the differential equation (3.106) in the form of a trigonometric series oo OO
*
o oo o
= 5 I ^ > l m>lm* * s i sin nnA A^mmmxixsinA s i n A t j/, j/, m 71= fc=l m == ll1 fc k=\
oo OO
Z = Z
oo
^ ^ B m nBsm in nsin A m\ xm xsinA s i n A tt y, y, n == ll m m
1(fc=l t=l k=l
f i n t r these fKp where Am = mir/l, A* = kw/b. Substituting expansions into (3.106) we find
Amk = K K~ mlckBmk.
103
3.3. Shallow Shells Coefficient Kmk is Kmk
4 2 22 0 . 5 [ ( l + 2 c 4 ) 2 c X + ( l + 2 2c cC 4 4))(l ( l + 8c 88cVA )s A nnA 2 / m * 44 444 2222 4444 44 4 446 62* 2\ 66 _L /l„8„2 \ 8 l 22 - 4 5c )s cccXXXmmmmX 8Sc c)s)s )X/ X +8(2 - 5c 5c*)s : )s X X*kkk+++ 2(1 2(l+8, +"4 *C 4VA/A c2 ]S A [l2(1 +++Sc Xmt Xk+6+k is / »C«-^WW mmA tJp «- "fclA' ° 2 2 2 khxiy. l \*. +0fc,A Hhxi + M +++KAM *»£)».
=
2
Using function * we can with (3.107) determine the calculation model's tangential linear forces: oo 00
oo 00
2 ^2^2(k +■fcfciiA*)AMm*sinA k1Xl)\lA E E ^2X2 k2 ^D^l^mk sin AmmisinA xmxsmX sinfcX;k( y, -< n^ + mksin\
* === Ni
EJK ^
m = l *=1 m=\ k=l oo OO 00 OO oo 00 22AA
A2 ™+ fc+ AA AA i/4 m i n AsmX m X SxsmX i n AXkyy, *)^m^mk ^kiXl)Xl,A U*mkssin = mk Amxmsin fciA sin; EE(^ m^* JV2* == EEDMm EEE((** n+ " ,*+l > *M )*) m *k t)A mv4 2 = N N
m = l *=1 t=l oo OO OO oo 00 00
_ V W l . -X\A« _i_i.\2\\ \. AXfrA cos = 2222{k kiXl)X cosX A xcos xxcos cos osAjtj/. 5s^ = ED**E M ^)A AAt.A * ^ cos A X y. EE(** l m ++-fciA 2
i
S
2
n
m
m mk mk
mm m
k
(3.110) (3.110)
m m= = ll *=1 *=
From (3.102) we assess the deflection function and then, using formulae (3.108) the linear bending and torsional moment values: oo 00 OO
oo 00 OO
Cmlt 4m AsmAmXSmA siTiXisinA xsmX*y,3/ y, ' c ' i *iSinA w = K~ EEEEK~*'^'^C w1) = =
K~ x
mk m mk
m m
tk
m=\ m = l fc=l k=l oo 00 00 OO 00 oo 00 00
M,\
==
2 4 2 2 2A 22 2 2 2 2 2 - / > 2 ^ ^ [ ( l + 2 c 4 ) -AP!c ^YYl(l+1c + 2n5 +-c 25A )Xl+2s c] A C m]C c* mynk X*/l lA]C *s\nX *s iA sin nmkS AxsinX X A \nX smisin xsmX y,AAX,Ajkiyy, ,, l)A mmk m mk m mmmixx kn
m = l fc=l m~\ k=\ 0oo 00 0
00 00 oo
w 2.22 M, = V -p' U> = E 2Enc2+2^ Mi = -p '^'^2(X
2 2X2 s2)C AsinsinX Xkky, ++ xA^X^/Usir xcosX y, s )ckmk, mk mk XAmmxxmcos
o TY(xlc m m= = ll
k=l k=l
00 OO
oo
u H tf
OO 00
oo
2„;22 2 2 _ = -p-p s'm 2^^2'^ CmkA^">^kC XmcosX X1m xcosX cos ssin2u>y^y^ 2
(3.111)
m = l *=1
In these formulae: 4 2 2 2 2 2 C:mk = = 0.55" 0.5s[(cXmA A, )X2m T+ *■<2c2(.<(c2*Xm 2m- - *2 s*2kX2)2}. s-'c-c-2[(c -rS<Xi)Xi m + *s X "k)"m
(
3.3.3
S h a l l o w s p h e r i c a l shells
3.3.3a. Shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice. We examine a shallow spherical shell whose lattice is formed by two rod families having identical cross sections. The lattice parameters are determined from relationships Vi = -
ac=a, a> = ai
FFi F, { -= F,
Ju-Ju Ji, = Ji, Jn Jzi == hJ3 (i(i == 1,2). 1,2).
(3.112)
104
Chapter 3.
Statics
Then, from formulae (3.100) we obtain the following expressions for the calculation model's linear tangential forces (it* = k): 2
Wi
6
9!ft"r2 / 22du „ 2A-c du dv 2 22dv No COt2 U3 = ■ 7T- + # 2tfs3 22 Cc 22 2A:
/ ddu u
V
dvdtA\ da) d^J
«
\ (3.113)
dfi " —~ RR—~V U^doJ+
Here we have dimensionless coordinates a = x/R, /3 = y/R, where R is the radius of the spherical shell's middle surface. From (3.113) we derive formulae for the tangential forces of a shallow spherical shell with a square lattice (
K fdu
JV,, N 2 == NJV = - ( " = =2R{da 2fl \
dv n \ dii -^++h2w2 )> -j'
—++
„
K (du
+
dv
+ 2R\M doj ' 2.R U/3 \d/3 +da 1R
S=A
(3.114)
Formulae (3.25) for the linear bending and torsional moments and (3.26) for the linear transversal forces derived earlier when examining the transversal bending of a plate with the similar lattice structure are valid for shallow shells (and do not depend on curvature values k\ and fc2). Assume the rod's torsional rigidity can be neglected and C = 0. Then from (3.25) and (3.26) we find Ml=M--M 2cot\=^-^ 2cot
2/c2 / 2d'
I sin2 2y? d2u; dad/3' dad?'
_
// = -— - 22 = H= flfl 2 22 2 2/c / c /// .,$>* a _ 22/c 2/c Qi = " ~
3 u L \\ , y«,
2_9
33 +
33
"* i? \ c 9da * = - i?R* *r ( ' ^ a as... 2 / r.2
, = '2~
20'UJ\
+ SW2)'
2/s / 22 _^t< ^m -flR3 3 \3C da>df3+S
5^a^/? a 0 /1)?2 V ' dad? 3 o3. u> \
25
dp*
(3.114')
From these formulae for the shell with a square lattice (tp = ""/4), we obtain 1
Mi.j
ft
Qi
A
d/32)'
I d2w --L^ dad? 'RR dad/3' U idd33w 2I (6Pw w \ 2 -~2R? 5R dad, 3 + >ad/3 {da ddad/3' a d / 3 2 /) '' I1 3 („ SPu 2R I\d &w u w u w3 +' da )' 22
Q* = Vl
2
fd ^ 2w^ ^
^ = 2 2R^ 1 \da2 2
" ~2~W\ da^dl
W
(3.115)
3.3. Shallow Shells
105
In the system of equations (3.98) with fcj = fc2 = k' = k and relationships (3.112) characterizing the said lattice structure the differential operators are assessed according to formulae:
2 2 - 2222 2Kc da2 \>\ __ A Ks\n d2 sin2ip 2y? :2v? a 2Kc4 4 /( /cada533 2j3 a^ /<-sin a L l 2 = 2 n = 2 tanv, 2 = —R i2 - dad? R dad/3 ~R2f f \d "do~ ^ +2+t&n — RR i— aadad ^c 913' ' np-Kdtf+^vm)' *Wa ;^ 2; 2' Ll2 2222 ;2 22 2222 ,.. 2KC a 2/T3 aa 2, a ad22\\\ ... 2Ksccc (// a a 2K d 2Ks d 2/rc a 2A-3 a 2 2 //13 2, + t :an a ni!ln{pp 22 Ll3 ™2 _ 2 + L l 33 = = i1/22 2 2= =—_ 1x3 L22 ^ Rn^^ + t a +t!in *W -" R/Ri - 2T- ^^-,' ' TO ~^~\'^c7 \uu—R^{^rf 'W W )))', T T Lu Lu
= = =
22
2 2K£_d_ 2/^a 2Ks a 2Ks22 a d 23 ~ 2 adp R /? £^3' / ? a/3' a ~ R d/3' 444 2 4|4444 444 \ 4p 2K 2A; \c r y22^ /((a 2Afc aaad4a444 B 2, 2K \c ,4, aaaQ4 \\\ 1 c D 2K \c pP (/ a d— e 6„ tan2 2¥ip 33 = 2 2 2 4 ++6Un LM + Z«3 =fl^"[^"Vac7 -=jU r -ar + 6 tan (^7-—— + tan (zj—/? [[-/?/^i" v f t a n V — j ++11 'a^a^
L23 23 23 23
(3.116)
where p2 = J\lF. We write these operators for the spherical shell with a square lattice {
.
L 22
1
Lu -
22 K K ((dd
2
2+ +
" -~ 2fli l,aa 2 ?^ ^ [dol
d2 \ 2
dWJ' d0^ J) ''
gV_g_ d2 JK 22 22 "-T R RR~fad~p a^c caQa/;~
Ll2 12_ 1
'
K_d_ K_d_ d_ 23 233 13 : 2 2 3_ 23 2 FP RRR222a/9 3/9' dp' ' ~ /? act' a/9' dP' R222da da' ~~_ /? dp' 9/J' 44 44 4 K K d a44\\ Il c- 4 K l^ \\PP22 f(d (a (a9— a (— a B ^ B T 33 * ^+4 lR 2 2 22 + ^3an4+4+6 a da „ aa ^ 4) + 2a dp0o +dp ' " 2fl2 [R 2 Va«
(3.117)
In order to reduce the problem of calculating the shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice to that similar for the shallow spherical shell with a square lattice we introduce the following notations: Q Q
= c^, c£,
0 /? = st],
u. = 2cu,
v. = = 2sv. 2sv.
(3.118)
Here, formulae (3.113) and (3.114) for the calculation model's force and moments can be written as: 2
2 u Kc 7 K° dv. \ i c fd I(d ou, 2u>) cot22
=
^ = -R i Vae r ^ dv ^ ")'J -
1(1 \\ _2/c 2 / c /(dPw 2/c gg ii gg j?w_ y»> Pw _2Ic //gig _ 2/c i g333 + ^ w2 22\ 33333 / g 3+ Qi = Ql + Ql + dtdr, ~/? ~" H R"3V\d£ V^ a^v' ~~ [d? d(dr) ~R U^ d(d ^1 " ~ ^R ' a T 3 + d(.dv n)' )')' " _2Is ~/? Vs^ a^v' 3 21s 21 s / ? gig &w g & g w\ _2/£ gtg\ 2/s ^=2 - + _2/£ Q2 == — s 333r ( //3J- sgig - 5 -53r3 . +gtg\ 2 5
R/? V V3 d?dn a^»8ij ' ar/ dav a^V3)' / * -= -v^Wd-^w))' ~-Rj[ /i 3 \\ dtd?dn d V Q22 :
(3.119) (3119)
106
Chapter 3.
Statics
The differential equation system (3.98) taking (3.118) into account becomes:
du. du. du. Ou.
dv. dv. dv. dv,
d2u. d2u. d2v. dw XR2 „ * 4. 1 4. n9, d'v.- 4. 9 ^ . u XR' = 0 + 22 ++ 2 2 2 T di ~d d£dn ae Kc dr, d{dti dV dtfr, d( Kc ot, f\t2 r\t2 r\02 r\ ■% r i-»9 2 u. dd*v* ^ dw YR2 dd'u. u. dd*v. v. dw YR d'v, + + + + + 2 + 2 2+ + dfd-n HP* fir,* dr, Ks "■" dr, 3 dtfr, d( ddr) Ks ~ ' die n Wv Km 4 44 22 * 2922 / r\A 7.R2 :2p 2p 1 (d*w (d*w /d*w B„ d*w d*w d d d w\ w\ w\ „ „ ZR ZR „ d*w crw 4-92w - ZR' 0. 2•2" \ f>C4 ' R K di'dn' of or.
4
dv+' «T T dr,
(3.120)
It is not difficult to see that the differential equation system (3.98) with differential operators (3.117) referring to the calculation of a shallow shell with a square lattice changes to the system of equations (3.120) for the shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice if we replace 2 2 <x,P,P a,0,p ,X,Y,X,Y
by i,r,,pl,X.,Y„ t,ri,p2.,X.,Y.,
(3.121)
where p\ = Ap2, X. = X/2c, Y. = Y/2s. Comparing formulae (3.114) and (3.115) with (3.119) for the calculation model's forces and moments of the shell with a rhombic lattice we find Ni = N2 cot2 if Nt ¥> == 2c 2c 2c222JV. N., N., S55 = == S. 55.. sin sin2y>, 2tf, 2
(3.122)
Formulae for functions N., 5,, M., H., Q\„ Q2* a r e derived from formulae (3.114) and (3.115) for the calculation model's forces and moments of the shell with a square lattice if we replace a, j3, u, v by f, 77, u., u.. Formulae (3.122) are obtained assuming that the rod cross section values / = EJ\ja of the shell with rhombic and square lattices are identical. If, in accordance with substitution (3.121), when transferring from a rhombic to a square lattice the rod's inertia radius doubles, value / increases four times as the rods' cross sections remain the same (we could change value p2 by altering the rod's cross section areas for which it would be necessary to convert the surface load's normal component Z). Due to this formulae (3.122) must be modified (values Mi, A/2, H, Q\, Q2 decrease four times): 2 2 A^ = ./V N22 cot N„Nm, S S= =S.S.sinsin2if, cot22 if
(3.123)
From the above we come to the following important conclusion: the solution of a boundary value problem for the shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice can be reduced to that of a shallow spherical shell with a rectangular lattice.
3.3. Shallow Shells
107
To formulate the corresponding boundary value problem for a shell with a square lattice the following conditions should be satisfied: a) the contour's sizes / and 6 of the shell with a rhombic lattice in the i and y directions should be changed to l/c and b/s; b) in accordance with (3.121) the square of the cross-section's radius of inertia should be increased four times and the surface load vector components X and Y replaced by X/2c and Y/2s; c) using formulae (3.118) and (3.123) to obtain the boundary conditions from the preset ones for functions with asterisks (from these formulae it follows that if one of the desired functions on the shell's contour becomes zero the corresponding function on the contour will also be zero). After solving the boundary value problem (system (3.120) with the thus transformed boundary conditions) we have to convert the asterisked functions, according to (3.118) and (3.123) to those without asterisks and arguments £ and TJ correspondingly by a and /?. Thus, we have established a connection between solutions of two different boundary value problems for the shallow spherical reticulated shell theory thanks to which we can exclude a rhombic lattice from the study and substitute it by a square one. The outlined connection between the two different problems makes it possible, in particular, to express the solution of one boundary value problem through that of another one for shallow spherical shells with square lattices. For this we put tp = x/4 for the rhombic lattice (the rhombic lattice become square). Upon completing this transfer we obtain the following interesting results. Let us examine two shallow spherical shells with square lattices (ip = T / 4 ) . The calculation data for the first one: /<» = /, /(')
(D == 6i&, 6&<»
/ /'1» == / i7,
X, X^X<"==X,
KK«« ==YY
is changed in the second by putting /<22> /< > = V2/, V2/,
2 66<(2) > = V26, V26,
7< 7<22> > = 47, 4/,
X™ X< 2 > = = ±X, N/2
x,
W y(2) Y ==
k
^f
(other calculation data for the two shells coincides). The boundary conditions are identical and such that some of the desired functions reduce to zero on the contour (for instance, when the fixing of the contour is rigid and hinged). Then the solution of a boundary value problem for the first shell is expressed through that for the second shell using the following relations: v/2u(» == u< «< 22>, V5u<» 2 1 5(2) 55(1) ' ' :_ s< >,t 7V<" 7 V < " ==
2) ^Nf>, ,
2 U,<22>, V2vW V2v ( , ) =:„(»<2>, >, «,<» «;<'> = u,< (1) ((2) 2) 77 == 77 // ,, 22//<" 2) l), ) 2M/ = A// ?>, 2M\ M\2,\ v/2Q,W V2Q" = Q?\
(i = 1,2).
108
Chapter 3.
Statics
2 2 Here arguments a<2>,/3<2> must be replaced by a*1) = (V2/2)a< /?<'> = = (V2/2)8«) ' (V2/2)a< 2>, ), /3(» -- (N/2/2)/?' in the functions which are the solution for the second shell.
3.3.3b. Shallow spherical shell with a circular contour. We examine a shell with a square lattice (n = 2, a; = a) and identical cross section of both families of rods (Fi = F, Ju = Ji, Ei = E). We neglect the rods' lorsional rigidity, and direct coordinate axes along rods (
f)w da ~
R
\
^ + ^ + r K^ + ^) + 2 u ; = -^ z '
(3124) (3.124)
where r 2 = J , / f i 2 F . In addition to the coordinate axes a and 3, we introduce a polar system of coordinates £, 8, where £ is the distance from the coordinates' origin in fractions of the shell's radius. The solution of the differential equation system (3.124) with a constant transversal load Z = -p, X = 0, Y = 0 (3.125) in the case of the shell's contour being rigidly fixed: u = v = w = dw/d( = 0 when
f = (0-
(3.126)
Using a semireversal method we obtain an approximate solution for this problem in a closed form: u =
I
2 2 ^ ( ^ -; a- 2 -a"^ 2- ) p-)[MU [ 3 5 C>C222 ++ 7C 7C.44(3e (3^ 3£ 2 + 3a 3 a + 7/3 W22) _ *9
4 22 2 2 32J 22 22 +3C +3C,(5eS 11{ 11&3 /? ++ 5a 4 + 19/? /? 9/?4 + 16a 16a'/? 0 /? 5f4 + 5£02a"ai2 + H& 16a 2/3 ^ )], +3C 6 (5{ -r ll£„ H5 0 p -i- TO 22 2 2 212 22 2 2 2 = 22 2 ;/?^ ++ 77a 7a )[35C )[35C 4+ 7C (3£ 5C r 77
. = A,
Here 4 C 2 = 6(13 - 6D)£o 6DKo22A'o, K0, C C44 == 3(6D3(6D-55)(o K0 , Ci - 55)C4A"o, 6 C 6 = 84£0- tf0, 35apfl22 35apfl n-ownSt-* 4 K K0 _= ' = 2520rfo. ~ 2£F(280 + 281D 281I> + + 6L»') 6Z) 2 ) , ~ ^Uri«° " 2Et (28U +
(3.127)
109
3.3. Shallow Shells
The approximate solution (3.127) means that if differential equations and bound ary conditions are satisfied precisely, then instead of conditions (3.125) we satisfy the following: (3.128) Z = - ( 1 + 287o)p, 28 7o )p, A- = 0, K = 0 (they coincide with the preset ones at 70 = 0). The function 70 is derived from formula 4 _ 14 - 3D + -I- (6£> (6Z> - 43)(sin 43)(sin44flg + ccos o 4sg)»y % + 2V(sin 24y 2 (sin6 6flg + cos6fl) g) o, 2 ~ 280 + 281D + 6D
7o 70 =
where 7? = (£/£ 0 ) 2 For sufficiently shallow shells 28|7o|
' = Ibf^
V + /? )]}. }'
= -7Sg-U« 2 2 2
0, Q.1 _= = _ Q2 3 22 = ~
V22 + ^ 22'])]}, }■
\ 1+ en + 02\ -(£ 6Z) !2|(^(8(a.a1a 22 + /? -- ( ((Co £e£22222-3/? --33o//o^??22■-a --aa23_2)\l ++, -|J§(a -2 -a )2))[l [[ l'l1 + +, 6D 6D 6D -+1ri ^ ^ )) )]}, ]] }}I ,, ++ - ( £ 2 - -3:/ ? 2 - a L Co Co 28 28 _72EJy TiEJ, 72EJ 28,„,. 72EJiKp [[[,1 _ L « n _ 28 rot2 tK0 a 22 _ ?2-(2e ^ro*2 rg o *-225 0 3/ ?/ ?' 22)2)l a a, D ^ ( 2 , -- 72EJiK ^ ^ [ i + 6i>-g(2e2-5a»-3/j»)l«, + 6£> -_•a55a^a-: 3- -3/? 72£J,*0 r 7 2 n aaaH?i T T C ^ Co ? )] a, Co " Co Co LL Co 28 72EJj 72EJ r 21 72EJi TgEJigg 72EJiKp r9<2 lKQ 22^8^-25- /^5?-^a3- -a33«2a )2»2)l) ^U,ft, - ^ 3^ l ++ 6 D i7?J---^i^( (% " ««i? ««JCPeo« L Co Co * )1 A
110
Chapter 3.
Statics
+ where C0 = 3KJ1 3K0(l+6D). It is easy to establish that functions A/i and TV; assume the maximum modulus values at the point where the coordinates a = £o, 3 — 0: are on the support contour: A/, * ( 6( 6h ,00)) ==
24Wo
6D), ^ ^ ( 2 (29 9 + 6Z>), 8EF,
If, 4- i6Z>). ( M(&,0) = f1 ^ (-(5 60). 5 +
5aR
To obtain forces and moments in the rods' transversal cross sections the corresponding linear forces must be multiplied by value a. Using the obtained closed solution of this problem we checked if it was permissible to neglect the rods' torsional rigidity. Taking this rigidity into account means adding another external load corresponding to solution (3.127). Thus we found with EJ1/GJ3 = 10 and D = 100 the maximum deviation caused by the extra load from the preset one was only 0.3 per cent. 3.3.3c. Shallow spherical shell with a square lattice. Rigidity characteristics of all rods. Substituting the deformation components of the shallow spherical shell's calculation model £i £1
KX Kl
Kl 111
}_fdu 11 /(du fdu du \\\ 1 fdv fdv dv \\\ 11 fdu fdu fdu dv\ dv\ i_fdv ou £2 £2 = u= U= + + da) ' H+ w + Ww , R\da^ d-« + )' ~ R \dB ' ~~ R R \dj)*da')' \d/3 \d3 ' ~ /? V ^ " = RR(^ W ' - 7)<' ~ R{w R to)' \da 22 J) ' ' R 2\80 2 22u 1 „, i1 d w d22W w I1 a 11 w dadfl222w 11]I\_d dA2... w d w &„, _J_&w d w u; w = - jP2 222 K2 TT {(3.129) 2 fl~2 T~ ~ ~R?da R22da '' ' K2 R^dB R? dad 3 ~ R da Wdadfi ' R2d82'' ~ R?dad3 ~ "K22~~~ WW mfk**>
==
m
in (1.12) and taking (1.5) into account we obtain the following formula for the turn angle of the tangent to the i-th rod families axis relative to the normal to the shell's middle surface 0i = -Vi(s,u - c,u), av), where operator V< has the same meaning as in (1.17). Using this value for ^i form formula (1.17) we find K° ==V, K1 V,22(s,u (s,u -- av). av).
(3.130)
Then from relations (1.23) we find value (s,u - av). «; = 7°V? (siu av).
(3.131)
(the rod family's parameters do not depend on the shell's middle surface coordinates). To express the calculation model's linear forces and moments for a shallow spherical shell with a lattice consisting of n rod families through the displacement vector's components at the point on the middle surface, formulae (3.129)—(3.131) should be
3.3. Shallow Shells
111
substituted in constitutive equations (1.22). Then we obtain
^=x n
n n
= £(c.-tf.-7;-,.7?7?) ,
^2 = ]
i1=1 = li n
i11= i= i = 1ll nn n
i=l 1=1 n
1=1 i1=1 t1=1 == li
HKiTi
+c./fr'')^, aJflf)
c/,°7?) HKiTi +c-7?I?)c-, alflf)*, , 5 -~ siifT?) 5, = (S.A - .:.r, T, + C-T?I?)c-, 5Y^ A iT:,r, 2<J ;_ - *,-7?7?) + S522222 = ^(c,AT,r, I°T?) + alfTf)«, = £(c,tf,r, X> »K> f-•W)'«. W ) 'a(.-,. S> == ^^(^.r, X Si ,V,(/iC,V, Cl-s.-A.-K Ai)w, = X Jlc.V.^/icV.-l-C,.' \)w, c,V, C,s,A,)to, if,i = y"c-V.-(Ac.-V.) c,V,(/ ,V, CWAj)w, .(Ac V,, + C,s, i)w, iSiA,)to, iC M, = X +C C,S, A,)tO, M
i=l ii=l =l i=
/ —1
,V, + C,s,A,>,
nn
n nn n
Mi M s,Vj(/,SiVi ,c,A,)u), Af = = Y, y^Vs"t SiVi(Ii3iVi j fi vZ*r.siVi ^-V -- c,cA,)u) C,c,Ai)w, -V < =]Y V* s.vVj(/,SjV; V.f/.s. 2 -Mi • -2 *2 = /Y » l l ■V. Mi S. w
i1=1 1=1 =:1i M2 = 1=1 Y,
n n
H, = = /f, = -V 2Y, jcc ,CfV<(/,-a,-Vj VV^/.s.V, i:((//, ,5 l,V, V , - C,c,A,>, fli C.-cA,>, C.c, A , > , ff#2 #2 H = -~YX XY, «.V^/.c,V, «. V,(/,c,V + + CiSi&i)w, CC,S,Ai)w, .s.A.>, 2 2= i/i = ---X>v,(/.s,v, ] 8iVi(IiCiV{ r 11=1 i == 1i i = ii ,5,V, - C.-cAi)w, H2 = - i1=1
where A
- fi—'~ Ada
Si— Bd0
(3.132)
(for a spherical shell A = 5 = .ft), T, ==V,(c,u T, V,(c,u ++s*,t>) +k'w, jb'io, 7* 7*== VV33(s,u (s,u + -I- av). Civ). {v) + In practical calculations when the number of rods families is greater than two, the torsional rigidity of rods in the plane tangent to the middle surface can be neglected. Hence, in future examinations of the problem we assume the shell's lattice consists of two families of rods. Now we ascertain the influence of the rods' torsional rigidity and bending in the plane tangent to its middle surface on the reticulated shell's strained state. Assuming that the shell's lattice is square (diagonals of the lattice squares coincide with the direction of the axes' coordinates) and the rods' cross sections in both directions are identical: Vi = -V»2 -fi = * 7 4 ,.
a a
a
(t = l,2;
Jji = Jj Jj>
j = 1,2,3).
Then the linear forces causing bending and torsion moments in the shell's calculation model are: K K
fc + ^+7 2U, j
fdu „„ \\ (udu dv n o(du + uv + 22u>] u
* = = 2ftU TR\T^ ^
i°3 (Pu 1° (& &u 7° fc (SN, 33 3 + 2 4R? 4ft \do? \c dad0* \dc I {da dad0 4K° \acc oaop' K_ K (du dv dv K K (du (du dv „„ „ \\ + +2w +2w + +2w) 2R\da = = 2R{da8H W = 2R{da8H )
*-£( **
&V 8N
ffiA 33 d/3 d/3 ) )''
112
Chapter 3.
Statics
1° (Pu Pu _Pv Pv Pv\ 3 + 3 4R3 {da dad/3* dadp* da*dp ~ d/3 dadp ~ da*d/3 dp) dp)' Oaop' oa'op opj ) '' + 3 \aa° 3 + 33 4R {da dv\ da*d3 Pu K_(du P_(Pu Pu d Pv\ hA \ dadP _P_ (Pu Pvvv■)_ d*v\ 9u dv\ P_(Pu Pu _ d(rv n i uu ov ii u-u cru + + + 333 + 33 + 22 33 3 + + + P da 2R 2R d/3) )p) 4R \d/3 {dp da da dP dadp* dadfi da )) ')'' 2 d/3 )ad/3 dadP da ia dd) 44R ^ 3{dp 2R {da \da dd) AR \dp da d3 dadS3{dp T da*d/3 3 3 2R \da "•" dB) 4R {dp c K_(du K_fdu dv\ h \ _J^_ 1° (Pu fd u Pu d u _ &v 3u 3 g _ (TV 3v\ Pu _ Pv Pv\ K dudu P1° \ dv\ 1 (Pu I U U V Pu K_(du dv\_J°_ (&u33 +| 9 ^ d u _1 d v ( i ^ (^ 2 3 + + 33)3)' + da + 3 + 333 3 + P da + dp) 3 \d/3 + 22d/3 2R {da d^) 30) 4R {dp da*dp dadp* dadf. da '' 2R \da dd) )B) AR \dP da*d/3 )a*d0 dB dadp dadP ' da ) da )' UP {d~P da*df3 ~ t 2R \da )a 4R {dp da*d/3 2R \da dd) \dP dad? 2« {da U a2 + 3/V 4/? V ^ +2 cda 0a dfi d/? 2R d/3) 4R3 C_ {dp 2 2 2w\ 22 22w\ 2 J_(Pw 3*w\ (d*w d*w\ fd w 3 Pw\ C (d i*w__Pu w _ Pw\ d I (Pw (Pw\ (Pw Pw\ C J_(Pw Pw (Pw\ C_ (Pw _ Pw J_(
5,1 = 1 1
s5922222 == ~~ ^
2
K/f.
—
Mi11
=
1
= -L(*a.
M M = 222 = tf2 2 " 2 " H = n. Qi = Gi = Ql Ql
\ _ JL f^a _
Q2 Q22
^
= "
Mx, "
M M222, = '' = ''
The equilibrium differential equations during displacements take the form Lnu + L12v + L13w = -2R2K~1X, L2l2iu + + L22v + L23w = -2R2K~lY, 2 2l l Lssw = 2R2R K~K~ Z, Z, L31u + L32v + Laaw
(3.134)
where the differential operators are expressed as LLnn Ln
= = -
LC12 L
—
""
L"
-~ ~
£13 — £13 = L1/J3 = i3 -13 -
133 L33
Here
~
4 d P4 d P \ 2f I d* u4 + u u 2 4 + d 2 2 + 44 + dp* 2 rr2 r2 {da 4 ) ' + dT df2~*{\da~ * + da daW 9 y*dp* -dp^ ++ dp 9-3 dT*)' d-Ql ^da
~ ^da* da** >P* ' *-dtf = P _, P \\ o P & A 22 ( _ 9* P Z-212 2 L21 + + + + ir2 2 2 + 3 3 33 L21 +ir2 +f dai dadp ,dp {dcPdp {da*dP dadp ) L21-2da^P +4r2 + dadp da^ {d^dP {d^dP daW daW ) )'')' - da^ {da^ daW)' Ft a ft fi £ 33\ 1 = 2 — -,, £23 —L ^32 = 2 2—, 2— —, £31 = 2-^—, L = L = L -— 2—, t/23 — 23 32 L L 3i -*dQ -31 , -23 2 3= - - 32 3 2=- - 2—, 9 / j , L L22 2
dp )'
I
P P P P4 ca 2 2((/ d P P \\\ 2 , PP P + P_\ 2 2 2 ++ + 62i 4 4+r3 +r3+4 +T 4 4 + t dp •* dJ {da W ) - ~~ da*dB* d8)) )dP{da~ > V ^*daWdaW \da2(
=M
=
2 2 dP_ ,d P__ v u +
rri
4+
_ •*l 22 _ jJ\j : > ' ~R*F' ~ RR*F' R72FF'
r 1
Ji jj 222__ _ JJ? 2J? *~2R*F' ~ R*F' "' 22R*F' 2R*F' 2R*F'
rV2 r j2
4
daW da*dp dT dP dp) daW W ) ))
222__ ^^g ^^3j3 _ @Ja _| 2 *~~ ~ R*E R*EF' R EF' ~R R*EF'
Trrs rs r3 33
P \ +4 + 4.
P P n-> dP PP \\ 22 2 + T1- -4 44 +
-
3.3. Shallow Shells
113
Assuming that the displacement vector components at the point on the shell's middle surface are expressed through function $ using the following formulae: U
aa5 5
_ ag+T2!2 _+ r »+ ^ —
5
5 aa \ i
)],
a o ^ y J * '' 5 5 J a M [[ a _a^_ / a a a a _a» _fln 2 / a 3— +_aj _a^_ 8 - - — +r2r28 f 5 -a + 1 022a — 2 4^ 4 —++ 5 22a/3 3 3+ 3 + dp -a. inda*dP laa a/J P dp a/3 dp V \ \ da da*dP da 9a dp a/3 dP da*dp da da*dp dP d/3*)\ dP J *' ' 9p*)\ laa a#4 4 v4 a^a^ 6da dp 6dp da dB 4 a/3 6 4 s 6 '9* „ d9a + d& 4 „~*( . /a n '9*a 9 ^+ ,1a n r aa 2r2 5 4 2 2 +L _ 9 | 9 L15 2 9 -- 22 \da* II( a ? + 11 K15a, [da* 44 _ 9 da>dpi da 22dp 2 I opdP dp \da da ~ a^ 44^PdP w2 4 2 6 « aa a^ oa'op* \oa" Anlfima^ fl/34 " 2 vaa V£ ~ 6 ^da /?2 [aA~* aa a^ dp 3 QQ da di 6 s8 8 6 8 6 } ^2r2244 // 0a88 a a6* a as6df: 4+ + d +15 + r2 6 222 a/33* a^v da aa«a^ ap ^ aa/Jv dp*) ^ v +++r2 V vao al\da* a^ ~ A4da aa«a/3 + 1 5aa 222a/3 44' + + +15 a a ^ a^ a5 a ^ J \doJ ~ a~oJd¥ aa a/? : 08s 8 38s \ 1 S ' M * aa88 — 4 9a 9 M 1I $ ^3.1351 (3J35) 8 $ ++6 6 4 / aa^a/3 ^ -4 _44 "d(aao2a#« ^ + ^a/?j J
~
+
I do? d dp + Q r* 2 f a/? 2[d da3 + aaaa/3
[
v = jj ini !i>
3
2 f_-g-L
a 33
3
2
=
4
2
da*dfP
dadP dadf3*)\ dai 5
U « 55 '^doJdp aa a/3 5 5
3 3 + r 22
2
= =
+ da331dP22 ++
aa55 ++
+
3 3 +
2
4
2
6
4
T
2
T
Then with X = Y = 0 the first two equations in system (3.134) are satisfied identically and from the last equation it follows: 12 / 9 ' 2 1 a12 ^ 17 ( / rr, rv2 [r i a! l12++2 g T 10 22 + 2 ww 10
\ \
^[a^ J 2
[da « [aa 1 2
G\daaddP
\da dp 2 yoa'^dp' \dal0dP 12 12
+ + + + +
da
12
" 81++
44 4 s
a/3 \da V \da9a dP 4dp* \da dps
da*d0 daoa'op^J 2dP J)
1da 2 dP™) 12 12" da12 1 ' a a 28 6 6 6 6 +1 12 28 2• 28da 6dP« + dp 2., da dP d0 W da dP« W/ 12 12 Q12 12 an 12 (// aaaQ12 [rr aaai2 4 2r _r ^ _ 4 2 r2r3 12 io + V2T3 12 lo 2 22 +
44 da*dP dofidp da*dP4))J
d.
12 12 12 aa112 \ -(i/ aaa)» 5 4+ (\da dPa9 ao7"< da dP ) \
12 12 aa aQ1212 \\\ i0 +
22
a12 \
[da \da dPa^3 " da daoa'op dP dP) ) [aa VaQ aa" \oa*"op* [aa> da dP ) i: 1 2a ° ^ 1V 2 12 12 a a 1 '• a da dP ) \da»dP da c _ 20 1 0 + 0^12 12 12 _ 2 20 1 12 - 90 ada*dP ^e6c 66 (6 +Tdp ao >«a/3« aT 12 da dp dp 10 10 10 10 do,«an* a/?"(// aaaal 10 1 a10 r_a^_ aaa 1°0 10 0 \ « 9 22 2 2222, [_£!!!_ 91 ! !10 _ 21 /( ( \_^_ a 2222 + + 2 2 88\\\ 8 2 8 + 10++ 91 8 + - 2r2ir2 r [aa ^ a [ao* +f 2 l V \da h\da — dp — 2 + da 2odp*J dp da ad, ia^ a « ^ 9a dp*J Vaa a# aa yJ\ ^ [da" \da»dp 10 10 10 110 0da O NN\v a 0^1 | dp*J 9 1 ,10 i 10 o i10 o 10 10 _a^_ /ff aa a ( a a a 6 \ ++a 1010 106 + 106 + 106 ( (- ^66aa/3 sa^ doTdp*) a/? a/?10 + 106 Vaa da^P6)) /++ a^°. d~p™ a0 444 ++ da^P \da 1dp do7d0«) 10 10 a/3 10 10 1 0 10 r a / a \ ,i o s a10 f/ 8a8 222+++ a 22223 2 r2 a a 2 + 1 3 2 2r2r3 + 13 2 2 8\ 8 232 + da 2 r rJ [| a ^ + 1 3 U 2 8 dp*J U « ^ aa a^ j """ 2r2r3 « ^ 9a dp*) ' [^ aai o"^ ' [~yda Vaosa^ d a10Wdp aa0O0 a/? ,l) 10 1 10 0 Q10 N aa g 1l0 j 10 10 \ 1 / a a i a ] f a 101i o i + 14 / a 4 44 + U 4a4 66 \ + + 14 + ioJj (a a^y vaa«a/? dp a^ \da*dp a>3 5a^^ ++ da a^j Va^«a/5 a o4dP a))^ v++4a^ v a ^ « ao^a^v a/3 J 8 2r_af_ ya 88 \\ _ a-a8 8 — ^ r_af_ a / a [ ^ i 22 i fiL8 ++ i4 (f( -* 2 + ,i1 1g? ^ _ g? ^ \ 10— + r A— l0 4 4 4 4 + + 222 da dp ''[da » IVaQ a5 da dP ) da d, aa a/3«J aa a/? a/ a/?v B » b[do [[ao aoo 8 f vao^^ v ao a a6a,3 ^',322 ++aaa < » da dP ) da dP a/3 . 2 4 aas a/3' VaQ a/3 aa a/?v 9s aa\ < c d8 4 2 9 + (4r4r 2r2 ++r rr ;)[ 8 H4 6 682 22 222r 116 \ + „6 4 v4 4 4 ++ (r1 + \/l,aa pa£ +da daWP dadpdp + dp d/3\ 1- ^( 2 +33^)[[[ao \da*dp dofi ip )) do? aa Q ig 'dp da V^ ada/3 aa dp«, a/3V fl 66 2 6N\ a 6 , p 2 dp*. s6 6 / /)« /)« 4r2 +, i l l \ 3 1(3.136) 36 . ,2\[i?L a g + + _J!_ 2a 4 \\+ 44r2 r r 9a ++ ++151 //( a Z . (3. 4 62 ++ da 2dp4 ) 1dP6\ J ' —-Z. aa ^ da a \da dP ) - 4r2 [a? a ^ 1 5 'iva^w a ^dP +
r2r3
2
10
2 +
2
i0 i0
+ +
2
i0
+
QW
;
10 +
8
g
4
+
4
+
4
8
4
dW
2
+
2
5
* [a5
+ +
rr
8 8 + +
6 6
2 + 2 +
2 2
6 6
4 4
4
8
£1 (*s+» [ £ - « ( • » - H^ [£ K a ^ a^) aJ]}* = ^ ( ) /••/W
+
fl«2,
114
Chapter 3.
Statics
Thus, if we consider the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface (r 2 ^ 0), the order of the resolvent differential equation increases from eight to twelve. Due to the increasing order of the system of equilibrium differential equations when r2 / 0, we should preset two additional conditions on the shell's contour besides the usual boundary conditions in the continuous shell theory. The formulation of additional boundary conditions is elucidated in Sec. 1.2.7. Let us examine the static calculation of shallow spherical shell with a square lattice having the following boundary conditions: du dv , , , , , , „ , I/ vv = = Mi M\ = — Mj, Mi, = when a = 0, =w w= = N-i Nt = — da 33 = 0 when a = 0, —, 7?' b dv du u= M22,, = -^--^=0 =w= = N2 = = M2 = M 0 when 0 0 = = 0, 0, -R. da 03
(3.137)
The coordinates origin is assumed in the corner point on the shell's middle surface; /, b are the lenghts of the rectangular contour's sides. As is evident from (3.137) each point of the reticulated shell's contour should satisfy six boundary conditions and not four as in the classical continuous shell theory. The last of them expresses the equality of turn angles around the normal of the two rod families axes to the shell's middle surface. It is obtained from condition (1.81) assuming formulae (3.129) for the tangential deformation components of the shallow spherical shell's calculation model and consideration of the lattice structure. The fifth condition from (3.137) corresponds to the shell's support when the contour does not prevent both rod families joint rotation around the normal to its middle surface (condition (1.80) with 0 = const is assumed homogeneous). Hence, in (3.137) two additional conditions satisfy the support scheme shown in Fig. 1.8c. The first four boundary conditions in (3.137) are ordinary and correspond to the shell's hinged support over its entire contour. We solve this problem in the form of a trigonometric series where each term satisfies boundary conditions (3.137). Assume oo OO
**
El
= ^
oo c
^
sinmasin\ Xtk0, 3, Amk \Ammactkp, sin A A mksin\
mi== ll m=l oo
*=1 *t = li k: oo
m= = ll m
Jfc=l Jt=l
Bmk sin nsin AA_osin A aasin i n ;XL8. A*/?, = 2j £> £^ ^5Z #j B „ B-u , *s isin as sin A*0, = W zzZ = i=i *=i mt
where
mm
mwR ^m
=
j
(3.138) (3-138)
kit k*R kirR ,
Ak
=
7
•
Differential equations (3.136) taking (3.138) into account make it possible to obtain the following relationships between the expansion coefficients of functions 4> and
3.3.
Shallow Shells
115
Z:
2 02RD2 KKmk
(3.139)
Ami Bmk Amk == -jTTf-Brt,.
Here 22 r 4- 4r2r„i.n_ 4- (r22. 4- 4ri1 6_LO + (\rr + = b&mi<7 i + 4Ar\r r pmpmk imkp „ it + 44rr2 )9 mfc mkq mkr\ m, ir? trrir2mkmk -r {r\ 3 f ^r2j)y, r r qmk + 2 r 2 r 11rrmmtt&OmmiiPpmm i + 2r 2 r22rr32r r i p r 2 3 ymkmpimk,2 mJtPmJk +2 „ 62 r 2 r 33 rmmmf ic P m i g' mm ii _ l _ * . . 2 j . „ 4 , _ 4 _ 4-r«r\ 4- rT~r~a 1 rr■ A ,. +r2rxbmko™ qmk«t om *» + W mk 2 23>rg3qm t,
Kmk
where Pmi = A^ Pmt Am + X A22k;,, bmk Aj,m + GA^A GA^A22 + At, mk = A
q{j = A A22 - A], A2, r mmA A22 + A£. Aj. A = Am + 14A m mA
Formulae for the displacement vector's components are obtained by substituting the first expansion (3.138) in (3.135) considering relationships (3.139): 4^? V ^ V ^ / 2 j
>A S,
. yAm m £>mk
« = -7T- ^ y^ir\< ldm2k" m * T + Hqmk "*<~cosA\mmasinX asinAi/3, k0, m ) ) Z, v k
m=l .
■ftm*
i=l
oo oo -»,
\At.B m it .. 2 J , \ Aj^m Ai/3, vf = = - y - ^ ^ ( 2
• = £££< p 2
m
m = l ii==ll
K m* i
22
2fi D
Here
m=l
i=l
m=l
i=l
D = p m i r mmiirr 22 4flm* = 9mt 9 m i + 22pmir + ?q^ mk m kt rr*, 2, dy 10A?AJ + 5AJ. dn = = A? XI + + 10A?A| 5A1. Introducing (3.140) into formulae (3.133) we obtain: oo oo ,2 D °° °° \ AiB o ml :ii i . \a 2 A JV = 444rrr2^2/ V jf ylY£ y ;;£(( (444m iinnA iinn.Ai,3, V»tt = ?mL JV = m, + + rr 22 2 <^m)—r; ) -) 44 rr l : i i sssin Ammmaaasssm A^, A 2
m-l oo
A
m * Ami .\ 2 D
i=l
BO oo
AT = AT, = N,2 =
oo oo 4 r 222 i j £ £ ( <<
.Si «?, 5,
2 2 A m A! ±g m A COS A A ti/3, /3, i), 1)* c
= =
m = l Jt=l m m= = ll Ji t== l oo oo oo oo
. 2 r> . . +, 2r 223 m\^t A)\t 2m^-) ^^^:pm s^iisSniA nrAA AAi ,^ , r= ma masasisininn + rrr2 g2 «9m99m?tm)— t ) ^ ^ s i nsinA mm asin " m i )—zz sin A lk m a s i n Xk/3, Km A
■Ami
m= m = ll Ar=l Ji t== l oo oo
oo oo O O oo
\ \ J-l A A /? \\A * Am Ai i£iJJm mii mmA ) H COS A m m a CO!
2 5 22 = = 4 lr\R *I^(rfm* S rr2^ iV?£X ;JE(Ami (^^ ++ ++ rrrjqfcj ^ r2?im) gL) m= m = l Jk=l i=l
k A /?
,
2 3
^
cos AA Ai/3, cos cos A A a cos k /3,
(3.140) (3.140)
116
Chapter 3. Mi
=
A/22 M M
=
H
=
-R2y2y2(Bp Y] y^(Bp y^y^i-RPrnk mk mk m " ==1jl T*t Z= li m
Statics
D
• \ o r: :l. » m .k mk m + Cq n A QQsmX s iinn.A kt l3, Cqmk ^, mk)) Cqmk)- ^—s i-smX sin Xmmam 3sin A»/3, AATm m m * * *
2 ; fY,(B + y2( +C Cqkm) „% ^ Cq ) cq ))-^ = --R-R'-f i «fy^y^y^{B ; P™>< k
D , n „ mkBm . , • \ a B ms .ktSfnk i s i n AX /3, si, sin X 9 t mkm 7} km PmPmk a t + ^qkm) sin A Ammmmaaa sin sin 4Xkk8, p, A**mk ,* = 1, m t m = l, Jt=l imk m = l Jt=l *=1 XkkD DmkmkBBmkmk A na , a oosss XkP, — A ^, - 2rtf r»2 l 2 rf r ?2 2y}x ^^j,/ }2x ^^j, m — — ccccos :os XkB, Xkfi, —2it —2Rr{ jp ooosssAA A*/?, mm acc'cos -2R'ri IP A K *=, *Kmmm»kB m = l *=1 *k* X D k mk mk 00 cxi 00 OO OC 00 °° \ D n B„R °° B,mJb —V 2 , 22 \AX ^m^mk^mk ^m^-'mJb^ \ A mk 1 D r. V^^ \ ~ 1^ // "2l 7 m t +. rrXO-L) nV ^^ 2 *A m cos A „Q a ssin A1.0. m m inA ^, r ;::-'mk mk COS 3 f l m i )\ m*-'mk£>mk RY] y"(r?7mt + rlq ) "* cos r 7 m + rr 3<7 c cos ( » ,(^i7m* AmmasinA a sin. tt £, Amk mmfc) m = l *=1 * R/* myV= l. Jk=l 2 . ( > *++r|fl3mfc « ?) " * * -) — >.(r,7mt m t ? — cosA m asm m *A m * m =^l i t£=?l 00 00 vA ynk&mk \ a X\ m imD \^m*J m ^ / 3B v. °° Rm f c r2 • rAr n 7 t mm ++I"rr*g sin n A„acos X ;Ajt^, 00 00 2 t m ) m 7} m 3^Jtm) sxn nna cos XkP, ^V( (^r(l7*"> ? i7' * m + r39*">) gtm) "* * X acos A»/7, n R y ^.] Z 3?*m) r^ SI -ft 2T jp sin X acos n &mk mmki ^1 *=1 m= = ll *=1 *=1 m *^ m * 00 00 pp 00 00 \\ = *=1 ^kQmk'Jkm "mJt . »,. \ >o r*» VW ~ » i/ 1 _L ,. J*2 -.^kqmklkmBmk il ~22m 2 R2 Dl2 V \AA 'fkm£>mk tk
2J
= -2«r?LL—^r—co
r\ Q\ =
Q22 = = M ,1,. = M Mi.
=
M2. = Mu W,. =
4r»i?f]E( + 29*»)-
1 2 2D22 m V =^l Jfe=l ~ * /1i 1 r 2 fV00D V l1 ++ rrfft.0 ^ [T rRfl ^V 9m 44r 2^ ^E 2 2 Z00 22?mt)*) < —^'l 4r?fi mW—1 + r*o_^= l f*it—1 fc=l =1 :=1
^ \*mqkm~tmk£'mk " 7 " - ^ " - * Ccos Am aosinA sin Xk/3, At /3, t ft W A mi A m
(J (3.141 (3.141)
* * * n**
with 7 t ; = A? + 3X1 When the pressure Z = —g, is uniformly distributed over the shell's surface we have 16o (3.142) (m,fc= 1,3,5,...). S =- - T i ftri K * = 1.3,5,...). (3-142) m* = Tr'mfc Values B m t with even m or k are zero. The rods' cross section forces and moments are derived from formulae: 2A7,2 = 2M* 22 =
[(JV, + N2 ± (5, + Sa2)la, )]a, [(JVi+JVa±(5,+5 ( M ,++ M T)a, (M, M22 TT2 /2ff)a,
v^g;,2 v^QI,
=
({Q Q1,±Q ± Q2)a, ,)a,
\N/2G;, ^G,22
=
( M i1.
±(A/, - M 22 )a, 2//* 22 = ±(M, + 5 l -SS1-S 22Sl S '22 ==[ T[T(N ( A T1-N a, 1 - i2)V 2 ) + 2 ]2}a,
(3.143)
Assuming the rods bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface is zero (J 2 = 0), then from formulae (3.140) it follows that u —► 00, t; —> 00 with Am —» A*; here the bending, forces and moment functions are finite. This indicates the shell's calculation model's geometrical instability hypothesis J 2 = 0 (only in the case when Am ^ A*). We examine separately the case when Am —► Xk = A. In accordance with for mulae (3.140) and (3.141), displacements, forces and moments corresponding to this expansion term are: _1 u = = (XK)~ (AA")lRB^ flfl° cos Xa sin A/?, k t cosAasinA/3,
3.3. Shallow Shells
117 l (XK)RB°mksh = (AA'J-'fiB^sinAacosA/?, (XKytRB^smXacosXP, l -1 = 2A' _1 2K#B°RBl ksin) iik k sinAasinA/3, 22 22 -r?A J?fl°.ro = -rl\ -rjX RB^ RB^,, Xa cos XP, — r\A RB^ cos Aa cos co A/?, S Aa k k cos AT, = = N2 = A/?, Ni B°°mtLsin sinAa Aasin sin A/? A/3, = B B° 5jj = S 5Si 522 = B B A/?, B„j k^ COS cos Aa Aa cos cos A/3, A/? 22 33 Qi = = 4r 4r A A fl° fl°ttcosAasinA //3, 3 2 33 3, 4r 2A A £° ikiksinAacosA ///9, 3 Q2 = 4r 4rJA°B^sinAacosA 22 222 2 M, = M? M,2 = = -r RR°. s i nAa ) sin A/3, Mi M =-r RB° /JB° Xa A/3, X3. Mi -r22X XXARB? tL sin nk A/,. = Af Mi. M22. . = 0,
vt> w H H
(3.144)
where 2fl£ t = RBmk(l + 4AV?)" 1 . Substituting these formulae into (3.143) we find the rods' cross section forces and moments: AT* W N; N: M{ Ml
== a f l ° taB°cosX(a-p), cosA(a-/J), = -afl° - a f l °ftcccosA(a o s A ( a + /3), = 2r\ 2r 2 A X22aRB° aflB° cos A(a ++ //3), 3), mk t cosA(a
A/2* M; QI Qt Ql Q5 H? Hr
= = - 2 r 2 A 2-2r a f2lXB2aRBl ° t c o kscosX(a-P), A(a-/3), 2 3 = 2v/2r A aB^sinA(a + /3), 3 3 = -2%/2r - 2 ^ r 2 A2 A aB aB°,sinA(a-/3), lsinA(a-/3), = G; G' = 5* = 0 (f( i = l1,2). ,2).
(3.145)
Formulae (3.145) in coordinates along the rods' axes with the origin in the centre of the shell e( = = (a + + / ? -fi-l)\, l ) A , Vr, == ( « -(a-P)\, /3)A, become A? = AT.Ml = Ml
aB°0mkcosr,, COST,, N; = aB°mkaB°mkcost, aB N: 2 -2r -2r\X22A aRB° ai?fi° M M'2*2 = = -2r] -2r 2 A 2 aflB^cosj?, X2aRB°mkcosT), mkcosi,t cos^,
Q{ = Qt =
-2v^2r -2v/2r 22A A33aB° ttsin£, sin^,
2 23 3 Q'2 = -2V2r -2>/2r X AaB^ afl° t). ksin fc sin>?.
It is interesting to note that the displacement, force and moment functions do not depend on value J2, although the condition J2 / 0 was necessary (Am —» A*). A calculation example. It is required to statically calculate a shallow spherical shell with a square lattice subjected to a transversal load of intensity Z = —g (directed along the internal normal) uniformly distributed over the shell's surface. The shell's geometrical parameter relationships are: l = b= b=R,R,
r 2 / r 22 2 = 32,
r 2 / r 2 = 10,
r 2 = 10" lfT 44..
(3.146)
118
k,m
k,m
1,3 1,3 1-5 1-5 1-7 1-7 1-9 1-9 |
Chapter 3.
J = 0
J22 = 0 J3 = 0 J3802 =Q 802 801 801 801 801 801 801
Statics
Table 3.5: M A/u G6 J2 = 0 J / 0 J2/O J = 0 V2/0 ^ 0 I Ji / 0 i J2 ^ 0 I J2 = 0 I J,, ^-702 #0 I J ^2 0 I J =2 0 I J / 0 I J2 / J 3 = 0 JsitO J 3 = 0 J3 = 0 J 3 ^o 2 J 3 = 0 2J 3 = 0 J2 3?o J3800 = Q J800 3 ^ Q J611 3 = Q J609 3 = Q J573 3 ^ p J3 0= p J9.04 3 = p J 8.64 3^Q 800 800 611 609 573 0 9.04 8.64 421 419 799 799 398 0 8.90 8.48 799 799 421 419 398 00 8.90 8.48 799 799 495 493 9.23 8.79 466 799 799 495 493 466 9.23 8.79 799 799 460 458 434 00 9.22 8.78 799 799 460 458 434 0 | 9.22 | 8.78
N N°
. ° .
" ^ /o
°°
Introducing the dimensionless functions of the longitudinal forces and bending moments appearing in the rods' cross section to the formulae (with a zero superscript): JV*2 = JV;
3 3 agRN?a2, -lO--10-
M 'x22 M'
=
5 i 2 2 -10--10a 5 /J agR A/,° M°22,
G\l22 G'
=
-10-5sagR2G°li2.
Dimensionless functions N° = N° = N°, M° = M° = M2 in the centre of the shell (a = ff = 0,5) and G° = G^ = G\ for the point having coordinates a = 0, P = 0.5, considering various expansion terms are given in Table 3.5. To ascertain the influence of the rods' torsional and bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface calculations were performed under various assumptions: the rods' torsional and bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface was taken as zero (the first group of columns); the rods' torsional rigidity was taken as zero (the second group of columns); the rods' torsional and bending rigidity tangent to the shell's middle surface were considered (the third group of columns). Note that the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface was disregarded only when k / m (the first group of columns) as formulae (3.145) obtained for the case when k = m, although not containing value J 2 , are valid only when J2 / 0. From a comparison of result (Table 3.5) it follows that for the assumed relationships of the shell's geometrical parameters (3.146) the rods' torsional and bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface can be disregarded in practical calculations (if this does not cause geometrical instability in the calculation model. The calculation results for functions N' and M" change slightly according to the safety factor.
3.4
Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
This chapter describes two principally different approaches to the solution of problems using the small parameter method.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
119
One of them (Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4) is based on an iteration process of which each stage solves two simpler standard problems: bending on an elastic foundation and reticulated plates plane problem. The good agreement of the method is shown using particular problems having accurate analytical solutions (assessment of the accuracy of an approximate solution obtained after an arbitrary number of iterations) and confirmed by the solution of certain problems for calculating shallow shells using numerical methods. This is a generalized small parameter method for investigating problems in the shallow isotropic shell theory described in papers [28] in two aspects: the shallow reticulated shell theory and a more general case of boundary conditions (to construct the said process we must simultaneously introduce the small parameter to the differ ential equation system and boundary conditions). It should be mentioned that in the work [10, pp. 16-18] the introduction of a small parameter only to the boundary conditions made it possible when researching the plate's bending problem to reduce the solution of a biharmonic equation to that of a multiple Poisson's equation. Convergence of the method has been studied [41]. In the work [34] the solution of the static problem in the shallow isotropic shell theory has been reduced to that of the recurrent differential equation for the plates' bending and a plane problem using the small parameter method. The shell's thickness relationships to the middle surface's curvature radii were assumed as small parame ters. Owing to this the plate's bending in the iteration process was examined without a false foundation depending on the curvature of the shallow shell's middle surface. This method can be used for arbitrary shallow shells, however here will be used for investigating rectangular shallow shells with the middle surface having constant curvatures. The second approach to the study of problems (Sec. 3.4.5) gives the solution of the system of differential equations with variable coefficients by solving equations with constant coefficients. The small parameter has a precise physical meaning and is not formally introduced as in Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4.
3.4.1
Constitutive equations
Let us introduce a dimensionless system of coordinates a = x/Ro, ft = y/Ro to the shallow shell's middle surface where x, y are the Cartesian system of coordinates; RQ is the middle surface radius of curvature (R\ or ^2)We assume that the shell's lattice consists of three families of rods differing from that shown in Fig. 1.5 because the family of rods corresponding to angle ip3 = TT/2 is absent. Hence, the fourth family of rods in this figure is taken as the third one. Assuming the constant lattice parameters and the constitutive equations for the shell with this lattice have the form (1.30). Here Cnu
= 2Kc4 + K3,
Cl2 = Ce6 = 2K 2KsS2c2,
C22 = 2Ks4,
120
Chapter 3.
Statics
-(2Ic4 + I3 + 2Cs2c2), p022 = -2s2(Is2 + Cc2), 2 2 2 2 - 2 ss V c ((// - C), C), ft, 0 3 , = /I ssin 2
0„ = 0122 = /?, 04i =
The middle surface's deformation components of the reticulated shell's calculation model included in formulae (1.30) are determined through the displacement vector's components when solving a linear problem in accordance with (1.6) and (1.7). Thus: £i
=
W
~
«1l K
=
1 du 11 du dv - k2w, + fciiu, e 2 = Roda Re 50 1_ (du dv\ _ 1 d2w + T Ro V#0 \dfi fa) ' ~ ~Rjdad^ iio &*/ Rldadji1 2 2 2 2 1 J_5 1 «d2u; w„ , 11 dQ2,„ dw™ - fRl 2g da*' a ^ ' K22 = - JFZg ^ ^0 0- 2 '
,01J0. ((3.148) 3J48)
The desired functions and the curvatures of the shell's middle surface can be brought to the dimensionless form: 0 hu°,
u =
.* *
U
tjti, ,
=
0 V = jJ tiV°,
0 V = jJ tiW°,
V = tit) , U) = tiW , = 5 = <25°, Q, = <2Q° (i = *,JV?, S = <2S°, , = <2Q° (i = <3M°, Hi = t3H°, *? = k * b , = feJW?, Hi = t3H°, ifc° = ifc,flo, th2 = ER^. = ERQ, ERQ, tt33 = = Er%.
AT,= 1,2), Ni = 1,2), (3.149) Mi Mi (3.149) where where <, i, = = aa 33 iig/F, iio/F, Then using constitutive equations (1.30) and (3.147)—(3.149) we obtain the fol lowing formulae for the reticulated shell's calculation model's forces and moments: A? N° S° M? M° M° MS H°
= = = = = =
0 anudu°/da + a12dv°/dl3 + aa13 i3w , a2i du°/da + a22dv°/dp dv°/d0 + a23w0o, 2idu°/da 0 a334Adu (du /d8 /d/3 + dv°/da). dv°/da), 22 0 22 2 0 n,*d ,„ mn + /fM22, aA6d w°lda + a..,a a47d2m w°/dp 2 0 22 0 2 22 0 aKd wa56lda d w /da + +aa57i7dd w°/dl3 w /d/322, 2 2 o d w°/dad0, H° = aa7878dd2w°/dadl3. amPvP/da&P, w /dad0. a68
In these formulae coefficients Sy are determined through the shell parameters: on a22 046 Q46 "57 a 78
= = = = =
#3 63++ cc,, aa]2n == aa22ii == 034 034 == cs cs ,, aaJ3J3 == kkxxau au ++ kk22aa1212,, s 3 tany), tany), a 23 = fe,a k°a2i2i + fc k°a a , 2 22 («3 c)r22, , aa4747 == aa5656 == ((11--77))rr22ss22cc,, (<^3 ++ cc33 ++ 7S fs22c)r (a 22 + 7 a i2)rJ, i2)r 2 , aeg = -[ssin2y) + 7(e 3 + ccos2¥j)]r2, (7 tan 9 cos 2^3 — sin2yi)srj, sin2y)srj,
where 63 = F3/F,
r2 = Ji/RlF, rl^Ji/J^F,
d3 = J13/Ju
e3 = J33/J J^/J^ 3 ,
1-1 =
GJ33/EJ11.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
121
Forces in the shell's rods according to the calculation model's known stressed state are determined using formulae (3.8) derived from the plane problem from a plate with an identical lattice. Equalities (3.30) obtained from the plate's bending problem are used for calcu lating the bending and torsional moments in the shell's rods. If we neglect the rods' torsional rigidity these equalities pass to (3.29).
3.4.2
Differential equation system
For shallow shells the constitutive equations taking (3.149) into account become: f)N° 8N°
(99° dS°
da
d3
8N° d0
+ X° = 0,
81° dS° + Y° = 0, da
8Q° , dQ°
o o ^ + ^-koNo--k°N = 0, k°N° - k°N° + Z Z° 0, da dP
dH° ™1
dM° dM * da da " dp dp
dH° 8M° dH dM rfi-n ° ° Q° = '0, dp ~ 8a dp da
W 22_ U
o Q°°l _-=Uno. W -
Here X = EX0, Y = EY°, Z = EZ°. These equations after certain transformations, make it possible to obtain the fol lowing system of eight differential equations resolved relative to partial derivatives along coordinate a from functions ua,v°,vp,~/0, N°, S°, M°,Q° adopted as the main unknown quantities: du° ~a~ = ■5— da = da da
1 0 N\ — nN i aa n an
a128v° dv° a]3 0 w -££ w , -5-5<Jn op aun > a n op a a n dp dN a u dN dS ds
dv° _Lco_^_ ** ± QO_^H! da da ~ 034 dP' dP' da a034 dp' M
ds° ds° _
v aa v
°? =_
da da da '
dw° dufl
°°
dP dP dp
8N? SJVJ
x° 0 0
BlBl + + 2 2 ++ 33 3 5c7 ~dJ~ a^ - ~ W ~dJ W~ -da~ W 'W^ ~dJ W~ ' ' 2 0
dw° dw° da ~ da ~
9Q° 8Q\ — =
"ST =
0 70 l 7l'
'
djl_J_0_a41d w d*,* _Mx 1 0 da~a4RMl da~a46 2
a4782w°
a 80* 2 ' a4R ' 46 dj
. 0 , 8d2M° M° Pw° 8*w° 0 A2— ++A3 A3— Mw Alw - M
~ 8v° ~bW
dMl_ dMl_ a*^7 °7 ? _V 0 0 da ~ ° 77 88 80* V " da ~ ° 80* "
~bW
1 + -A4^ 8v° + A5(N° - a13w°) 1 e-Z°. + -A4— + A5(N° - a13w°) e-Z°.
Here Ai At A2 A4
= (k° ( * ,++ tk°a / an)a n )13a-i 3 - f ck20((aa2i2ai al3-i 3 - a 1 i a a2 u3a)23/ )/a a i in, 2 a 22li/a = (aes - o5566)/o46, )/a46, A3 = a 57 + 047(0^ — aa56S6)/a4 )/a4e6,, = k°(a22 -ana22)/an, As = k° + k°ai2/au,
(3.150) (3.150)
122
Chapter 3. B\ B3
= (a (ot12 — aaiiaaa)/aii, 12 — ua22)/an, = a2i/an, e = 1. l. 6
B B22 = = (a (
Statics
ana aua23 )/an, 23)/an,
Forces and moments not included in the equation system (3.150) are derived from the following relations: N°
= ^ A ? - f a22 -
M°2 =
^M° rtlT
H\ tf? =
aj£, a68—-,
{asT-
a
u \ ®V° , (
«23
011/ dP \ "57047 A d2w° «46 ) dp2 '
-
02lOl3\\
an
0
j
It*-a W H» = aJ^.
(3.151) (3.151)
H2 - a 7 8 — .
Equation systems (3.150), (3.151) must be solved considering four conditions on the shell's contour I\ As a rule two of these conditions are tangential: L Uu,v,N j(u,v,N 1,N 2,S) uN 7,S)
= ffi(a,fi) J(a,p)
(j 0 = l,2) 1,2) on IT, \
(3.152)
and two others are non-tangential: 1
LJ(w,ll,l21,-r ,M2u,M M2u,Q ,Q1H2H,Q )=f (Q,P) Lj(w,-y M2lH,Q 2H})=
//(«,/?)
00 ==3 ,3,4) 4 ) on I\ T.
(3.153)
In (3.153) functions _
QXH
. 1 1 dH, dHt = Qx + Ro dp'
QlH == Q 2 +
1 dH dH22 1 Ro da
are generalized transverse forces. The case when boundary conditions are not divided into tangential and non-tangential is described in Sec. 3.4.4c.
3.4.3
Small parameter method
In the previous section we obtained differential equation system (3.150) in which £ = 1. Assuming e = 0, the four last equations in this system form an independent dif ferential equation system relative to the four functions w°, 7°, M,°, Qf, describing the reticulated shell's bending on a particular elastic foundation. The elastic founda tion's rigidity is characterized by coefficient Ait which in particular depends on the curvature of the middle surface. This problem's solutions and the values of functions M°, H°, H°, derived from formulae (3.151) should satisfy two boundary conditions (3.153). Thus, with e = 0 we have an independent boundary value problem for the sys tem of fourth order differential equations in partial derivatives with two boundary conditions.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
123
After this the other unknown functions with e = 0 can be determined through solving the first four differential equations of system (3.150) using boundary conditions (3.152) and formula for N° from (3.151). Here we want to solve a specified plane problem in the reticulated plate theory. Assuming the term before the multiplier, with e in the last equation (3.150), is not the main, there is a hope that the iteration process, in which the initial problem's solution with e = 0, assumed zero, is convergent. From the above e is taken for the problem's small parameter and its solution is its expansion into a power series oo OO
= ekfcuk,... ,. 1 QS «u°0 »5Vu ,05
E fc=o
oo oo
at. == £ yegkQ2k-
=E
(3.154)
fc=o
With e = 1 these series solve this initial problem provided they are convergent. The series convergency in the similar problem for continuous isotropic shells (also for reticulated shells whose calculation model is made isotropic was studied in the work [28]). Here are a few research results obtained for shallow spherical shells which are square in plan subjected to an external load acting towards the normal to the middle surface {X = Y = 0). 1. The shell hinged supported over the entire contour subjected to surface load Z = qsinXmasin
Xmj3,
Xm = mn/a0
(m = 1,2,...),
where a0 is the relationship of the shell's size in the plan to its radius R. The constructed analytical solution in a binary trigonometric series converges accurately. The calculation's relative error of the displacement vector at the point on the middle surface when retaining the first terms in expansions (3.154) is n r, = {3(1 + v)2a*[6(l + v)a% u)a* ++mVffc/fl) mVffc/fl)22]-]-11}", }",
(3.155) (3.155)
where h is the shell's thickness, u is Poisson's ratio for its material. Hence, in this problem the series' convergence (3.154) is satisfactory: in the worst case when the augend of the right term in the square brackets (3.155) is small (com pared to the addend) the convergence T? = [(1 + v)/2]". 2. The shell is rigidly fixed over the contour. The external load is uniformly distributed over its surface. From the numerical solution the following numbers were obtained: 476, 140, 52, 20 (for the shell's central point) for the first four terms of the series of function 109w/R, for the shallow spherical shell having parameters ao = 0.3; 12(R/k)2 = 106; v = 0.15 and external load Z = D/R3 Thus, the convergence of expansions (3.154) is satisfactory. When calculating bending in the centre of the shell the fourth term is less than 3 per cent of the sum of the first four terms of the series.
124
Chapter 3.
Statics
By substituting (3.154) in (3.150) and equating left and right terms with identical small parameter powers we obtain two systems of differential equations. The first one assuming function w° is known refers to the plane problem's solution: du
du° ° __ dug da 3a 9dNl Mk dN° 9 a = da ~da~
1
1 wo .,„ _2}l a 12dA_2ll„fi 9u? a\idv° au k J_ 0 lk
aun 9.9? _dS£ dS°k 9/3' 80' ~W
du 9u°k _ Lgo 9«? dv° 11 ^^ du° 0 dv° °k = k ann d/3 o „ *' da a d/3' 9/3 an 9a 034 9 M 2 2 9.9? 9™° dN?, 3S° dS[> Pvl v°u? dw° dN° k _ Dd 9 k D ndw° kk kk = Bl 1+ 22 22+ 33 d a ' dp* dp dp ' da dfi d/3 d/3 ~da~ W W ~df
(3#156)
The second system of equations refers to the reticulated plate's bending on an elastic foundation: d
<
,0
da 3a
~
77uu
da
~
AlWk
ftno
''
* r£? -* _J_ l wu< o a« ui r^3wMj » da ~ a7e a 46 lk lk ~ 7Z~W' ~da~ a46 dp ' 92M°k A M
4
r) ,n°
S dM° ^ ?k_4 _ „ fry?* *& nno Q Wu> lk ~da~ d/3 ' ~ ^~' da '" dfi 9/3 " ~""
W
fill0
+A ^ - A"4 9/? ^l + ol.i) ~" PZ°+A + MNf^ MN?k-i -~avfi «u»2_i) P^°3°-0 -A<-^' 3'dp*
(3.157) (3-157)
3.157^ are valid for any < number of approximations (k = 0,1,2,...). System (3.156) and f(3.157) In the last equation (3.157) functions with a negative approximation number (only when k = 0) are considered identically equal to zero. In addition, in this equation p = 1 when k = 0 and p = 0 when k > 0. The system of differential equations (3.157) for the plate's bending is solved tak ing two non-tangential boundary conditions (3.153) into account. Two tangential boundary conditions (3.152) are used when solving plane problem equations (3.152). Remember that the boundary conditions' non-homogeneity (3.152) and (3.153) is only considered when constructing zero approximations of the iteration process (k = 0). In all other approximations homogeneous boundary conditions (/j(a,/3) = 0, j = 1,4) must be satisfied.
3.4.4
Numerical method for solving boundary iteration pro cess problems
We reduce the systems of fourth order differential equations in partial derivatives (3.156) and (3.157) to the ordinary differential equation system using the straight line method. For this the shell's rectangular area is divided, by straight lines parallel to axis a, into m strips equal in width and the /? derivatives of the desired functions are replaced by difference relations. Then each system (3.156), (3.157) changes into a system of 4 ( m + l ) linear ordinary first order differential equations resolved relative to the derivatives. The use of boundary conditions on a section of the shell's contour /? = ±/3 0 makes it possible to reduce the orders of these systems of equations.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
125
In Sees. 3.4.4a and 3.4.4b the final form of equations for the strained state, sym metric according to coordinate /3 (the external load is symmetrical relative to this coordinate and boundary conditions are identical with /? = ±/? 0 given). The section on the shell's middle surface for which 0 < /? < /J0 will be divided into m strips. From now on the boundary conditions on the shell's two opposite edges (conditions (3.152), (3.153) on the part of the boundary T) are assumed as (rigid fixing conditions) u = v = w = dw/dp dw/d/3 = 0 where /? 0 = ±/3 ±/?0 .
(3.158)
3.4.4a. System of equations for a plate bending on an elastic foundation. Using non-tangential boundary conditions of (3.158) and symmetry of the shell's strained state (dw/d/3 = Q2 = 0 with /? = 0), the ordinary differential equation system derived from (3.157) can be presented as: (»?)' = 7?, («?)' 7?, (i = T^TT2), T^TT2), (7?!)' (7i°,)' (7,°)' r~o (tlm-2l 7 L - 2 )v' 3 « ) '
= = — = = =
0 2 i X , i7(w01-w° -2a2i7)(3h (w°21a-w 2)(3h a46)-\ a«^M°,-2a 46)-\ 2 a-i2M°i-a< (wli-2w° a;2M° + w°+1 (i i-at77aa;2h4-2h- (wL-2w° +l)) 0 -U-2/...o 1-U5w° 7K...0 _ \), a, - i i / 0 °«M? _ -a a;2h-\w _ m 46 2 ft 47 ("> m _ 3 ~ m 31- <5W mm_ 22), 4 6 M l m _ 2 - a47<J 00 22a a 7788/ftr 2 2( (7 7 I 0I °1 1))-3Q - 3 Q 1111,, 7 l I 2 -2 -7
= 2,m-3),
2 U0 (MM = (A/?,)' = 2a 2« T8 -27?, + 7 .1 .,+' i+ )i -)Q -% , , (i = 2 , rmo - 2 ) , 7 8 /ft-'(7 l - (711 iI _11-27?,(Q°un)' = Aw* A1w°1 + + (2/3)A (2/3)A22h~ h-2(M^ (M°l - M° M°l22) + ( 4 6 / 3 ) ^ - Uw° Uwl -I- 6w° - w° w°) -+A M33h-*(-(l9/3)w° ft-"(-(19/3K + s) -pZ\ - 0 . 5 ^ 4 ^ " ' ^ -I- AS(N°X - a13w°), a 0 (Q°u)' = ^«»?-*2AAlw°-A2h-\M0li_1-2M + K M°+u+l (?,)' (JiC,-2K u 1 )) 4 +A33h(w°_2 2 - 4ui?_i AwU + 6™° 6w° -- 44w? < i+1 ++ <<» 2) ) +/t ft">°_ 1 -pZ° -pZf - 0.5/t 44 /»" 1 (^, ~ pg.,) "?_,) + ^4 5, «« - aiaio?), al3w°),
(<&.-»)' (G? m - 2 )' =
(i = 2 , m - 3 ) ,
Alw°mm_72-A-2hM?mm_.72 A,w° A22[M? h-*[M° m.3-M m_li3 - MU + M° - 0 . 2 55aa4477f/tT- 22 (K^ _ 33 - 3.75«&_22)] + ^A3"h-*(-w° " ( - mt _^s +6w° + 6 w i m__4t -- 1Uw° 4 u £m__33 + + 11.25«£_ l l - 2 5 t o l _ l2)) -- pZ° P ^ mm_ - 22
l -Q.bA
(3.159)
Here A/°, is the value M° at the i-th straight line in the r-th approximation etc.; the underlined terms refer to the k — 1 approximation; a stroke means a derivative along coordinate a; A is a line dividing the integration domains along coordinate /?. Order of the system of equations (3.159) is 4(m — 2), as it does not contain the desired functions on the lines having numbers 0, m — 1, m. After solving system (3.159) these functions on the m and m — 1 lines are assessed according to formulae: 4"£-l
=
W
m-2>
4
7?m-l = 7?m-2. 7?m-2>
w
m = 7i°m = 0.
126
Chapter 3. 4Affm_, = M°mlm = 4Q? _i = 4Q?m = m _i
Statics
M . V M° . - ma_2^-a^<7h-\v° ^ ^ -m_S3-5w° ^ . ,m.)2),, 2 - a 4 7 * T ( u £ _ 3 + 2.75u£_ 2 ), 22 «7 (?? mm_-2, 8 fc- (3.75 7?m_3) + 2) «78fc(3.7577??mm__22--7L-3) + <5?
Qlm = ° — w°)/3. Formulae for 7 ° 0 , Af,°0, Q% are similar. 3.4-4b. System of equations for the plane problem. Considering the symmetry of the shell's strained state (v = S = 0 with /? = 0) and tangential boundary conditions (3.158) we obtain the following system of ordinary differential equations for the plane problem (i = 2, m — 2) : (uj)' = (u°)' = (u°)' = («m-i)' = 3(v°)' 3(«?)' = 2(v°Y 2(„?)' = 2(vl = 2 ( C i .)' )' = 2«,)' = 2(JV°)'
1 0 1 , 1 o7 -0.5o o ^1 AJVj j1 -1O J W 1iaar u oti A/ A w;-o - X - aI3uan^ iw; X>. I ajN°i + + 0.5a i a «ri 1 *'0.5a laa3h-\vll-v?+1)-a13arfwl a,tJVS («'?-i-''»Vx)-««flii"?.
1 1 , , «ri I JV?m-i+0.5a„ar «uA?.-)i + 0 . 5 a , a a r /1* A" t »t,»_ i _ a J--a a 1IS3far l n1X<_ < - 1i , l , 1 u (u°-u°). u Za;}S? + 2h3a3-5 5? + 2 / ! - ( (lU ? -~U 2>< °), l ,l 1 2a;}S? °+ h~ 2« ++ hA -(uL, ((v°. u ? _ 1, ) ,. 3-5 S? U ? + 1- « i , 0 2aZ}Sl ,+hu°_« m - 2,., 2a 3 - 5 , 5S,1 +A-h->S° 2N?, = = h-\S?_1-S°), - j r ' S j2, 2J\fl fc-1(S?_,-S? +1), 2 2 0.5a u^_ + 2a 22 «« ,, -- ii )) '' = Th—(h. i 5mm__2-0.5a35U^_ u°rn_11), ), ft-( /(^ 5U^_ 35u°2 22 + 2 a335 3; 2 35 2 22 1 6(5?)' = = 6h+ 3/r B2 (22(w° 6/i" B 3 / i13h-fl125(w u) ; S2-wl) -^) 1{v°-2v° l)2i;?) + 1 (v°-2i;?) 6h~B E + 4 / . 1- 3, (N^ +4h-'B B 3 2«-N^), « ) ,. +4/T 2i -- «O 2i 2 0 Ih^Brivl 2(5,°)' 2hB (vl. 2„° + » ) + r/ T' B1 /^ ^L, - «,°_,) w°) 2(S, )' = B (v°_ 2v° + »»».,) = 2 / T 1£ l l l l1 +h~ ¥h(N°-N°), A -BB3B 3(N + 3 ( K + 1, - < - , ) , 0 4 ( S i _ , ) ' = 44h-'E / l " 2 Bih->B _1 )1 -)m-2_2A A- -1 1iiB,w° B 2 ^m__2 4(SJU,)' -2 2- m2^„^_2-2v° 1 ( ^ .l(v l)-2h2 22 22 2 +faa1l2 A f l ^ ,-2 _ 4 4ai a f /r t " B B u° ^ 27rlB fl33N° JVm1_0m2._2. (3.160) hB v° _ 4a hB v° _ +a h 1 22 u122/j- 3fi 3m3 2 2 12 3 3 3m _ l 1 - 2h~
The order of the system tem of jf equations equ equatior (3.160) is 4(m -—11). s v s tem p m the t i l des ed functions on the th lines having numbers 0 and After solving this: system desired m are determined from formulae: 0 3u°U 0 = (4u9-.ua). Zu° (\ 4 u1° - u 2*)/ >, 33N? < IU0n = = (4JV, UN° , - N° N°), vg v°\Jn == 5S S° t), n==0,0, \ 11 it* ' u J u°m = v° v°=0, =0, 2N? = a 2N?=a h->(v° _ h-\v°-iv°), -iv° _ ), , A -i2( t m i2 m 2 m l 2 < mm 0 2S°m = a 3 4 ft-»(u° ft-»(u,_ -4«^_ 4u 1 ). m2_-2 -4u^_
ordi y differential It will be recalled that the systemnof of ordinary diffe equations (3.159) and (3.160) corresponds to boundary conditions (3.158) when two opposite edges of the shallow reticulated shell's calculation model are rigidly fixed (the external transversal load Z is symmetrical relative to coordinate /?). Hence the solutions of these systems of equations should satisfy the preset boundary conditions on the shell's calculation
3.4. Small Parameter Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory Theory
127
model's edges a = 0; 2cto (oto is half of the central angle of the shell's middle surface's cross section 0 = const). Note that equation systems (3.159) and (3.160) have a different approximation error 0(h2). The four boundary conditions with a = 0; 2ao must divide into two tangential and two non-tangential so that the given algorithm could be used for calculating boundary value problems. However this is not always the case. We now examine the case when the desired functions of the systems of ordinary differential equations (3.159) and (3.160) are connected with boundary conditions. 3.4-4c. Formal simultaneous introduction of a small parameter to the system of equations and the boundary conditions. We consider the case when the boundary conditions do not divide into tangential and non-tangential ones (the dependence between the unknown quantities of the plate's bending on an elastic foundation and the plane problem on the shell's contour is given). Let the sections on the shell's contour o = 0 and a = 2c*o, with a hinged-sliding support have tie beams (/? = const in planes) placed at constant pitch a,. The tie beam's tension forcer is is P(0) =■•[«(2oro,/J) [u(2a 0 ,/?) --u(( u(0,/3)]E u(0,P)]E4F4r\ where / is the shell's contour length in tthe direction of axis a; E4, F4—Young's modulus for the material and the tie beam's cross section area respectively. For a symmetrical strained state u(2a0/9) = — u(0,/?) hence the formula for strengthening a tie-beam takes the form P(l3) = -2E4-2E P(0) F4rl4u(0,P). F4rlu(O,p).
(3.161)
Assuming in addition v = 0, at the shell's edges we obtain four boundary conditions for symmetrical cross-section a = Qo relative to normal to the shell's middle surface in the strained state v° = k4u° -N* + Q°1Ha0 = = 0, w° + U°Q 0 = M° w° M° = 0
(o (a = 0), 0),
(3.162)
where Q° + dlli/d0 TlHH = = Q\ Q°1+ dHf/dfi isisthe dimensionless value of a generalized transversal 1 i (a3F /aiF)a force, k4 = {a i;is the tie-beam's rigidity coefficient. 4F)ctQ 3Fi4la 0 From (3.162) it follows that in this case the boundary conditions cannot be divided into tangential and non-tangential, this happens only in the first and last conditions. As this is so the said iteration process cannot be fulfilled as the third boundary condition (3.162) contains unknown function u° and the system of equations (3.159) cannot be solved in the zero approximation. In order to use this algorithm for solving boundary value problems in the shallow shell theory we introduce small parameter e into the third boundary condition (3.162) and write it as to 0 -I-eu°a w° + eu°ao0 = 0 with a = 0. (3.163)
128
Chapter 3.
Statics
A small parameter should not be introduced into the second boundary condition (3.162) as this also violates their separation into tangential and non-tangential: the value of function Q°H when solving system (3.160) is known from the solution of system (3.159). Condition (3.163) with £ = 1 converts to the initial. As value a0 is sufficiently small (it will be recalled that for shallow shells ajj
N°k-k-4u°k4ku°k = a0Q°Hk
with
a = 0
(3.164)
and two non- tangential 0 w°k ==-Q—aou?_., M° u>1 M? with a a= =0.0. 0u k_„ k k==0 0 with
(3.165)
In the zero approximation function u'k_l is considered identically equal to zero (u°i = 0). 3-4-4d- Sequence of solving boundary value problems. The introduction of a small parameter, if necessary, into the boundary conditions makes it possible to always class them as two tangential and two non-tangential. When forming the differential equation systems (3.159), (3.160) rigid support boundary conditions as (3.158) were employed, the relevant section of the shell's calculations of these systems should satisfy boundary conditions (3.152), (3.153) on the other section of the calculation model's contour. Assume them as Lj(u,v,N {u,v,NuuS) S) = fi{a,l3) fj(a,0) 0 = 1,2) with a = ±a ± a0,0 , Lj(w,f L MM1,Q = f/j,{a,/3) ( Q , / 9 ) 0 ==3 ,3,4) 4 ) with a = = ±a ±a j(w,luU uQ1H 1H) 0.0.
(3.166) (3.167)
Clearly these conditions must ist bbe satisfied on each line dividing the integration domain into m strips. The order of the approximate solution when determining the shallow reticulated shell's strained state under static loading should be the following. 1. The matrix of coefficients of the right-hand terms of systems (3.159), (3.160) of ordinary differential equations is formed according to the shell's initial geometrical parameters, physical characteristics of the rods' material and the given external load. 2. The boundary value problem (3.159), (3.167) on bending of the reticulated plate's calculation model on a flexible foundation is solved in the zero approximation.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
129
3. The boundary value problem's solution (3.160), (3.166) for the plane's strained state of the reticulated plate's calculation model is found in the zero approximation (the solution results of the previous problem are used). 4. The necessary number of expansion terms is formed (3.154). The external load is taken as zero (Z = 0) and the boundary conditions (3.166), (3.167) are homogeneous (fj(ct, /?) s 0;j = 1,4). 5. The calculation model's strained state is assessed by summing the calculated terms of series (3.154) with e = 1. 6. Calculated according to the known model's stressed state are the forces and moments arising in the rods' cross sections as well as the normal, tangential and principal stresses. With the numerical realization of this algorithm by computer we solved the bound ary value problems through the multiple solution of the corresponding Cauchy's prob lems using Runge-Kutta's method and on an orthogonal transfer [13] ensuring the calculation's stability. 3-4-4e- Study of the small parameter method convergence. Assessment of the it eration process' optimum parameters. Convergence of the small parameter method (expansion (3.154) with e = 1), and approximate determination of the iteration pro cess' optimum parameters (m is the number of strips dividing the direct line method, li is the number of integration steps of the systems of ordinary differential equations according to Runge-Kutta, /j is the number of orthogonalizations of solutions) was studied numerically. All numerical examples in the shallow shell calculation assume that their lattices are formed by thin-walled tubular rods. Here rj 4 = Ju/FiR% = 0.5(rj/.fto)2 where r, is the rods' cross section radius of the i-th family, 7, = GiJ3i/E,;Jn = 0.769, which corresponds to the value t; = 0.3 of Poisson's ratio for the material. Three variants of the boundary conditions were considered. In the first one, the reticulated shell was fixed rigidly along the whole contour. Its calculation model's boundary conditions (3.158) with this support were supplemented by conditions u = v = w = dw/da = = 0 with
a = ±a ±a0.0.
(3.168)
In the second boundary conditions (3.168) were replaced by u = v = w = Mi = 0 with
a = = ±a ± a00. .
(3.169)
These conditions satisfy two opposite sides' fixed-hinged support of the shell's calcu lation model. The third variant of boundary conditions was taken as fixed-hinged support: Mi = 0 v = Ni = w = Mi=0
with
a = ±a ± a0.0 .
(3.170)
130
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.15: Figure 3.15 shows the dependences of deflections w° in the centre of the square in the shallow spherical shells' plane on the number of iterations n, having lattice parameters (the lattice structure is described in 3.4.1) ^ = 60°,
S3 = d3 = e3 = 11 r\ = 3.12 x 10"6.
(3.171)
The shells are rigidly fixed along their entire contour and subjected to a uniformly distributed surface load Z° = 1. Curves 1, 2 correspond to shells with relative sizes such as: o 0 = ft, = 0.349; 0.524. Corresponding dependences on the number of iterations of the bending moments M° at the support middle point (a = a„, fl = 0) illustrated by curves 3, 4 in the figure. From Fig. 3.15 it follows that the small parameter method's convergence is quite satisfactory and sufficient to perform four iterations for a particular shell's practical calculations. Similar dependences for the deflection in the centre of the shallow spherical shell having parameters oo = A, = 0.349;
<S3 = d3 = e 3 = 1;
rj =3.12 x 1(T6
(3.172)
and various lattice angles f are eresented i i Fig. 3.16. The shell with h aixed-hinged support along its sides a = ± a 0 , is subjected to load Z° = 1. In this figure curves 1, 2, 3, 4 correspond to the rods' lattices with y> = 15°, ,0°, 60°, 75° respectively. With the shallow spherical shells' antisymmetrical load relative to coordinate ct(Z° = 1 with a > 0, Z° = - 1 with a < 0, Z" = 0 with a = 0) with lattice angles
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
Figure 3.16:
Figure 3.17:
Figure 3.18:
Figure 3.19:
131
to curves 1, 2 of Fig. 3.17. The shells, just as in the previous case, have parameters (3.172) but their contour is rigidly fixed. For cylindrical shallow shells (*, = 0) having parameters a 0 = fa = 0.524;
d3 = e3 = 1;
r? = 3.12x 10- 6
and lattice angles
at various radii of inertia of the rods' cross sections. The shell's contour is rigidly
Chapters
132
Statics
Figure 3.20:
Figure 3.21:
Figure 3.22:
fixed and Z° = 1. Curves 2, 3, 4 indicate convergence for function M° on the shell's contour at point a = a0, 0 = 0, at values rj = 139 x 10~8, 78 x 10~8, 50 x 10~8, respectively. The deflection dependence curves on the number of approximations at all the indicated parameter values T\ practically coincide (curve 1). The dependence for a shallow spherical shell with boundary conditions (3.158), (3.170) which are a combination of the contour's rigid and hinged-sliding support subjected to a uniformly distributed transversal load Z° = 1 is shown in Fig. 3.21. During calculations it was assumed that a 0 = 0.349, and the rods' lattice parameters were as in (3.171). In Fig. 3.21, curves 1 and 4 correspond to deflection to0 and moment 103M,° in the centre of the shell. Convergence of the last function at points a = 0.315; fi = 0 and a = 0.280; /? = 0 (the maximum point of modulus Mi) is shown by curves 2 and 3 Dependencies on the number of approximations of maximum displacements u°, .v° correspond to curves 5 and 6 respectively. For comparison
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
Figure 3.23:
133
Figure 3.24:
Fig. 3.22 shows the convergence according to approximations of functions w°; 10u°; 10u° maximum in modulus for a similar shell rigidly fixed over the entire contour (curves 1,2, 3 respectively). Curves in Figs. 3.15-3.20 relating to shallow shells with a rigid and fixed-hinged support over the contour (boundary conditions (3.168), (3.169)) show satisfactory convergence of the suggested small parameter method (expansion convergence (3.154) with e = 1). In practical calculations, depending on the problem, three-five approximations are sufficient. The method's convergence falls away significantly when we perform calculations for a shallow shell with a fixed-hinged support over the contour (boundary conditions as in (3.170)), which is seen from the curves in Fig. 3.21. However, even in this case (for practical deflection calculations approximately 16 and for bending moments 20 iterations are required) the worsened convergence of the method is compensated for by reducing the boundary value problem's differential equation system by half. The dependence of the small parameter method's convergence rate on the type of boundary conditions can be easily explained. True, the shell's deflections in the zero approximation method are calculated assuming functions u and v identically zero. Hence, if these two functions on the contour are taken as zero (conditions (3.158), (3.168), (3.169)) we obtain a condition closer to the desired solution than other boundary conditions would give (for instance (3.170)). The result of the above calculation confirms this. To assess the iteration process' optimum parameters a number of special calculations were performed which differ only in one parameter. We present the calculation results for a shallow spherical shell (a 0 = fio = 0.349) rigidly fixed over the contour with Z° = 1. The rods' lattice of the shell has the following relationships: -6
(3.173)
In Fig. 3.23 curves 1 and 2 show correspondingly the dependences between the maximum deflection u & „ and maximum stress a ^ , in the rods' cross sections of
134
Chapter 3.
Statics
the shallow reticulated shell on the number of strips dividing the integration sections along coordinate /?(0 < /? < 0) with ni = 7, h = 40, h = 10. The rod's main dimension less value of the stress was calculated according to the usual formula in which the normal and tangential stresses in the dimensionless form was taken as:
F
' ? — " , a^ERo a^t/tio
F a^ERo
r° ? = TTJrT>m ('" = 1.2,3). a3£/tto
T
The dependencies of functions w^iax an<* "'SLxon iax o n t n e number of Runge-Kutta's inte gration steps with ni = 7, m = 10, I2 = 10 correspond to curves 1 and 2 in Fig. 3.24. It should be pointed out that the coordinates of the maximum deflection and maximum main stress points in the rods' cross sections remained constant despite changes in the calculation parameters m and 1%. Increasing the nj, m, /1 values raised computer calculation time. Based on the above numerical investigations we can recommend the following values (the needed number of iterations ni is easily determined by the computer while calculation to the set accuracy) m = 8 — 10, l\ = 35 — 50. The computer time depends little on the number of orthogonalisations of the so lutions: it was assumed that /2 = 7— 10, thus guaranteeing the results' high accuracy. Calculation examples. In all the following examples the boundary conditions at the shell's two opposite sides /? = ±/?0 were assumed as in (3.158) which corresponds to a rigid fixing. 1. We give results from the calculations of shallow spherical shells rigidly fixed over the contour with Z° = 1, from which we can judge the solutions'accuracy of the boundary value problems using the proposed method. Assume that the parameters of the rods' lattice coincide with (3.171) and that 7 = GJ3/EJ1 = 0 (the rods' torsional rigidity is neglected). The shell's calculation model with this lattice is a continuous isotropic shell whose thickness, elasticity modolus and Poisson's ratio for the material are derived from relations (1.28). Assuming the shell's support contour is square clearly denotes symmetrical strain relative to the diagonal cross section. It appears that the deflections and moments possess such a symmetry too (with a practically acceptable accuracy). Thus, for the shell whose half central flare angle is <*o = 0o = 0.175, the bending moments at the central points of the support contour's sides, equal according to the condition of symmetry will be: M,°(0.175#o;0) = 109 x 10" 5 ,
-5 M°(0.n5Ro;0) »;0) = 112 x 10 .
When cto = A> = 0.349, the solution of the boundary value problem is: M,°(0.349flo; 0) = 801 x 10 - 6 ,
b;o; M?(0; 0.349fl<,; 0) = 823 x 10 - 6 .
Consequently in both calculation examples the difference between the obtained values M° and M° at the points where they should be equal is less than three per cent.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
Figure 3.25:
135
Figure 3.26:
This proves the high accuracy of the suggested method's solution. Actually, it is only in this case do the results for M° and M° coincide so accurately from the practical point of view as the solution of a two-dimensional problem relative to coordinates a and 0 was built using two different methods: finite difference and Runge-Kutta's integration. 2. We want to compare different solutions of a boundary value problem concerning the static calculation of a shallow spherical shell with Qo = A = 0.349, Z° = 1 and the rods' lattice parameters satisfying relationships (3.173) for three different edge boundary conditions a = ±0.349: rigid, fixed-hinged and sliding-fastening. These boundary conditions can be written as (3.168), (3.169) respectively. Some results of the comparison are illustrated in Figs. 3.25-3.30. The first figure shows curves of functions Af°(a;0) (curves 1, 2, 3 in accordance with the said variations of boundary conditions) and M°(a; 0.349) (curves 4, 5, 6). Dependencies A/2°(0;£) for the first and second boundary conditions almost coincide and are represented by curve 1 in Fig. 3.26. Curve 2 shows the distribution of function M°(0.349; /?) of a shell rigidly supported over its contour (curve 3). The bending moments' distribution for each of the three families of rods of the reticulated shell is shown in Fig. 3.27 (cross section /? = 0) and Fig. 3.28 (cross section a = 0). The curves of the rods' longitudinal forces' functions are given in Fig. 3.29 (cross section fi = 0) and Fig. 3.30 (cross section a = 0). The dimensionless forces and bending moments whose curves are shown in these figures are tied in with the
136
Chapter 3.
Figure 3.27:
Figure 3.28:
Figure 3.29:
Figure 3.30:
SUtics
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
137
Figure 3.31: dimensional values by formulae: N; = a3ERNio;
M' = a3ER?M, ER2M,00
(i = 1,2,3).
These calculation results vividly indicate edge effects. This especially refers to the third boundary condition. 3. We compare the calculation results of the square in the shallow spherical shell's plane whose lattices correspond to (3.171) which is subjected to a uniformly distributed load Z° = 1, with different contour support sizes a 0 = A> =0.175; 0.349; 0.524. The boundary conditions are rigid fixing. The corresponding dependencies are represented by curves 1, 2, 3 for M°(a,0) is Fig. 3.31. From these curves it follows that the central part of the shell, provided its dimensions are sufficiently large, is momentless. 4. We researched the influence of value rj on the strained state of a shallow spherical shell subjected to a uniformly distributed load, rigidly fixed throughout its contour with calculated parameters 00 = ^ = 0,349;
v> = 60;
Z° = 63 = d3 = e3 = 1.
The rods' cross sections of the shell were taken as tubular with various radius values r, thus: 5 x 10 - 4 < r/Ro < 25/ x 10" 4 . The calculations showed that the dimensionless deflection values in the centre as well as the maximum modulus deflections insignificantly alter if the change of relationship r/R is kept within the stated limits. When transferring to dimensional values the deflection dimension multiplier is a3Rl/F
=
(<J3(a3Bc/2*6)(Ro/r),
where S is the wall thickness of the rods' tubular section.
138
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.32: Hence, assuming a3.Ro/27r5 = const, we find the reticulated shell's deflections are directly proportional to value Ro/r (in the given change range). The rods' maximum principal stresses have a similar dependence on Ro/r. As expected, as the value r/Ro decreases, the shell's edge effects in the vicinity of the support contour localize in a narrower domain. 5. To assess the effect of the rods' torsional rigidity on the shallow shells' strained state calculations were performed in which the rigidity characteristics were taken as zero. No significant changes were observed in the reticulated shells' deflections compared to those when the rods' torsional rigidity was taken into account. This significantly affects the shells' strained state. Despite the fact that the forces on the rods were constant the bending moments changed substantially with high torsional rigidity of the rods (tubular section). From the analysis of the results one can conclude that in the case of the rods' tubular cross sections it is necessary to take their torsional rigidity into account when studying the reticulated shells' strength, otherwise this can substantially overstate the construction's stressed state characteristics (sometimes the principal stresses increase by 40%). Figure 3.32 shows deflections w°. 6. The influence the load has on the strained state of the shallow spherical shell rigidly supported over the contour and parameters as in (3.172) was studied (
Z° = \). For comparison Fig. 3.33 gives a graphical representation of dimensionless de flections occurring in a reticulated shell subjected to a transversal load of the same intensity but antisymmetrical relative to the middle surface's normal cross section a = 0. From comparison of Figs. 3.32 and 3.33 it follows that the antisymmetric load is more dangerous than that of the uniformly distributed load: the maximum dimen sionless deflection increases from 0.668 to 1.93. The shell's stressed state substantially changes. Thus, the support's dimensionless bending moment M° at the point with co ordinates a = a0, 0 = 0 becomes 0.350 • 10 - 2 instead of 0.170 • 10~2 when transferring
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
139
Figure 3.33:
Figure 3.34:
Figure 3.35:
from a symmetrical to an antisymmetrical load. 7. The above calculations confirm the fact that the cylindrical shell's rigidity and strength characteristics are worse than those having a positive Gaussian curvature. Figures 3.34 and 3.35 show the level lines for functions of the cylindrical shallow shell's dimensionless deflections with tp = 30° and
140
Chapter 3.
Figure 3.36:
Statics
Figure 3.37:
Calculations were performed at the following rated parameters: a 0 = 0.349; fa0o = 0.524; k° = 1; k° = 0; QO S3 = = d3 = e3 = = 1; r? r\ = 3.12 • 10 - 6 for the case when Z° = 1. In Fig. 3.36 curves 1 and 2 represent dependencies of maximum dimensionless deflections u>JJ,ix, and curves 3, 4—dimensionless forces JV° occurring in the shell's contour at the coordinate point a — a 0 , /? = 0 from the tie beam rigidity coefficient k4 = (a3F4/a4F)aQi correspondingly for shells with the rods' lattice angles
P(fi) = E4Ra
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
141
Figure 3.38: where 63 = F3/F > 0; all other values included into this equality are not zero. 9. It is required to find the optimum constructive parameters of the shallow spherical shell's lattice made from identical rods of all three families and not changing during optimization, if Z° = const and ft = 0.349; a 0 = ft,
r\ = = 3.12 • 10 - 5 . rj
The shell is rigidly fixed along the contour. Restrictions are imposed on the control parameter for which lattice angle
a = 2a.3Cos
Kw dependences of the maximum deflections' relations (curve 1) and k„ of the shells' maximum main stresses (curve 2) with lattice angles tp and
142
Chapter 3.
Statics
10. The conditions are the same as in the previous problem but the parameters describing the shell's middle surface are different: Q 0 = 0.349;
A, = 0.524; 0o
k° = i1;.
ii.O f c 0k°=l.5. K
2 kw and ka dependences on the shell's angle y of a positive Gaussian curvature are sitive represented correspondingly by curves 3 and 4 in Fig. 3.38. From these curves it follows that as angle
a0 = 0.524;
A, = 0.349;
ifc? k° = 0;
k° = 1;
u> ? = = 60°
rigidly fixed along the contour when Z° = const we want to find, according to rigidity and strength, the material's optimum distribution for different rod families assuming that the rods' lattice sizes a and 03 remain unchanged during the optimization process. The thin-wall tubular rods have a constant wall thickness (6 = const). Thus, the variable parameters are r and r3 i.e. the tubular section radii of rods of the first two and the third families. Value S<S33 == FF33/F /F == rr33/r. /r. is taken for the control parameter. As in the two previous examples kw and kc depending here on S3, are assumed as specific functions and the standard shell's lattice control parameter as a unit (r 3 = r), when finding these functions. The control parameter change domain is given as an inequality 0 < 3<S 0<6 <2. 3 < 2.
When solving boundary value problems for determining functions kw(S3) and ka(S3) at fixed parameter £3 the variable part of the calculated data was derived from the following formulae expressing the rods' constant material volume: d3 = 46 4Sl33y
e3 = e°3Sl
r? = 9 r f ( 2 + * 3 ) - 2 , rJ
where <£,, e", rj are correspondingly the standard shell's lattice parameters. In our case with 63 = 1, dSj = e | = 1. The square of the dimensionless cross section inertia radius of the standard shell's rod was assumed as r° = 3.12 • 10 - 6 . The calculation results are shown in Fig. 3.39. Curves 1 and 2 correspond to the dependences of functions kw and ka on S3. It follows from the curves that the optimum rigidity of the shell corresponds to the control parameter coinciding with the left limit of the domain of permissible values S3 = 0 (the specific function steadily increases as 63 becomes greater). When calculating the shell according to strength this reticulated system will be optimum with 63 = 0.5.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
143
Figure 3.39:
3.4.5
Shallow non-circular cylindrical shells
In Sees. 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 the small parameter was formally introduced to the system of differential equations and the boundary condititons without precise physical meaning. In this section for the small parameter we take the value actually contained in the coefficients of the differential equation system. In the static problems of non-circular cylindrical shells we used an approach mak ing it possible to construct a solution based on the iteration method. By studying these shells' stability and free oscillations the solution will be in the form of an expansion into a series according to a small parameter. 3.4.5a. Introduction of the small parameter. The iteration method. We write the equation of the middle surface's cross section curve of a cylindrical shell is a catenary in a natural form (the coordinates' origin is assumed at the middle surface's central point) as (3.174) R^Rmin + V yVRmin(3.174) R = ^min + /RminEvidently, the curvature radius of curve R takes the maximum value Rm^x on the shell's contour. Values F{mm and /?m
"max
—
"min "mill
—£—,
" m a x +T "-tmin ■rtmax min
g=
iR-Ro t —/to 9 g
2Ro ^"0
fl2
,
== 2 2/ /^J-»1- ,l ,
/OITC\
(3.175)
where 2RQ = Rm^x + Rmin is a dimensionless coordinate (relationship of y to half length of the arch of the shell's middle surface's cross-section). Then the equation of the curve (3.174) can be written as
R= Ro(l-reo-). Ro(l + ea). Similarly we introduce small parameter e to the equation of the cycloid /.ftmax. R = #max - 0.5j/ /.ftm»x-
(3.176)
144
Chapter 3.
Statics
In this case in formula (3.176) we assume: j*Mnax -rtnun ) CT
(3.177) (3.177)
Let us examine a cylindrical shell whose lattice is formed by three identical rod families (in Fig. 1.5 the rods' third family is absent, the fourth one is taken for the third). The rods' torsional rigidity is taken as zero. The solution is based on equations of the mixed method. Assuming all coefficients except ki = R~1(P), constant in equations (3.92), (3.94) we obtain the following system of differential equations for this type of lattice with K\ = Ku = 0:
^ r L H + p ^ = z, ££F* • (l •; ) - Rdx* £ £
= 0.
(3.178) (3,78)
Here a
r ,0 ,
(1
+
,, 9*
„ i
d4
C3)^WC^
+
s4 d*
^
,
+ 2c3) 2 c 3 ++s4c c2{l i ++cc3)3 + s2{1 *°° == Mih &)£ ^- e^ ^ ^'^.M
Let us assume that the material volume of the shell's rods remains constant as the lattice angle y> changes. Denoting the material volume per unit of the shell's middle surface area as V (V = const) and the lattice structure as a = 2cct3 we find
« , - < icV ±^. 13 =
(3.179) (,179,
We reduce equation system (3.178) to a form convenient for solving this problem. For this 1 ha3 1 k *m~ Po ha3 */TT~ E£O, F ' Eh2 n = y/Ji/a3, p0 = —, -=— = e Be0, en we where EE is a dimensionless parameter. Then we write
tfjj*,
where EE is a dimensionless parameter. Then a we write £Ji h 3 , = • TT? = np0eEt0. a EJ\ h £ ■ «3 , "3 £E£O ' = • TT? = np0eEt0. In addition, introducing dimensionless coordinates "3
£E£O
nt
In addition, introducing dimensionless coordinates aa = = 2x/b, 2x/6, 0/3 == 2j//6, 2j//6,
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
145
where 6 is the length of the contour of the shell's middle surface's cross-section, we obtain the following system of differential equations (3.178): -v0 d 2 * 0
W + klZr = z°' -V0 /? 2 ?/) 0
M0( 0)
(3(3.180) 180)
-v° r)2in°
* - f e ^ - = °"
Here
"
b£Ey/P0
=
o
-2—"'
Z
4
*
-
Ao
*-2S*'
° - £ * ' - « b «° = «°<« = ^
where, as before, ^i is the rod's cross-section radius of inertia {p\ = Ji/F). If the transveral load is uniformly distributed over the shell's surface (Z — const), Eqs. (3.180) can be presented ssented irin the form LW) 1
+
J+
l!^
2 =
RPda2 #>da
7°d 2 H'
^ l _ 16^'
M ° *- - ^ ^ M°tf
1
HP da 2 i? aa
le^/sT
=0
(3.181)
The desired functions aree expressed exDre through TZ/" IV and! ^b using formulae: form 2w = beEJp~oCW,
*=J £ « ,
where
C = 16Z°v/S7/7r22, on a, = = l/b, l/b, here / is the shell's length (along the generating middle surface). Using condition (3.179) that the volume of the shell's rods' material remains con stant as the lattice angle ip changes the formulae for deflection w linear bending moments M\, Mi and forces Nt, JVj, of the reticulated shell's calculation model can be written as:
w = = C°i/g*W c°ifcw = = C°W°, w C°W°, 2 P\EC°V r 3Na w
, d2w =
* - - * £ * [a ♦*£♦*£]-*«**. M2 yNiV l
=
2 ?EC°V (( 22dd27Ww ,, 2 ]EC°V d*W\ P]EC°V vv\ P 2 a
c
+sc
p\EC°VMf,
,„OT/»^ 2 E,„OT/»^ 2E
=p]ECVM
--^{ iw 6Cw) ° 9 V _ bC
c9 6C 9 ^ _ 6C /»/?2 - o r _ "1l' • ~ 9„_ 2eteoW-Ko" Qdfs
where (7 = c° =
2
/V2 N2
3 2b 26 3Zy/bn~ ZyaT .v , =47' E{fV*p*l
- 9^„0d^-2T /W» - 5*„ "» ' -2T 0^
= 1l ++ og = s esec c u ;y;. .
!
((3.182) 3 182)
-
146
Chapter 3.
Statics
In the obtained system of equations (3.181) all the coefficients, except function R° = R°(0), are constant. From (3.176) we have iJ° = R/Ro = = \+eo: l + e<7. R° =
(3.183)
From formulae (3.175), (3.177) it follows that the maximum modulus of function a =
i0
"">»+^ - s k + ^ f e - ^ ' - ' x(l-M
A/°(^)-7°^
=
(* = 0,1,2,...), (3.184) (3-184)
6ok0)ea(0)M°(xl>k-i), --(1 ( l - -* * M )M°(lfc-i).
where 60k 6 with kk == 0,0, SSokok ==00 with with kk ^^ 0.0. 0ls =- 11 with The system of differential equations (3.184) for an arbitrary number of iteration has constant coefficients, hence when solving it corresponding effective methods can some times be used. Let us examine one of them. 3.4-5b. Shallow cylindrical shell hinged supported along the contour. Assuming a shallow non-circular cylindrical shell subjected to external load X = Y = 0, Z = const, hinged supported over a rectangular contour. In this case the bound ary conditions have the form: w
w w
=
d2w av av= 0n Wlth... == 2 =
-M -w dc7 dc7> d22W W
d224> rb
W
tb dd22ib
,
a = ±Ql
'
(3.185) h= ±1fisB±1 = = = = = 0=0 withwit/? = W dS W =w d w - (3-185)
The static calculations of this shell reduce to a solution of boundary problem (3.181), (3.185). In accordance with the suggested iteration method the solution
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
147
of this problem is replaced by that of boundary problems (3.184), (3.185) with fc = 0,1,2, — In boundary conditions (3.185) W and tp should be correspondingly replaced by W* and ipkThe solution of similar boundary value problems using the iteration method will be in the form of the following expansions: oo O O oo
w Wk " ==
E E A2>*»„(a,0), *££*»..(«./*). (A: (* == 0,1,2,...), m = l /i=l /i=l m=l
oo oo
3 186 (3.186)
^ = EE E E ^ *B
(- )
m
m=l /i=l n=l
where * m ( i = -—= ra = cos A m a cos A„/?, y'Qi V i
Am = - — . lax
A,, A„ = — —-.. 2
Substituting series (3.186) into the system of equations (3.184) and taking expressions (3.175), (3.177) into account (the contour of the cylindrical shell's medial's crosssection being a catenary or a cycloid) we can obtain the following formulae k = 1,2,3,...) for coefficients Ak) Amii anc a(k) 0 -J_Fo A"■mil = —!—F°
"mil
\
AL*»
A
n<*> -
1 _J
D
mn
£° = — —2B°
mill ' mjii
1 lmu
[
"mil
( 0 FF<°W W
i
'
"*/*>
F m ,( e ) - e f; Uxmn'A^ - - I L A W ^ ; 1 ' ) X,„, , f_j
\
«m(i
/
,) f-F m „((ei .H1*-1^ xIm(J.. . -l~F J ^ A l m M .,A ^ ;(*. I-1)) ++ AA,lm „,ftf;. £ ) - ee 5V3 ((^-A, -V0
°°
r
— Ajm/i \ ■*2mji
Clmfi c mii(t) Clm(i
/
-V0
u t }, = 1 I\Slm/i , l«)l"»m)li , _ , \Slm
\
f
u
lm(.'"m/i'
I/ -Emu' • /
In these formulae the strokes at the summation symbols mean that the summation was performed only for odd values of the index //'. Other notations are: FL°l = m / /i,))--11 ,, *$! = (( - l )j ^ ™ X ft
F [ l +£ ( 1 - 4 A ; 22 )], )], Fmli + £(1-4A; mli((££)) = [l
f(-D^^^-^TFJ \ -~( (l | ++ Fjr))
u<
when „*„', /Pi == '/*'j''«
when when
4 A = [(l + ^)Aj,+(M c 3 ) A i + 6 A2 cAiAV A l A 2 u + *a 44 c-lA ul, mu A,ImM c-lAV], 22 1 2 2 2 AV + -s44AV]a" AV]s- 4 , A 2mw = [(1 + c )A< )A^cc + (c- - 2c )3 A „AV 2m „
Clmu Clmjj
=
Al m M
= (Clmji + A C2m/i)A m , —
— A A l m w( 1A Amm ,,
?2m(i = — A2m>iA A2m>iAmm ,, ?2m(i A2 A 2 mm^^ = — ({2m|i + A
flm(»)A flmj»)A m .
Convergence of the described iteration method used for solving the given boundary value problems was studied numerically. Three iterations proved to be sufficient to give the calculations an acceptable practical accuracy.
148
Chapter 3.
Statics
A calculation example. The task is to plot the dependencies of functions w and M'(i = 1,2,3) on the lattice angle
R^^ = 8.08m; /Cax
£ = -1/3.
In accordance with this we adopt the following computation data: a, = 1.74;
e = 0.3636 :
V//>, \ / 3; ; V/Pl = A
7 0 = 136 7°
—for a cylindrical shell having the middle surface's cross section profile in the form of a catenary; o, = 1.74; a,
£ = -1/3;
V/Pl = = sfi;
7° = 232
—for a cylindrical shell with the middle surface's cross section in the form of cycloid; o, = 1.74;
£ = 0;
V/pi = A
7° = 201
—for a circular cylindrical shell. The calculation results are illustrated in Figs. 3.403.43. Curves 1 and 2 in Fig. 3.40 represent dependencies of dimensionless deflections at the central point of angle
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory
Figure 3.40:
Figure 3.41:
Figure 3.42:
Figure 3.43:
149
150
Chapter 3.
Statics
Curves of dependencies of dimensionless bending moments Mio(M' = CM,o) oc curring in each rod family at the shell's central point with £ = 0.3636; —1/3; 0 are respectively given in Figs. 3.41, 3.42 and 3.43. Based on an analysis of the results obtained we can conclude: 1. When assessing the construction's strength tp, = 80° is the optimum parameter tp within the given change range 20° < ip < 80° for all three types of cylindrical shells (it will be recalled that the rods' material volume of reticulated shells does not depend on the angle tp). A cycloid (catenary) is the best (worst) form of the cylindrical surface's medial cross-section of the three forms at all values tp including its optimum value tp = (p.. Note, that the contribution to the rods' longitudinal tensile force calculated for the accepted boundary conditions i.e. hinged supported along the entire contour (3.185) is small for the shell's central point, hence we can use the bending moment to assess the stresses. 2. We take the construction's rigidity for its quality criterion. From curves in Figs. 3.40 it follows that over a substantial part of the examined interval of lattice angle tp(20o < tp < 73°) a cycloidal cylindrical shell (with the middle surface's cross-section in the form of a catenary) is the best (worst) of the three shells just as in the case when studying strength. With
3.5
Circular Cylindrical Shells
3.5.1
Differential equation system
Let us assume that the middle surface's deformation components of the shell's cal culation model are as in (1.75). Then the constitutive equations (1.22) pass to the following (J2l- = 0):
2_.
n
Nt A/j
E * « * , N ~- R1 (PiC? + ?i5ic), R? E _2 (?iC?-p,s,c), R? E R R
=
1
i=i n
i=\
^
9)
dts\
2
m
n B
ii = = ii
5=
t= = ii
1_ R
dfSiCi,
1 n-" [pic] - q{Sic), fl5 i=l
E #, = - _2_ E ;?.c?+PiSic), \ft
A/2 =
9)
m
nn
2
i»=i =l
(3.187)
3.5. Circular Circular Cylindrical CylindricalShells Shells
151 151
where
,, TT ?du odu
,
'■[^■'
d,
. (/ 2d22ww
P.
\
222 ww 2,ddw
uvc-
Idu
.. „
2 . 2w a2d2du>\ w\ SiCi-
a- \da*
(I'dudud0
+ SiCi (
f sin 2y>i
up'
22 2d7ww _. (\fd Vd w
<7.
+ W\
i% )
, ( dv
dp**)
dv\ dv\
+
d^)\ '
d22w w \
„d2wa2\w'
„
cos2
^'a^. •
We write equilibrium differential equations for the cylindrical shell's element as: d dS d S _ dJV 5S ^, ON _ -RY, We write equilibrium3M differential equations for2 2theas cylindrical RX RY shell's element as: + da + d/3 " dd da~ op oa d
^,dS-
ON+2 as _ -RZ, RY
- 7RX V 2 -+
dH1_dM1 da da 83
da
d3
8H1_8M1
«Q 2 ,
(3.188)
= RQi-
From this point on we assume that A-,, /,, C%, C,, ¥>,
3 3 3 1i A A f f ^ ^/ ^/ ^ „ „ &W „ 2 d™ w d uA uA a ™ „ a a 3 + 3 t a n v , + 3 t a n V i + tan «• = - ^ E E ^ H( _^ 3 t a n ,a^ ^^ + 3tan ^ a- ^^ + tan „ . —^ j n
+
2
V
3
3
3
W g
i=i
2 i j ), ++ G K^^ + )g ^^ +++s5*.',2{1 (120 ~-- 3c 33c, — ~-- *,Aa ?i Cc — C* [[ -- K + •«<*? « ( ^ -- 1l )wbl 'c), 2)^)— w\w \ ) , n
(IPw
2
Q = -7pg{*^H^ i=l
_
_ cot Ifii — C,-
,a 33 w
f, f , ,d u;
+
„
w
cPw
^
+ + 3tan22y?;-; w
W
+sh
„ 2,
,
+tan V
d3w\
'^3-J
. „ ,, ,, ,, d^w .„ 3.^(3*? - 1 ) d*w 2
da d0
<»89>
**-•*&-*"£]}■ < ^'-^daW-^WA)5/.
d?w
^W
52 <^ i w l "I -S.C-
(3.189)
Substituting values (3.187) and (3.189) into the first three equations (3.188) we obtain the following system of equilibrium differential equations in displacements: Ln(u) + + £w(») L12(v) + +L = -^ -R2 X, 13(w) M«) M<») = ^ 2
2
-R iLj2i(u) iH + + LM32(v) ^ + + L^w) iwH = = -R2YY, > 2 2 L3l(u) + L32 (v) + Lzsiw) = R Z, LM(U) (v) £33(111) = R Z, 3i
(3.190)
152
Chapter 3.
Statics
where differential operators L^ have the form n
iLnl l
n
E
= ^ c f c'KiLi, /Cii,,
LL\313 —=
Lu = X.a.cfA'.L.,
t=i n
t=i t=i
8 g ^ c ^ ^/A
d\ + tan^A),
E 1=1
n
n
£22 L22
=
E
=E
£«?e?KAi 1=1
r C
i =n i
«=1
+4 4tant ayp,n 1=1
*» = E^4 » K£ L33
1=1
+ 4 tan 3
++ rrl,
r
( d
d\
\d^
^Tp)
L 23 = ^ ? c , ^ ( ^ - R+a n yUn? i — J ,
da*
d* ^
^^ 3
da dP
tan 4 y
dadP3 ( d*
*
^
''dp
8* \
" '
+ 66tan t a ny>2 V 5a 4 2
*^
'da2dp2
\
2
sin 2^(25? - 1)
d2 f( d2 dadp \da2
d22 \
\da* +"*" dp*)+ SiD * [** ' (&? ^) *^ - W (&? - ^dpj) (3.191) + (1 6s +s (3191) dP " * ?-«2c? ;-'da) ao5^] <} (i{L" ==Lki)L„). 2
In (3.191)
da 22 Li =
»*i
2
^OCt-i +
„Man
2
t
and 2 r2 u = Fi, h = Ju/RJu/#F
2
ik
dd22
a VindaP
^
+
2a tan t a
a2
n 2' ^dp
^ '
rl, = GiJ3i/R2EiFi. rl^GiJzil&EiFi.
(3.192)
Note that ru is the i-th rod family's cross-section dimensionless radius of inertia. The obtained differentia] equation system (3.190) has a symmetrical structure. For a reticulated plate this system is divided into two independent systems which refer to a plane problem and bending (for this we assume i = Ret, y = R/3, R —* oo).
3.5.2
Cylindrical shell with a rhombic lattice
Let us examine a cylindrical shell with a rhombic lattice (n = 2) made from identical rods. One of the rhomb's diagonals coincides with the direction of the shell's middle surface's generatrix (ip\ =
S
2Kc2 idu , /' dv \ s2 C R da- + S(dp+W) ' (du f du dv\ dv\ 4Is2c2 d2w H = \dP {d~P ++ da') dc)1 ~ RR22 dadp' dadP'
N2 cot2 f 2Ks2c2 R
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells
153
2Ici 2 / d22w d22w\ 21c I 2 ww 2d », .22 2 M, = M M2Cot *= —2 ({cc22d — +s +3 22d w\ sw\ 2c Wi), + R \{ H' \ C dtf W)' ? W)' 2 , a3™3 \ 21c2 ( 22fa ^ r3 ++033 ,id w\ Qt 3 dad/32) '' R V da dad?) 3 22 3 33 22d w\\ 21c / , drww 2 crw ft 3V. dcfldfi Q - " ^R3( 3c +3 T+ S « dP3)' ^d3 dip)'
(3193)
> = -w{ d^ wj-
The differential equation system (3.190) takes the form:
fa2^ a22. fa a c o t y>
2 a 0 0'U a22^u^ 2
_a^_ aa22u 3dw_ u)_ u au)_
2 2A X 2R22A: X 2R'X
22 22 1 3a22™C ° VV ++ dP dP2+2 ^+ "dadP dadP ++ ' da da~~ K sin V da dp dtP dadp dadtl Ks\n 2^' Kft-«in sin2
^ + W ™* {da^
*
d^dF
W
V"
2i? 2R 2R22Z + t i ,ttan taann' yyj: ^= . ,2 ^ (3.194) (3.194 +w tan u> +M ==K „ ■ . •. . (3-194) A sin 2y> 2v K sin 2y> We perform certain transformations reducing the calculations of a shell with a rhombic lattice with arbitrary angle ip to those of a shell with a square lattice (ip = T / 4 ) with a certain shell length and a fictitious load. We introduce notations: 222
£ = (, = a tan 1
(3.195)
Taking these notations into account the differential equations system (3.194) can be written as:
2 da2u. d d dw dw u. a22u. u. yfa_ a22vu+ ++at« 1 222 +1 22 + d( d/3 dp 'didp d£dp d£ di ae "" " a^ "" " djdp ~dj'" u^ up u^up Ui^ 2 2
du. du. + + di ' +
2 2R 2R2X. X. K '' K dw 2R 2R22Y. Y. „ add2V u. dfa fa2vv fa d d2v dw 2 u. + + 1 + 2 + 2 2 + 2 + + di 2 + dp 2 + dp K d£ dP K '' didp di dp K didp d~i dP dp UQUp u$ up up I\ ' i2 92 i~r 4 4 2 dv (d*w „ d*w d*w\ , 2R 2i? 2R Z. Z. Z. dv Id w d w a'uA dv_ (
ixaraW^ dj + W "Ww ^ ^ wr ) '
— IT'
,.„„, ,M_,
(3.196) 3 i96 (3196)
<- >
It is important to note that functions u.,v,w are connected to coordinates i, /3 with load components X., Ym, Z. by the same differential dependencies as u, v, w to coordinates a, P with load components X, Y, Z in the case of a shell with a square lattice. To prove this it is sufficient to compare the equation system (3.196) for shells with a rhombic lattice with that for shells with a square lattice derived from (3.194)
154
Chapter 3.
Statics
with tp = TT/4: d2u d2u d22v dw dw dw 22 + + 2+ 2 + da d0 dP da da dPdadp 3~P dad/3 3adP + da~ da r\0 r\02 <-.•? *\ 2 2 /jut !Pv_ d v d dhv dw dw „ d U uU UV + 2 + 2+ 2 dad/3 dadp d/32 'd3 d/3 dp oaop 1-da oa'2 d8 4 4 4 4 dadp 4 wda 3 w\ 2, du dv (3*w d dv (d*w „ du + dv{ (d*w 3w + dv fd*w + r r\+ + Ww + d24d8 w22 2++-¥30*) dZ da dp \3a* + da dZ + dp 33\da^ da2d/3 Ta TpKb^^d-a^dT W)r] ' + W = +
d~P \da~<
+
daW/3*
+
2 2R 2R2X X K KK ' '' 22 2R 2RY Y K ■ KK '' 222 2R 2R 2RZZZ K T K-' '
(3(3.197) 19?)
-
Fromulae (3.193) for cylindrical shells with a square lattice tp = ;r/4 become
N ==
Kt
Ar Ar
N1=N2 1
K K (du (du (du
I 39222w w w R?dadp' WdadP' " -&daW> _ J_{
H ==
dv dv
\\
_
K (du (du dv\ 3v\ 3v\ K_ (du + da) ~2R l\df} 72 2 w\ „ „ /I fd / d2w wu ; dd322t * W)')J' 3 33 d3™ &w\ ww \\ /I1 / d dPw w dd33w\ w\ w c^uA 3 + 2 Q2 ~ 2R 3 + dadp*) dadP )' dadp) ' ~ 2R \ da^dp da*dp W) dp3) ''
2R{da- + dp + W)>
(3.198)
The same formulae (3.193) for shells with a rhombic lattice can be presented as JVV = JV N22 cot cot22 tp tp = = N. N. sin sin22 2
(3.199)
Formulae for values AT,, 5 . , 7/., Qi», Q 2 . are derived from (3.198) through replacing a and u correspondingly by £ and u,. Relationships (3.195) and (3.199) make it possible to transfer from the preset boundary conditions for shells with a rhombic lattice to these for certain fictitious shells with a square lattice. Thus, for the calculation of a shell of length / with a rhombic lattice subjected to surface load X, Y, Z having uniform boundary conditions it is sufficient to substitute it by a shell with a square lattice with altered length /. = /tany? and surface load X,, Y., Z* with the same boundary conditions (obtain asterisk values), perform a transfer for forces and moments (from asterisk values to those without asterisks) according to formulae (3.199) and consider that u= = u. tan tp,
a= = £( cot tp.
(3.200)
The above makes it possible to keep future examinations of cylindrical shells with a square lattice thus simplifying the problem and significantly facilitating the tabulation of the solution's results.
3.5.3
Cylindrical shell with a square lattice
3.5.3a. Introduction of resolvent functions. In the case of a homogeneous problem (X = Y = Z = 0) the equation system (3.197) can be reduced to one differential
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells
155
equation •quat.iori in 8-th order derivatives relative to the resolvent function $ = = $ ( a , /?): L(*) L{9) = 0. L(9)
(3.201)
Here ential operator op having lere L is a differential ing the form: rm: 8 8 88 a8 5" d 8fl a#> a +4+ 22dfft66 + h &8 11010 4 8 + 4 ^6 2 22 ~ dofi 9a da da*dP dp 2 ' da*dp* da da dp dP dp dp*' dp*' ' aa a^ da*dP ment vector vector components comp i t c ar a rp rlprprmii The displacement are through mponents : determined throi gh function function ict ion $: 66 666 2 aa 1 aa a _aM _a^_\ cr cr \ 22 , ^aL 1i 4 u = \(®L 7a 444 4 2222+ '(— +7+ 6666ri r? + 4+ + 2222 4 + 22212 6666 + + + ++ + + \da* (aa a»a«9/3 da aa d/3 a^J da 9 QJJJ ' ' ' [[\da \\aa 9Q da «9/3 d/3< dfi dp*) ) )) ^' da a^dp* dP 4 a/92 [\da aa aa aa/3" dP dp aa^. Q aa a£ 6a/9 66 a/3" 66 ) 22 6 2 r , / s „ a a L*{ & . „ d* , a s s_ 6 \ a \ r« ll2 f 553— rr+ » a2 ll1l.. . t! 6 3- 3 33 + a 5 \ dcfdP dad/}*)J dadp\ f l \da \da5dp dp + dcfdP dadP*) dadp\ ' )p33 dadP*) aaa/? dp ^ dofldP f \da dp do?dP dadp*) dadp] 3 ( a ^_\ U)) = 3) , 2 2 \dadp?^ ao y W \dadP2 da3) Substituting values (3.202) into formulae (3.198) we obtain:
r
w
—1*
—1#
Kr* Kr2 (f d7 Kr\ d7 _ d7 d7 \ . _£L £_U 7 + 2 2 7+ & 2R \da \da do?dP do?dP* dadp66) 6 ' da*dP 7+ 7 + 12 6 ) do? dp* dadp 7 7 7 2R \da \da da*dP d do?dP* dcPdP*d7 dad/3 dadp*) ) d7 ''\' Kr\ ( d da*dP L K L J d7 \1 I , 3+ 29 5++ 7 7 _L K da dP L J ) dP )I <J> ' 2R\ da*dP dP* dP Iti \ da*dP Oa°Oli Oa^cip* da'Op° e6 77 7 N 33 da dp* dP 2R 2R V V 9« da 9/3 fra* da*dp da*dP da22dp* dps dp J) ' I //_^_ a*dP \ P 7
iV = 5
:
M
:
(3.202)
7
7
7
4 5aa55+ dS aQd^ W , 2R22 V d ' 4 2R?I V( da* 2R do* dadp*) dadp d* d/5 \' , ^ : fl2 \da2dp3 da*dp) ' 2 3 / dpQ6 06 6 R2r \da da*dp) ' 22 ( 22 & 3 4 i o a 6 Qx ■■ fl \da dp da ' 2a2 6 4dPJ / dp d3 66 d fli 33\da da*dp) *, 2 V1 dp da da 2dp*) dP*) 66 6 2+ 6 2R 2i? V 5< a** aa a dP*) 2tt> 3 v 6 6 6 a a adP* \\ ' 2R/I \ (/ da da*dP daa d d 3 66 2+ 6 yV il 6 2fi da*dP da2dPa46) ) ''t . Q2 I 33 (V „5 ad „ 2d+ da*dp do?dp*) Qi 3 + 2 2 + = -2^(-h = ~W 3 ^ + + ** = 2 ^ ( ^ ^ ))adps) ** -= -2^(- ^ ^ ^
-if-* *_W « == - 4-L(^L l „„ 2LW -L(^L 2LW —f
-
(3.203)
(( 33 22 00 33 ;)
v a r t i r i i l a r Ci-kliit i n n r\f h o linear lino si oi A rparticular solution of tthe system of of equations (3.197) is found as a sum of three members, each corresponding to one surface load component X, Y, Z. a) Let Y = Z = 0. Then the system of equations (3.197) reduces to one differential differentia equation IL**z x = -(2R*/I)X.
The displacements, linear forces and moments are derived from formulaee (3.202) !and (3.203) where function $ should be replaced by $ x . b) Assume that X = Z = 0. The resolvent equation has the form: I*y =
-{2R*/I)Y.
156
Chapter 3.
Statics
The displacemment vector components of the point on the shell's calculation model's middle surface :e are are determined using formulae: ag iormuiae:
u„ U v
=
"" u
~ =
6 2 d66 aa66 \\ a2 1 9,/ a e a + 3 33 + + s + s + + + l + + + a a^3> dcfidp dc?dP Q W) [ ' \da*dp \da*dP dcfidp* aa5/jj a o ^ 9dad?) aa9/? ) ++ idadp\ oaop "*'' 66 6 6 6 6 6 6 666 d d rr/a /a a d d d a d?_ a \ an r 2 _g_i 6 6+ + 7 4 2 + + + 22 ++ +
_ -
2 f °"
^
"" "
[V^a [\dcfi [\da
» ,u
( g _g_\ 4 v
y1/
=
da*60 9a c d«*dp * da*dP da*dP
\da2d0'/9
da dP dc?dp* da 8,
2 )d2+wap\ Y- "
dp)
d£V
Then formulae (3.198) for for the linear forces and n moments oments become: Nvyy v
Cy
" '' —
y y
Kr\ d777 d777 d ad7777j ^^ar\ Kr\ a a N Kr\ ((f d a a ^xL* A * 4 3 V 5 i 1R da da^dP dP ++ dp dp) 27R? V V &adp Sfiocdp 8a*dp dc?dp dc?dp dp) dp) ""'' a 6 " ^ da*dp aaa*dP~*~ a/3+3+ + 27? V &adp da*dP & dtfdp9 + dp) \ "' ?pi' M ^ r 3 /" ^ 7 7 i s sd - _2 _15 ^^ M # 5 27? V a Qsdp a/32 2 cda3dP 2i? V V&^ ^*a a77 da da aa 3 a^ dadp) a a a ^ y "'" sdP \? / as 2T7? V^a daas dp da3dp dadp)
4 MV = »T? j 2 jvaa *dp a,3 \da*dfS „ _ •IK _L(JL-
W"v v
_
5
adp) ^ / *" £_\ gs m
_/_2 ^ a — 27? 3W 2 d/?V U 22 I aa 3 as22 7? V 9/3 a«a^v6 *». 7?■V/^ aa^66 dadPJ 5a9/?V "'
ly <3.y Qly
66 6 _ 6\ //7 3 // a a aa ^s 6 + „ & a a _ a \ 3 3 s 3 3 33 Va a a^ ? + 3aoflj9V " 2R 2R \da*d0 \da d/3 1-2'a^a/S dofldp dadp) *' "' 27? /9 a«a "' ~ dtfdp dadp) s 6 6 6 d/3 dc^dp
Q2vV Q
= :::
^
* ~ *"*
/i7 // *a ad6 \\ 9 s- 22 *a a 63 5 33 2 ~2R? 2R \\ da*dP 2S da*d0* ~~ da*d/3* da*d/3* ~~ dp) dp) "'
c) Let X = Y = 0. Have the problem reduces to solving the differential equation
L$ L$zz = = (2R*/I)Z. (2R4/I)Z. The calculation model's deformed state is assessed according to formulae:
uUzz2
—
3 (( a a*\ g22 __g_N vaaa^ Vaaa/3 dofi) a o j3 ;4" " \oaop° occ /
Vzz —
W z, —
Wl "*
03
33 \
2 ^ Q2a,3 ^ \V da*d3 vaQ 4 //_g__ a 4 4
Vaa ~ ~ va° U<>
3
33 ^^ /7; z *■ ad3^V _a g 4_ _aj_\ _aj_\ l»,. ++ dp) da*dP " da*dp dp) do?dp dp) **"*■
These formulae and relationships (3.198) make it possible to determine the calculation model's stressed state as: 7L fi?L a6 _ _L f _?L /v,11 - 5,*« =- 0,o- «w* --" 2S 2 6 ^ Q6 - *« - 0- « « - 2/J2 ^ ^ da 2
2
Q 6
66
8 6 6 aa88 a aa88J\\*x, f + , + 2 4 dj94 a/36 a^y da*dP do? aa a/3 ^" aQ ^ 4 j 6 J * * ." aaa Q , da^3 jdp 9 4 + a /dp)
a a^ ^ 4
aa4a/g2 2
3.5.
Circular Cylindrical Shells liar C:
f — (
157 157
dd66 33
P — — -
P \ — — \ * 33 + + 3 dcPdP a dP dadp*) dadPs5) ' " 33 + + dc da dP dcPdP dad/3 )/ *' dcPdP dadps) *' 7 J_(P_ 7 dd777 _ d77 d I13 I(*d7 ++ , d d7 \\ & 22 _ K d 3 -6— I ' 2R 3 V 9 Q7 + da*dp da*dP da3 dP* +'1- 3 — oa-ap^ uaup~j dctdp dadp ) 2R \da 3 7 datdp* da dp* dadp) " J / d77 , P*d77 ,dadp*) 7 7 f d d d d \ I —L ( -^—5)... si 2R3 \ 3da*dp d da*dP33 ++ da da*dp 2 idp dp ) " da«dp 2R3 \ da«dP da*dp3' + da dp5 + dp)
*' - » R? l \da dPdP R? \da \dasssdP
Qu
Vl1
:
Ql. Q2 *
'
-
3.5.3b. An open profile cylindrical shell. Assume that the shell is freely supported along the curvilinear edges on diaphragms rigid in their planes and flexible from these planes. Assume the origin of coordinates is at the point on one of the diaphragms which divides the arch of the middle surface's cross-section of the shell's calculation model into two. Here the shell's curvilinear edges's boundary conditions are: (3.204)
u =v=N =M=0 0iwith a == 0, 0, l/R. l/R.
The solution of this problem is the form of an ordinary trigonometric series whose terms each satisfies the accepted boundary conditions. In the work [45] the solution was obtained for a cylindrical shell with a rhombic lattice. The results for a particular case when tp = JT/4 are given below. 1) The solution of a homogeneous equation. The solution of differential equation (3.201) can be found through expansion into a Fourier series oo OO
=E
cos AAnnQ* ((A„ = n*fl//). tiifl//). •ia.fi) C OSA»<* * ( a , 0 ) = Y, /fn{P) » (P) ( £ ) COS
(3.205)
n=l n=l
Substituting value (3.205) into Eq. (3.201) we obtain an ordinary 8-th order differential equation term i.iun with wiL-ii constant •..uiiai-cLiit lcoefficients A J C i i i u c i i b a Ifor U I the LMC n-th ii-iu icmi 6
2 4 6 8 ^.+ ffA 44A f -=U0« < ^'.-- _ 4A + nJn A«/„ n ^ ^2'-++A 8 _ 4 A ^ L __ i1n0AA ^
dP d/3
"dp* " dp
" dp
~ '
For the roots of a characteristic equation corresponding to this differential equation we obtain two multiple imaginary and four actual values: frln fcln &5n,6n
=
— *2n ^2n=— X Xnni,i, ft3K3 — A?4 A?4nn = — A AnnZ, Z, n n=
=
±Pn, fc7n,8n = ± 9 n ,
where pn Pn
= A„V3 \nnyj3 y/3 + + 2V^, 2V2, 2\/2, qn = \n\jz-2s/2. \n\jz-2s/2.
In the isotropic shell theory all roots of the characteristic equation take complex values conjugate in pairs.
158
Chapter 3.
Statics
According to the characteristic equation's roots, series (3.205) may be written as: 7
* = E< E C «^
+
OO oo
sin Ann0, E[( C i« + ^C3n)sinA nn==ll
*Jt=0 =0
<76„coshp + /?C!n) pC; \ n /? + C* C:„ C*nSinhp C6nn cosh p„0 pnn/3 0 +(C' nn + +(C; /?C*„)co A„/? pp„0 0 + C' C' n/3 ; nj)j cos A„/S C „n sinh Pn ccosh o s n qqnn0] +C* n sinh q„/3 +C*„sinh< p + + Cg Cg cosh p] cos cos A„a, A„a, ?„/3 ni/8 n n + Csn 9n/3] cos A„a,
(3.206)
where asterisks indicate arbitrary constant integrations. Substituting expression (3.206) into Eq. (3.202) and adding particular solutions depending on the surface load we obtain the following formulae for the displacement vector's components at points on the calculation model's middle surface: u =
C,o £ CMo + u'o(0) C o + PC «S(0) OO
+E
{ [ C l "- -
4 8 rr AA
?i n^ nC 16rJA„)A Cn^] sin Ann/3 n^33n„ + (1 + 16r?Al)A„C4»/?] 16rJA n )A nnCn^]
n=l
+ + v
[Cn + 48rjA*Cn 48rjAjC«B + (1 + 16r?A^)A„Cn/3]cos 16r?A< )A„Cn£]cos A„/? 16r?A^)A„Cn/3]cosX n0 (Cn sinh pn/3 + C n coshp coshpnn/3 /? + C n sinh qn/3 + C n cosh g„/?)A„ g„/?)An u*(/3)}cosA„a, u*(0)}cosA„a, OO
c 1 48r A4 cc = -E{[ -E{[<72 ^+( »+(1 + +48r??A4 ») ») <» n=l
+ (l + 16r*A<)A 16r?A^)A 1 6 r ^ ) A n CnnCn^]sinA Cn£]sinA n £ ] s i n A nn// 3 + [Cn - (1 + 48r?Aj[)Cn 48rjAj[)Cn + (1 + 16rjAj[)A 48rjA^)Cn 16r?A< )A„Cn/?] \np nCn/?] cos A„/? + Pn(Cn cosh pn/3 + C n sinh pn0) + + q„(Cn cosh ?q„fi „£ +C Cnn sinh sinh qqnn/3) /3) n^ + + <(/?)} <(/3)}sinA sin An a, OO
A w = J^l2\[n2(C p \n/3 + = E n(C3n + CCinCos\ n COS n\l3) n0) 3nsm\nSin
n=l n=l
2
2
Cn6ncoshp + ppnn)) + (Cn sinhp sinhpnn^3 /J ++ C cosh p„0)(A* np)(\ n + 3 + (Cn (C 7nsinh sinh9q9n ^/M ++f C Cn8n cosh cosh gqg„/?)(A£ 3)(A^2n+++q9ql) *) ++<<wltfi)] ((/£? ) ] sin sin A„Q. sinA AnQ. nn/3 n) + n/ n0)(X n a.
(3.207J (3.207)
Formulae (3.203) for the calculation model's linear forces and moments, in accordance with (3.206), take the form (asterisk functions which are the particular solutions connected with the external load are added): g/ Of °° ^)A^ + N'n(/3)} sin sin A„a, A„a, NT = -— A - — E t ^t(Cn ( C 3 n sin \Kf) /?)A^ + NZ(fi)] Xna, np + C n cos An/?)A* R nn == ilI
5 - £E?8/ { £ + «« II
^ J oo
+Ei
s C^«n» Ssin pn/3-- 3n C n COS cos A \n/3)\ /?)A* +■S;(/3)]cosA S'n{/3)]cos cosAAnnQ a >i , , + E [K(;[(Cn ' n A\Xn"^ SJfj))] n + nQ>, n/?)A= n=l J n=l
3.5.
Circular Cylindrical Shells
159
oo
j
I °° °° ^C(33C„3snisni A n Ann /in3^ + C 4n 2 ^ I^][[--44AA^^(C 3) n//3) 4ncosA nn/ 2R} n =^l '
M M
=
H H
4 + (C 5n sinhp sinh p„/3 + C6n cosh p„0)(p p„/?)(pj \*4n) n0 + n - X sin A a -r o s h9q9nnn0){q M^P)} sinh qg„/J cosh A/ + (C77n ^^ ) ( ^n -- \A*) 7„n sinhq n 0 + C 8n 8nc n) + M'(P)] n'(/?)] sin A"nnoa, / °° == - - ^ £ [ 2 A * (^l(C C 3 n3n c ocos s AA„^3 „ / ? --C 4Cn4n s isin n AA„/3) „/?)
n=l
n n= = ll e . 1
.
22 2 2 +I- Pn(A* Pn{X2n+ +p')(C p^)(C p*)(C „coshp cosh p„/3 sinhpn /?) qn)n) coshp„/3 sinhp n /3+ +CC n /?)+ +qnq{X n(Xn n++q <£) S „s „ 6n6n x< (C (C 7 7n „ cosh g q 9„/9 /? fi 0 + + C C „ sinh q (3) {)) + /^(/J)] H^(/3)] //;(/?)] H^{, A„ A„ cos cos A A a, a, 77n nn 88n Sn nn nn
= -i 7.
=
OO
4X sin V [4A C4nc*» coscosXX"fi n (C 3n n/3) x3J2i »(C3\»n0s'mX+»p+
n n= = ll n=
-U. - (4 + 3\/2)(A^ p^)(C 5n sinhp n £^ + C C6n 3\/2)(A* + pDiCsn 6n cosh p Pnn0) 2 + (3V2 (3\/2 - i)(X 4)(A* + q22nn)(C777n„ sinh sinh qq„/? cosh q?„/?) n+ nnp Bncosh 0+ ++ CCCBn cosh qnn0) 0) Bn + ( ^ ) ] ^ ccos o s AA„a, „a, + Qt *Q tnn(^)]A^cosA„a, + Ql»(P))*l
Q2 = 2 Q% =
/ °°
^5f > A *[ (4AC«( c o" sCOS A nX/"P 3-C n AA„"^) /?) 3 nC3 n s isin YJ ~ 4c<" n=l
2 2 - V2p v/2p„(A* V2p„(A^ + pp* pl){C )(Cin5n5n coshp coshpnn/3 /3 /? + C C6n pnn/3) /J) n(X n + n)(C 6n sinh p 2 2 + V2q v^?„(A^ + 9q^)(C coshqgqn„/3 pnp ++ CC8n8n sinhq9n/ qn/3) 3) n(X n + n)(C77„„cosh 8nsinh n/3) + QU^)]>nSinA + Q'2n(P))X2nsinXn na.a.
(3.208)
In formulae (3.207) and (3.208) C,„ indicates new arbitrary constant values. In these formulae eight arbitrary constant values Cin, C2n, ■ • ■ yCBn correspond to each n-th term of expansions with n ^ 0 and two arbitrary constant values Cio and C2o to the term n = 0. The arbitrary constant values are derived from boundary conditions on the shell's longitudinal edges separately for each term in the series. For a homogeneous problem with n = 0 (asterisk functions are zero) from (3.207) and (3.208) we obtain KC20R~\1 uu = = do da + PCn, P&a, 2S = KCIQR v = w = N = M = H = Qi = Qt = 0. Hence, in this case only constant displacement forces occur in the shell's calculation model. Constant Cio characterises its displacement along the middle surface's generatrix as a rigid integral value. Assume that all the arbitrary constants except C\n and C2n as well as asterisk values are zero. Then according to formulae (3.207) and (3.208) all the values for forces, moments and deflecton are zero and hence for the displacement vector's tangential
160
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.44: generatrices at the point on the middle surface we obtain oo OO 00
= £(
u == ^ ( C |(Ci„ /?) cos A„a, i n sin An0 - C2„ cos A Xnn/3) n=t n =00 l oo
( C i „ cos \nf) /3 + Ci C2nn sin X Ann/3) /?) sin sin A„a. X A„a. v = - 2 j^(Ci„ nct. n=l
Thus, the shell's calculation model can deform without any forces and moments, i.e. generally speaking the calculation model is geometrically changeable due to the assumed hypothesis that the rigidity of the reticulated shell's rods is zero during deflection in the plane tangent to its middle surface. To make the shell's calculation model geometrically constant within this hypothhesis its edges should be fixed to avoid tangential displacements. For instance, with boundary conditions (3.204) it is sufficient to fix one of the shell's longitudinal edges so that its displacement components u and v were zero. A similar result was obtained in Sec. 1.2.6c. 2) Partial integrals of a non-homogeneous equation. We now present partial integral values for certain widely used calculation schemes for the surface loaded shells shown in Fig. 3.44. It is assumed that in each of the external load calculation schemes the last load along the middle surface's generatrix is still constant. Note that the total effect of the external loads according to calculation schemes I and II and III and IV (Fig. 3.44) correspond to one-side loading of the shell. In all the above externally loaded schemes the zero terms of expansions in formulae (3.207) and (3.208) remain zero, i.e.: ==S' ==0.— Cio — = C20 C20 =—Ug Ug —SQ 0. 0. 0 SQ Let g be the load per unit middle surface area, 2/?0—the cross-section's central angle of the shell's middle surface. Calculation scheme I of the external load. - A^ + 2rJ(Aj + 6A^ + 1)] cos 0, «;(/?) := 16A 16AnnCr„[2 Cr„[2-A*+2rf(A<+6A^ l)]cos/J, cos/J, «;(/»)
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells vim »;(/*) <(/?) W ) K(0) W Sim MM) Af;(/?) MM) «;(j9) Him
Km
161
16Cr„[A 16C 1 - n [A22-2-r 2 (A« (A° + 7A^ 7A<+7A + 7A22+l)]sin/?, +l)]sin^ 2 2 16C; n (A -l)(2-A )cos/J, (A«+5A 4 n -5A^-l)Cr -5A 2 -l)Cr n cos^ 68 C;; n ssin^ (A n + 55Aj-5A^-l)A A j - 5 A 2 - l ) A nn C in^ 16C 1 - n (Ai-l)(A^-2)cos^, (Ai-l)(A 2 -2)cos^, 16C: n (A 2 -l)(A 2 -2)sin/3, -2)sin/?, 16Cr 8C;1-mn(-Al 8C (-Ai + 7-6A; 7-6A; 22)coe/J, )co 8 ^, 8C 1 -„(3A;-8A22+3 + 2A8Cr„(3A;-8A 2A;22)sin^. )sin^
= = = = = = = = = = = r
4
.
gfr gB S#
=
2^n/(AJ-l)(A* ++ 6AJ + l)Calculation scheme II of the external load. ln
oo
<(/?) = <(/3) K(0) = 16A„C 1 6 A „. C Aii - A i - l 2] j f£;;iiA m m= = ll
<m
vim vim
-2r22(A< + GA^A22 + A^)]AmC„m sin Am/9, -2r (Aj + GA^Aoo+ A^)]AmC„m sin Am/9, oo = -16CJ{«-r? + ^[Aj,-Aii -leciiarf + ^M-xlxl + Ai|, xl l A; + • » < = -16CJ{«-r? + m^[Aj,-Aii l A; + Ai|, =l m=l m=l
2 6 + )r22]C„m cos Xm0) , +M M + + TA^A' TA^A' + + 7AJ,A 7AJ,A2 + +A A6m m)r ]C„m cos Xm0) , OO oo
<(/?) = <(/?)
16C'^(A 2 -A 2 n )(A 2 -A m -l)A m C n m sinA m /3, m=l oo
n \ p, *»'(/») = -C m TO) *»•(/») = - c2*; ££ >> **+ +5 ASA^A* - A ' -- 5A5A^A -A' 2 -- AA-6)JAA -mCC -nms isin *»/». m=l
SUP) Sim 5;(/J)
oo
6 == A ; ((>An£^ + 5A 5SA A2;2nU ^A*-5AtAi-A *- -5A^A 5 M - 2A-6 J6AC JC„ cmoco cos Am/ 9 , m )C n mnm SA S Am m//3? AnnC C22'' aann ++f£f£(A« m m= = ll no oo
2 2 Mn*(/3) = 16C ^£(A Mim 2 *^(Ai-A^)(l + A n -A )A m C nm sinA m ^, m=l no
oo 2 2 2 2 -A^)(A -A 2 n -l)A 'f;(A B2C n m co S A m 2u>cr Him #;(/?) = 16Ci6cr 'E(>.l-)l)(%-x 'E(>.l-Wn-x -i)* 3 3 m ncnmcaS\mf], m=l
m=l m=l
22 ■A22nn-l)A -l)A22-(5A -(5A 2 „+2)A
+ l)]A CnmsinAm/8, +3AJVooA;2(A2B + l)]AmmCnm sin \mp, 2 2 -5A -3)A +(A 2 +2)A 2 8C *E[( n 2 2 2 2 %.(/») Q'M = 8C*f;[(3A*-5A 8C*f;[(3A -5A n -3)A + (An2m+2)A2nn m=l m=l
2 22 +AtA; (A nn ++ l)]A l)]A22nnC Cnm sinAmm/?. /?. nmsinA +<0; 2 (A
162
Chapter 3.
Statics
In these formulae: C; c; C2
aa nnn = = (1 ( l ---cos/3 ccooss/A 3 0,0))/(nA / ( n A 2 )),, 2(1 2 ( 1-- cos 8ft) ft)0) n{X*+6X1X1+ X*J(l-Xl)[Xl-Xiy "(A< ++ W «(AJ wmm XI xi ++A*)(l A*)(I- - A«,)(A«, xi)(xi - - XIY x*n•y ■
== gl?l(2*hl), gB*/(2*/3 g#/(2*P 0I), 0I) ,
r n
When calculating Cnm if m is an odd value the numerator has a plus sign and if m is an even value a minus sign. Calculation scheme III of the external load. < = Qln =
2A^n3C3 2C3'n, < = 2AnnC C33*'nn, Mn- =■ -— 2A ' n ,n , XnC;n, v'n = N'n = S: = H'n = Q'2n = 0.
The constant included into the solution is C3„ = Calculation scheme IV of the external load.
4gR*/(irnX^I)-
oo
<(/?)
=
2AnC;£CnmsinAm/3, m=l oo
V*M
= H'n(p) =
C;£A 2C'4J2\mCnmcos\ ^mRj mP, m=l
oo
<(/?)
22
== 22CC4*4 * £ ( A l--A A22JJC Cnnmms i n A m / ? ,
K = sS'nn = = 0. K = c
m=l oo
M' n(/3) = KiP)
--2QE( 2<7;^(Aj-A^)CnmsinAm^, m: m=l
oo
QIM Qin
2 2 = C 44 -*5£] (01 ++ 3A^A; 3A 2 n A;; )(A^-A^)C )(A 2 -A 2 JCnnm sin Amm/?, /?, m sinA
m m= = li oo oo
QkW QkW
2
2
= ;^(3 + )(A 2 -A 2 n )A = Cc;J2(3 + A 2 „A; x m2x?)(\l-\ cnm cos\mm/?, p, m)\mm(7 nmcosA m=l
where
\6gR* 16^ !11 c m = 2 2 m 7T / ' nrn(X X* *»/ ' nm(A»-Ai)(Ai+6AiiAi + AJl,)n-Xl)(K+ 6X1X1+ mY "" nm(\l-\l)(K+6X1X1 +\* my If the shell's longitudinal edges' boundary conditions are identical then for a symmetrically externally loaded shell (for instance calculation schemes I and III) it is assumed that C ] n = C 3n = Cs n = CV„ = 0; in case of a skew symmetrical load (calculation schemes II and IV) other constants become zero.
c;4
3.5.4
Calculation tables for reticulated cylindrical shells
The book [45] gives 120 tables containing results of calculations of cylindrical shells using surface load schemes I and II (Fig. 3.44) performed on a computer with two
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells
163
types of longitudinal edge boundary conditions for the shell (on the curvilinear edges conditions (3.204) are satisfied) u = v = w = M2 = 0 with
0 = ±0 ±0o, O,
u =v=w= = dw/d0 dw/80 = = 0 with
0 = = ±0 ±0OO..
(3.209) (3.210)
In the first case the longitudinal edges are hinged supported and in the second one they are rigidly fixed. Using the tables calculations can be performed for shells having a rather wide range of dimensionless geometrical parameters: 1 = AR, l = 3R at 0o = 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°; / = 2R at A, = 30°, 45°, 60°; / = R at ft, = 30°, 45°; where / is the shell's length, 20o—the central angle of the shell's middle surface's cross-section. In each case two different values were assumed for the square of the rods' cross-section's dimensionless radius of inertia r 22 == J-LRT'/F r, JlR~z/F=
s = 10~ 10-*, ,
-5
55 - 1 0 10" 5..
Tables are used for the static calculations of shells with a square lattice (ip = T / 4 ) . However, from results in Sec. 3.5 it follows that they are also used for calculating shells with a rhombic lattice. For this it is sufficient to adapt it to a shell with a square lattice by changing the length and the external load value and then multiply the results obtained from the table by certain conversion factors. The tables give dimensionless values of all desired functions of the problem (u°, v°, w°, N°, S°, Q°x, Q°2, M°, H°) at points 1,2,..., 7 (from 0 = 0oto0 = Q with pitch A0 = /3o/6) for each of the three middle surface cross-sections of the shell: x = 0, //4,1/2 (x is the distance from one of the curvilinear edges along the generatix). In the tables these cross sections correspond to I, II, III. It should be pointed out that in the calculation scheme I of the external load functions u,w,N,M,Qi are even and functions v,S,H,(J2 v,S,H,Q2 are odd relative to coor,N,MtQi dinate /?; 0; in calculation scheme II functions v,S,H,Q ,S,H,Qi u,w,N,M,Q u,w,N,M,Qi ,N,M,Qi x 2 a are even and odd relative to /?. 0. The I he displacement, displacement, linear linear force force and and moment moment dimensional dimensional values values occurring occurring in in the the calculation models' transversal and longitudinal sections of a cylindrical shell with calculation models' transversal and longitudinal sections of a cylindrical shell with aa rhombic lattice lattice are are determined determined according according to to rhombic u _=
fci oo
M
3 4s :S3C c
'
V
_
=
ki oo "■!
— 4r , 4s 4s4
w_
*^1i
o0
4 4s 4s
22 2 jVj = 7V N22 cot
(3.211)
164
Chapter 3.
Statics
where fci == l O\
2 gR, kJtj IQ-'gR, 2 == 10~
s 22 kk33 == \0W~sgR gR. .
(3.212)
Remember when using the tables for calculating values with null indices for a shell with a rhombic lattice the above shell length I, = I tan
JVT,
= gak? (*°±n 22? 5
Qh
=
2V
M;,2 = ak ^ (3,M ° T / / ° ) ,
ak2 2.s
$ (
(3-213)
The tables were compiled on the basis of formulae in the work [44] in which more strict equations were used: the deformation's components were expressed according to formulae (1.11) and not (1.75); in the second equilibrium equation (3.188) the moment term was taken into account. When calculating, only the first four expansion terms along coordinate a were considered (the solution's accuracy is sufficient for practical purposes [45, pp. 3336]). Table 3.6 compares results obtained according to the above formulae (figures in brackets) and more accurate formulae given in the work [44]. Calculations were performed on a cylindrical shell with a square lattice subjected to its own weight (only the first expansion term according to a remained) with boundary conditions (3.204), (3.209) and the following initial data: / = 2.4fl;
/?0 = 37°;
r\ = 1.36 • 10 - 5 .
Comparison of the tabulated calculation results shows good agreement (greatly different only at the points where the desired function values are small). In this particular case the authenticity of the results obtained according to the suggested theory is confirmed experimentally. In the work [29] experimental studies of a jacketing model for rods with a round cross section in the form of an open profile cylindrical shell with a square lattice (diagonals of the lattice's squares coincide with the shell's middle surface generatrices and parallels) were carried out. The author compares the results obtained with those of a shell's calculation as a spatial frame system and with the solution of the given static problem given in the above tables. It should be pointed out that in the paper [46] the tabulated numerical model's calculation results are slightly improved when the rods' torsional rigidity is taken into account which make the comparison results agree more closely. Calculation example. It is required, using the tables, to determine the force and moment combination in the rod's cross section of a cylindrical shell with a rhombic
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells
165 Table 3.6:
EFu ngFP
EFtu
EFv
(a = 0) -0.381 (-0.397) -0.32 0 = 0.5A, (-0.371) 0 0 = 00 (0)
(a = 1/2R) 0 (0) 0.485 (0.523) 0 (0)
0 =0
w (a = 1/2R) lO4*/
0 =0 0 = 0.5A, 0 = 00
53.4 (55.4) -2.75 (-0.975) 0 (0)
(a = //2fl) -5.45 (-5.70) -2.61 (-2.78) 0 (0)
(a = 0) -1.25 -(1.26) -1.23 (-1.21) -1.09 (-1.08)
10* H gR?
(o = 0) 0 (0) -24.5 (-24.9) -4.36 (-5.21)
(or = 0) -19.7 (-20.0) 1.65 (1.21) 0 (0)
10 5 S
N sR
(a = 0) 0 (0) 0.529 (0.525) 1.01 (1.01)
10*02 9R
(a = 1/2R) 0 (0) 29.6 (29.7) -56.7 (-55.8)
lattice subjected to the surface vertical load g (calculation scheme I of the external load) when the modulus bending moment has its greatest value. It is also required to find the rod's modulus maximum transversal forces and deflection functions. The shell's parameters are: / = 2.25/?;
0o = 45°;
y> = 60°;
r\ = JR~2/F r?
5 = 5 •10" 10".5 .
The boundary conditions are as in (3.204), (3.209). Since the shell has a rhombic lattice we deduce its calculation length: /, = lt3in
H° = -1320,
N° = M° = Q° = Q2 = 0.
Using formulae (3.212) and (3.213) we find AT; =
-N;
= 0.93agR,
Ql = Ql = 0-
33 M[ = -M 2 * = 8.8! •• lQ10~ lO^agR agR2, ag
166
Chapter 3.
Statics
It should be mentioned that at this point the rod's normal force differs from its maximum value (at point 2 of section 1 only by 2.1 per cent). By modulus the greatest transversal force occurs at point 1 of the shell's cross section II. Here N° = - 1 1 3 ;
5* = 10;
H° = 559;
Q°2 = 9.7;
M° = Q° = 0.
Thus, at this point JV,* = -OMagR; Wf -0.69agR; N; = -O.S2agR\
M* = - 3 . 7 • llfT f r 33aa55##22 ; Q{ Q\ = 0.056agR, 3 2 M2* = 3.7 • lQ- agR \ Q'2 = -0.056agR.
By modulus the deflection's maximum laximui value is at the shell's central point (point 7 of 4 section III) where w == —5.26 • io-> lO^agR /'EJ\.1. -5.26 • 10-4agR*/EJ
3.6 3.6.1
O p t i m u m Design of a Shell w i t h a n O r t h o g onal L a t t i c e Statement of problem
Let us examine a geometrically nonlinear static problem for an infinitely long circular cylindrical shell whose lattice is formed from two rod families. The first rod family's axes coincide with parallels (
167
3.6. Optimum Design of a Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice The equilibrium equation of the ring's radius R may be written as dN2 (l + +K K22R)Q fl)Q22 + + 9q = 0, K)Q —?- + (l dQ2_ ^■-(l+K2 - ( lR)N + K2+p = 0, 2fl)W2+P d/3 dM2 RQi = 0. ^f- + RQi -tf dp + ' Xh = 0.
(3.214)
We add the constitutive equation to these —EJiK M2 = -EJ,K 2, 2,
N2 = = EFe EFe2,2,
(3.215)
lation comp where the rod's axis deformation components £i £ =
>
1 (dv (dv
11 2,
\\
+W+W R{d0 R{ji3 )+)2^' 2
here 72 =
7 2
K
'
1 fdw
dl2 2 _ldj12d~j
Rdp' ^-RW> up'
\
,
(3 216)
,
-
(3.217)
( $ - ) • ' ** -=* *[&—)' Using (3.214)-(3.217) we obtain the following system of the 6-th order ordinary (3 217)
differential equations in the the normal normal form form lations in
dN2 $dp
{l-kM*)Q*
■9 = 0,
+ (-&*)»+—■
dQ2
dp
, ) N2+p P = = Q, 0,
- ( ' - & *
rfM2
?2=0, -dJ ++ RQl ^ «-. dw dw
d~ii ^72 df2
R .,
da
$-£*—!* J.. dv__ dv__ J_ dv RD „
_=_7V dp-
2
+ #72,
-
U
fl D , ,--7,
<3-218> (3.218)
At the application points of the concentrated forces function N2 and Q 2 must experience corresponding discontinuities. Numerically solving this equation system where F and Ji are assumed as functions of angle /?, we fix the following conditions for the displacement's continuity as being at the origin of the coordinates: v = w = 72 = 0
at
0 = 0; 2?r.
Function v,w,"j2 with P = 0;2TT can be equated to constants, then the solution will differ only by the displacement of the ring considered as a rigid body.
168
Chapter 3.
Statics
Let us examine an optimization problem: we want to determine, for the given external load, the ring's rectangular section within the permissible change domain when its material volume is a minimum and stresses do not exceed the permitted limits. Denoting the ring's cross section sizes as b = b(/3) and h = h(fi) (size h in the radial direction) the minimized functional and the imposed restrictions can be presented as ,2*
V=
/ bhd/3, Jo HP):< h2, 0 < h^ < h{p) hi < \N2\ \M2\h \M 2\h
0 < 6, < b(/3) < 62,
where <7o, 6,, hi (i = 1,2) are the given constants.
3.6.2
Solution using the optimal control theory
Now we examine an optimal control problem. We want to find control function u'(t) and control parameter vector £", assuming the function minimum
■fF(t,x(t,u,(),u(t),OdtU)dt + F F (x(T,u,0,0
7( u,0= /
F(t,x(t,u,i),u{t),i)dt F(t,x(t,u,(),n(t),()dt
Jto
+
TT{x{T,u,Z),i) T(x(T,u,0,0 T FF
Jt0
over a fixed section [
x(t0) = xx00..
(3.219)
A dot above the letter means differentiation according to t. A permissible set for x, u, £ is determined by a system of restrictions along trajectory r*(t,x,u,0 r*(t,i,u,o r*(t,x,u,0
= 1,/); = o0 (3 (s == M) 1,0;; < 0 (s = l + l,m)
and terminal restrictions
'(no =
T' T'TT(x(T),u(T),() (x(T)MT),0
rTT(x(T),u(T),0 '(TU) F (x(T),u(nO
00 (* (s=TJ^); = li , W M; s = h / T + l , m Tr ) . < 0 (s IT
The use of numerical methods presupposes some form of the initial problem's discretization. In particular, the methods reducing the optimal control problem to one of nonlinear programming is rather popular [32].
3.6. Optimum Design of a Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice
169
Here are the arguments for the integrating system (3.219) according to Euler. This system is replaced by the following scheme: i,+i = x, + hifi(x{, u,-, £)
(i = 1, k — 1); hi = t, + i - U,
t, = t0,
tk = T,
x t = x0; (3.219') u(t) = u(t;) = u, at half-interval [ij, t, + i] (we denote any function as <£,• for short). The system of restrictions may be written as: (t = 1, Jfc — 1)
r*(x„u„o 1,Q, r*(*.,u.,0 = 0 o (a (s = I7o, rj(**,«<,fl m*t,Ui,€) rf(»*,0 rj-(x*,0
< (s = / + l , m ) , < 0 (a = 0 (s (a = l,/ l . l Tr )),, < 0 (« = / T + ll,,m mrr))..
(3.220)
The minimized functional becomes k-\ F x u u,_,, £), u„ £] + + FT(xkMxk(u,(),0, (u, £),£), /(z(u, fl,u,fl = J2Ph>hiFi[xi(u u ..., l{x{u,t),u,0 ^ <(ui'---> <-»0,u„t} 1 =i =1
where ix = {{x\,... x } , . . . , xi jj , . . . .,xj};u , x£};u = {{u\,... u j , . . . ,u\,u\,... ,,u^,.. u j , . . .■,uj_,} ,urk_t} isisthe thedimendim sional vector kr. Thus, the initial optimal control problem has been reduced to one of the nonlin nonlinear programming, namely: assessment of the minimum function /(u,£) with restricts restrictions (3.220). The wide range of nonlinear programming methods reduces the initial problem to that of the unconditional minimization of the differential function *-i
=£
G{x(u),u,0 G(x(u),u,0 = Y,^B,(x„ul,0 + b(xk,0.
(3.221)
i=i ■=i
Among these methods, in particular, we can list external penalty functions. In this case function G can be presented1 as
EE
G G==/(*(«),«, G=I(X(U),U,V /(x(ii),«,fl ++Trr ££ £ M'.fl0 +
r r
m m
22
^))) BDBr?' )' )) 2+++EEE^^;1)
.1=1 L»=l L»=i .1=1 . i = l L»=l
1=1+1 i=l+l
ly h
TTly
»=i »=i
J»== / TT++i +II
+ E(r D r T) 2 +•E E <^rr) •
(3.221')
Here T is a penalty coefficient;
170
Chapter 3.
Statics
the trajectory must be calculated the same number of times. Direct differentiation of the complex function G according to components u\[i = 1, k — 1; j = l , r ) results in cumbersome formulae. We introduce a system of vectors pi of dimensionality n, derived from recurrent relationships 1
p, =
do dG
+
dx dxu.i i+l
ax~ ~ax
_p,+,
dG aG?
_db(x db(x k,p k,p dxk
p* = ~— = dx* k
'
——-
(f = l , * - l ) .
(3.222)
We prove that for all u,- the formula
dG_ dG du,
dui
dxi+i
"~aV p,+1
(3.223)
(f = l , f c - l ) .
is valid. True, considering relationships (3.219'), we, according to the complex function's differential rule, le, obtain
dG dGJ
dG dG du -i2 dukkk--2
dx 8xkk 0U dx 8G dG dG 0x k
_
dG dG ou
dx Xkk Ox —k P k ,
= U UkJ-i-\- l 1 du*-i du uljt-1 du du*-i du*_i k.— x I 15 t _-i dx kk--i •k-\ UXkk = du UU -l dudGkc.i-i dx du -i dx dudx r k-\ k-i dG dx*-i dx 5 uk-k-\ du du kk-i '■k kkkt _ i dx kk k-i dG dx -i dx 1 -a-rL — —. aian_i ! a-n du . du—Pk duan -22 9ujt_ aujt_ dx g x t -du i kkk--222du dxkkk-k-i 22ax tkk-idu -2dx -iffcc k-x -i1 kdG dukkk-3_ 2 k-2dx dGdx -i k dG dx -i duk-kk3dxk-i duk-2duk-i t 2 a P*- 1 ■• -aZ— +•" aOU -2 Vk-\ du k -2 k
=
Then, using successively (3.222) we derive (3.223). ila Similarly we obtain formula dG dG_ dii dG_dGdG AA >!a dxi dG_dG i i = di+^diPidi~ dt arae+gaf4di~ k
E
,
(3.224) (3 224)
-
t=i
Let us write the obtained relationships (3.222)-(3.224) for function G presented as (3.221): (ti,,^,xi) a/, 8fi(xi,Ui,() • \dBi(ui,Z,Xi) Pi + 1p Pi+i ,+1 > = p,+1 pi+i +++h'"; Pii = Pi+i T, a dxi ax, oxi ox,t _ db(xk,Q pk l)t ( (3.222') - (i=hk ,, ** -- l ) , Pk = (l(i == 1 l1fc
=
' 1—aTi— —dx~ — ]' dHpM _ 3.222') ~dxT~ ' -^oxk a/,(x„u,,o u n 1 dG dfi{xi,Ui,Z) dG __ . \dBi(xi,Uj,t) rag,-(»»«nO a/<(*.-,«.-,0 „ WV v oai(Xi,Ui 0 |, , a/,(x,, (3.223') T~ a* aau, ^+> '' "T ~ — "' > ' a P'+l {6.116 ) du, oui oui dui du, oui oui du{ oui oui a~\ adb( tdb(x / _ ,c dG dxi |'dBi(xi,Ui,t) 9 B , ( i , , u... <, ^ a / , ( x , , ..uu „Q „ fc\l 1l ,£) dG dxi ^£~iih taor~ f8fl.-(x.-,u ,oe\) att~ a/,(x,, P i. + 1i j +++ - Xk (3.224') +— ( } — + — P T i + -^ = ^ + L , ' [ % + — d l — J ~~d~T % = afp» L,*< [ — ^ — — * — H ~9T~i=l -
+
ft
k 1
,
i
k
L
'N.I. Grachev and Ju.G. Evtushenko, 'The programme packet for solving the optimal control problems", Moscow, Vychisl. Centr Akad. Nauk SSSR (1978) (in Russian).
3.6. Optimum Design of a. Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice
171
Thus, in order to calculate the G function gradient we integrate system (3.219'), find p, according to recurrent relationships (3.222') and substitute them in formulae (3.223'), (3.224'). Now we again examine the above optimisation problem. Let t = /3/2ir be a new independent variable; / = 2irR is the length of the ring': ring's i 3 3 4 s 6i 6 axis; x = = [xl1,x,x2,x ,x ,x ,x ] ] iis a phase vector connected with the desired function! functions ,x,x,x*,x In a i o \ I l__ of system (3.218) by tformulae xi 1 xA4
= N2/El2, x2 = Q2/El\ /El2, x:33 = = M Mi/El M22/El /El33,, s 6 = w/l, x = v/l, x = --72. 72.
Then the system of equations (3.218) can be written as: — \ /4 ss 6 66 44 s x11 = {x33/J°-2n)x22-q°, = 2irx2*x - x-x ,, ) 2 2 - g ° , xx = hS l 0 - o po, = x IF°V-P , Xx S =
2 x2
=
(2* - x33/J°)xll (2*
x3
2 = -x -x\ ,
-\(*y,
1 66 22 X21*/F°-2TX*-]-(X *" ),
3 x6 = -x3-x /J°, /J°,
where q = Elq°,
p = Elp°, Elp", F = l2F°,
(3.225) Jx = l*J°. l4J°.
The control vector u[u',u 2 ] has components u 1 = h/l,u2 = b/l. The control process described by the system of differential equations (3.225) has restrictions: i 4 = x 5 = x 6 = 0 when i = 0,1; | x* V + 6 | * 3 | < ( u I ) 2 « V o / £ ) . To make all the functions determining the problem differentiable according to the phase and control vector components the last inequality must be replaced by four differentiable conditions: l xlv}6' sc uV - ( - l ) ' 6 i 3 - (ul)2u2(a (
where < 5 1 =^ 2 = l , i 3 = <54 = - l . In solving the problem unknown values x'(0), x 2 (0), x 3 (0) were taken as coordinates of the control parameter vectors. The minimized functional is
-i:
I(u) = f v}u2dt. Jo
(3.226)
Calculation example. It is required to determine the optimum dimensions of the ring's rectangular cross section (first rod family of an infinitely long circular cylindrical shell) having the following calculation data.
172
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.45: Concentrated forces whose dimensionless value is P° = PI P/El El72 = 3 • 1(T 10"77 are applied at points 1,2 of the circular ring (Fig. 3.45). The coordinates of these points are 01.2 0ii2 == ±±TT/ /44 or or t\U «w 0.12; 0.12; t2t2 «w 0.88. 0.88. These ' forces are balanced by the tangential load, id, distributed along the ring's axis accc according to the law q(0) = qosmf) or q(t) = q0sm(2xt), with its amplitude's dimensionless value: q° = qo/El = 1.2 • 10" 6 . There is no radial distributed load (p = 0). The ring's cross section must satisfy inequalities 2 ( < ) < 2 -2-10~ 1 0 " 22.. 10" 2 <«'(<), u2{t)< The relationship of the admissible stress value against Young's modulus for the ring's material isi<7 a^jE • 10~22.. The integration interval [0,1] of equation system (3.225) 2-10O/£ = 2 was divided into fifty sections. This led to a nonlinear programming problem containing 103 variables, 200 inequality type restrictions and three equality type restrictions. The differential equation system was integrated according to Euler's modified scheme with the integration pitch error 0(h?). 0(h?). Calculations began with the penalty method and then a transfer to a simple iteration variant of the quick-convergent method. As an initial approximation of the solution the ring's constant cross section was taken as a square: uj(0 = ul(t) = 10- 2 . As a result of optimization the width of the ring's rectangular section, as expected, was equal to the initial approximation: u2(t) = 10" 2 . The dependence of the optimum dimensionless height of the circular ring's cross section u\ on coordinate 0 is shown in Fig. 3.46 (solid line). The minimum of function 4 (3.226) was 1.37 • 10" . 10-".
3.7. Shells of Rotation
173
Figure 3.46: In Fig. 3.46 the dashed line corresponds to the solution of this problem when all nonlinear terms in the equation system (3.225) are neglected. Then the functional of minimum reduces to 1.07 • 10~4. The difference in solutions is due to the fact that the circular ring's cross section determined on the basis of the linear problem loses stability. This conclusion is confirmed by the results of the solution for a ring made of a not less strong material (
3.7 3.7.1
S h e l l s of R o t a t i o n Basic relationships and equations
We assess the positioning of points on the middle surface of the shell of rotation by cylindrical coordinates z, 6. The equation for the meridian of the shell's middle surface has the form r = r(z). We write the formulae for coefficients A, B of the first square form and main curvature radii R\, R2 of the middle surface (the accent ' means differentiation with respect to z) as: 2 1 2 A = = (1 (l + /r ")) 1' / 2,, B = r, r"Rr = - ( 1l + /r'2 2))33' '22,, R2 = = r (1 r(l+ r12)1ry\ '2. r"fl, ( l + ry'\
(3.227)
We have for the angle ip between the normal to the shell's middle surface and the axis of rotation /! sinV> = ( l + r ' 22 ) - 11 // 22 . sinV (3.228)
:(l+rr
In the linear problem for the shell of rotation the first five static equations (1.1) (functions A, B, Ri, R2 do not depend on coordinate 0) become: dBN, dBNi 8z
dS d6
A A™ A
„dB ,9B ^ 2 7T oz
AB.
,„„
Qx + ABX
= 0,
174
Chapter 3. 22 ldB 1 dB SS
,dN dN22 A
dBQil dBQ
- ^^ ZZ--
-^-
AB„
i Anx/ Am m ,
ABY A + Q + A + ++ABY ABY ^f dO+B-dzB dz + -R ^R22QQ>" i + Al>e+B-dr ABY !>e+B-dr -R > 2 8Q3 .„(Ni Nt\ dQ fN N 2
AR
t
+ AB +A A AB {R-\Ki 11 dOAB{R+ AWW{R1 dBMi AdH2
2
■+ABZ I T t\D£j + + R-2)+ABZ H22)J+ABZ + R R2) dB,, Mnn
== o, °« = °« o, "= °' " °'
dtiM d.+2 dBMxx +A A,dH dB xt ABQ ,__ = o, T MABQ l\ - ABQ +AT A-dfcdO +-dz+ dz>~n>z*ABQ^*lX = °' -^>z-dz + -df -dz-M>dBHr dB „ ,__ , dM dM22 dB A h - ABQ Q 27 == o. o. at' do o dzr oz
-^r -w ^^-
Statics
^
= °-
(3.229)
Here it was considered that in accordance with consitutive equations (1.22) Si = S2 = S provided that the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface is zero. Using formulae (1.10) and (1.11) we write expressions for the middle surface's deformation of tne the shell eiormauon component component 01 snell of rotation as: £i
=
e£ 22 = = m = " '" ~ «i
=
K2ss = «s " "
"
T T
-~
=
""
1 du , \- k^w, Adz Adz dB u u dv ,, dB 11 dv j + hw, 02 AB++Bd8 dz dO + k2W -dz-AB -dz-A-B Bd8B BdO ' > I du B d tv\ BdO B^8 + Adz Adz'\B) Bd8 A^z'\B) V 5 / ', dk-iu _\_d_ 11 13/1 dw\ 1 d33 // 11 dw\ 2j Adz Adz \A \A dz dz)' JJJ '' dz) dz A ll ' Adz dz A Adz \A dz dz dk222u_ u 1i Ja dw\ 1 dBdw 3dBdw £3t .222 _ 3L /ff l1l **dw\ dk dk u_ ,2 _}_
Rotation angles and generalized linear transverse iorces forces are are :ar transverse 1 3to dw , dw dw 11 dw 71 , uU 71 = 11 r112 )2= l2= k 2 rk Ate'* " B B 3 do~ ^"37" ' -" ' 7 &-*"■• " «0^B-dO~ "- 0^*' ~"1 a^'' « u , _ 1 _ . 1 M . 1 3tf2 g 1 H = Q 1 ++ l ^ , Qi+ Cl + B dO ' A~dl
1*£ Ife-* ' „,„ . I
(3.230) '
{
(3.231) (3.231)
Assume that the shell's lattice consists of four rod families. Its scheme is shown in Fig. 1.5. Assume also that the first two rod families are identical. All the rods are made from the same material. Constituent equations for the shell with this lattice have the form as in (1.30). The transfer from the calculation model's stressed state to forces, bending and torsional moments in the rods of each four families is performed using formulae (1.47) and (1.48). We introduce the following dimensionless values (shown by a zero index): u = Rou°[v,w,B,r,z,ai iiou 0 [u,u),B,r,z,a,-(i(»' = T74)], M)],
3.7. Shells of Rotation
175
G = EG°[X,Y,Z,g], 5 = £flbS°[^,^],
*J = JJi,*il*a,K 1 ,«a,T], JWbil*a,Ki,«a,T], M4i = = E/igjyflfll] ER*M?[Hi] (i = 1,2),
/; flg^?, J^i; = ^ fl = RlFf, $4 AT;
= fAgJVjo, EKlNio,
o i,3), 0 = 1,3),
4 )))... M (((itt= '' ==l ,M
M;= = ERlMi0 [H;}, Mj i0
(3.232)
Here the functions in square brackets are transferred to a dimensionless form in a similar way: Ro is the shell's typical linear size; g the surface load intensity. We make the shell's constitutive equations (1.30) (the same type of lattice) dimensionless: AT? A7? = =
aa inle£ il + + a Ql2£2, 12e2,
N% A? = = a Qfl2£l + a 022^2, uei + 22e2,
M°
; 7II« 7n/c° ? + 7I2KS, 7i2«S,
M% iW? = 7i2«? + 722«2,
=
H° /7° =
T°, 7 3 1 T°, 731
S° 5° = = "a112 2uj, ^,
/H° ^2=y = 74.T°. 41T°.
(3.233)
In these equations dimensionless coefficients are derived from formulae: a0,11 n
71 71
= ==
2 2F°c 4 F° F-°^s isn2i2
++ = l , - ^ +++ ^" = ~-{-^ -{-l^ ^ ^ + "4
2^°) ' W
J'
• „2 2 o2 „ _ ,jO r o / o,sin n ¥ >^ 0 s 0i 2 = J ? C 7 ° J ) ^* = ( J ? * # = £ 3 Ja) 712 - ( J , - C r J33)) 2^g a o >, 2a» ' 0 4 2 /(2J°s* o J0«4 70 Zp\ /2J,°s J° ^ Jg, 3 .G°J C7°J° 3° sin 8h 2 +++ + 722 = + ++ ~ V\ ^^ ^~ 4T 2a° 2^5 ""V^^ ^a°" 2 2a° 2a° ^ ))) ;''' ' 22 J°sin 2y> "G°J^ G°Jl, 2G°jy C7°J° 2C7°J /£ , W 2C7°^J33°cL 2 cos cosa2y 2. ■M a l " *r ^34 w ^y + J. i a +J 77 33 11 + a° a° T T ~ a° a° a° Jf sin sin222 2v 2^ 2y CG° G° G°J^ J$3 2G°Jf}s 2G°J$s 2 J.°sin T1 J$3 Jf 2^ 2G° Jf}s2 cos cos 2y> 41 = = -o + „o 0 T T^i 5 o 1 ' - . o0 • a" a3 a" a" a3 a"
.,
3.7.2
Axisymmetrical deformation
In the case of axisymmetrical strained state of the shell of rotation all the desired functions depend only on coordinate z. Here V = IJU,J = T=12 12
= S = Q22 = H11 = H22 = Y
=Q. 5 0.
The case of the shell's torsion is rather simple and we shall not examine its solution here. Without going into detail we write the ordinary differential equation system in the normal form obtained using formulae (3.229)-(3.233): 0 0 y'(z°) P(z°)y(z°) f(z°), y'0°) = = ^0 M^0) + + /0 )-
(3.234)
176
Chapter 3.
where 3/1 3/i
yy==
P\\ ••• . . . Pit PPie ^11 Pn i6
/ i1
:
, /= =
:
/» h/»
3/6
Statics
,. P P= P=
;
••.
i
•
Pel Pel -^61 •••• • • P66 P66
tr-fiinrtinn y it ai vector-fu Components of the desired vector-function and the known vector-function / are:
yi N°, ys 3/1 = u°, yi = w°, 3/3 = 71, 3/y* 4 = Af, ys = = M^, M?, hh = = h h= =h h = h-0, h-0, f* = = -AX°, -AX°, f66 = = -AZ°. -AZ°.
yy66 = = Q°, Q°,
We shall not write square matrix elements P(z°) as they can be derived from similar matrix elements for a non-axisymmetrical problem given below (m = 0 is assumed). The solution of system (3.234) should satisfy boundary conditions for a shell of rotation without a crest: Boy(z°) = &o 60 where z° = zjj, Bly{z°) = b611 where z° = z°, Biy(z°) z\,
(3.235)
where Bo, B\ rectangular matrices; 6o, &i the given vector-columns with three components. After the solution of the boundary value problem (3.234), (3.235) part of the sought for function not included in the vector-function y are determined using formulae:
+t
JV?, ii)(S«"0+ ^°) >').-/ ++a—S< * "■ (--S)(S" (—£) n M ° = ( * - S)[(*-£0= ) [ ( * - £ * ) T -~^AB^\ -^ 1 \*,-£i
)
! \
A/° = (
+
r /
no'
\
..0
«°
Oil
,0 0 0 0
0 S° '' 1
^M°.
7n
In the following calculation examples, boundary value problem (3.234), (3.235) was reduced to Cauchy's problems which can be solved using Runge-Kutta's method. To assure the calculation's stability an orthogonal trial run was made. Calculation examples. 1. Here we present the static calculation results for conic and cylindrical reticulated shells subjected to a distributed surface load whose components are determined according to formulae: X = jzsin7o, X=gzsm~fo>
Z = gz cos 70, Z cos fa,
where 70 is the angle between the shell's middle surface's generatrix and the axis of rotation. For conic and cylindrical shells these angles correspondingly are: 70 = 15°, 0°. In the calculations it was assumed that g" = 1.
3.7. Shells of Rotation
177
The shells' meridian equation: r = r 0 + *z tan 70. The boundary conditions are correspondingly a free upper edge Ni Q, = M M,t = 0 when Nx = Qi
*° = 0 z°
and rigidly fixed lower edge u= w u> == 71 71 == 00 when when z° z° == 44 (r 0 was taken as i?o). The shells' geometrical and physical parameters (the lattices rods are made from thin-walled steel pipes) were assumed as follows: h/Ro F°
= 0.1667;
E/G = 2.6;
=
-6
3.403 10 ;
(i =
m0 = 32;
J°t= 1.799 • 1 0 ~ u ,
J°,t = 3.597 • 10 - 1 1
M),
where h is the distance between the planes containing the adjacent third family rods (k = a3COS7o);TOOis the number of points of the rods' axes' intersections on the middle surface's parallel. Parameters characterizing the lattice's geometry have relationships a = 2sa3 = 2ca4 = 2nrc/m0,
t a n y = 7rrcos7o/m 0 /i.
In Figs. 3.47 and 3.48 curves 1 correspond to dimensionless longitudinal forces and the rods' bending and torsional moments of conical and cylindrical shells. To obtain the said functions' dimensional values the following formulae should be used (in contrast to (3.232) the dimensionless values' zero index is on top): N' = NT = M; M* = =
lQIQ-l1ERlN? E1%N? 6 10~ 10~6EI^M°, ERlM°,
4 (i = T74), 1,4), M' M- = W~ W-*EI$M° ERlM° («' = 1,2), 3 3 3 EF$H°. Ml //* = = 10~ \QMl = = 10lO~3EB%M°, ERlM°, 1I[ ERlH°.
(3.236)
—for a conical shell and Nt NT MMr Ml
= = = = =
l W^EJ^Nf lO~ ERlN° 10-"EI%M? WERlM? lO~4EI%M°, 10~ ERlM°,
(i = = (i (z = = (z H{
1,2,4), 1,2,4), N; N; = = lO-*Ef%N%, lQ-'ERlN°, 6 6EI^M°, 1,2), A/* M; = 1,2), = 10-10£i^A/ 3 °, 4 4 = W~W~ = ERlH°. E^H°.
(3.237)
—for a cylindrical shell. For the calculations 144 points uniformly divided over the integration interval and 24 orthogonalization points were taken which guaranteed the required accuracy thanks to which the first four significant digits were authentic.
Chapter 3.
178
Figure 3.47:
Statics
179
3.7. Shells of Rotation
Figure 3.48:
180
Chapter 3.
Statics
2. The above example's conditions, except the shells' loading and boundary conditions, are the same. The external load corresponds to the case when X° = 0,
Z°= 1.
The boundary conditions are: u = w = 71 7J = 0 when
z° = 0; 4.
The solution is shown by curves 2 in Figs. 3.47 and 3.48. The transfer from dimensionless to dimensional values, as in the previous example, is performed according to formulae (3.236), (3.237). The graphs obtained show the momentless nature of the shell's principle stressed state; the moments are localized in a narrow domain near the rigidly fixed edges. 3. Let us examine the conical and cylindrical shells in example 1. The distributed surface load is absent (X = Z = 0). A uniformly distributed linear load p is applied to the shell's upper contour z = 0 in the direction of axis z; the lower contour is rigidly fixed: Nt = —pcos7o, Mi = 0, Q i = p s i n 7 o u = w = 7i 71 = 0 with z° 2° = 4.
with
z° = 0,
We need to solve a parametric optimization problem. Find the optimum variable parameters (F3 =const) with a fixed total volume of the shells' rods' material 6i=F/F3,
S44 = FF44/F /F33
(F, = F, F 2 = FF), ), (Fi
when the modulus maximum value of function Mi in the rigidly fixed cross section (z° = 4) has the minimum value. S4 was taken as a control parameter. Variable parameter S\ was determined from a restriction type equality expressing the rods' material constant volume V:
v
2F° F° + + w 5m ir,fl3 if a°(z°) - S jf [ J£)+&*°(z°). M M -V)i >°--5m ■■ir,flS r°)
cos 70 W.o
—for a conical shell 4 ff* \2F° F° F F00'' 2F° F° [ \2F° R r0 + — ^ —+-i T " dz° = 1.589 • 1 0 -- 5 / ^3 ag a° Jo0 [ a
J
= 2 ^
—for a cylindrical shell. In addition, restriction type inequalities stemming from the physical aspect of the problem were imposed: 61 >>0,0, *S 0. £, 4>0. 4 >
3.7. Shells of Rotation
181
Figure 3.50:
Figure 3.49:
Figure 3.49 shows dependencies of a dimensionless bending moment on the support sections of a conical (curve 2) and a cylindrical (curve 1) shell on control parameter value 64. The moment which is a dimensional value was determined using formulae M, = 10-*ERlM°. Mr IQ-4ERIM°. From the graphs it follows that the optimal control parameter values are 6" = 1.25(6J = 1.06) and 8$ SI = 0.25(6* 0.25(i5- = 0.53) correspondingly for conical and cylindrical shells. 4. Now we examine a reticulated shell whose middle surface is a hyperboloid of rotation with the meridian's equation
yjbl a+' z\
r(z)=5jy*&+*
where Co, 60 are the hyperboloid's parameters. The shell's lattice consists of three rod families (Fig. 3.50) with identical cross sections. The first two rod families are rectilinear. The lattice's angle (p is derived from the formula cosip = sin a sin sin - 1J ip, where a = arctan(6o/c<>)—'ne rectilinear rods' angle of inclination to the plane of the foundation. The shell's upper edge is free and the lower one rigidly fixed. The reticulated shell's rods' weight is taken as the external load. The dimensionless parameter of the rods' total weight is assessed from the relationship d, = Rod/ Rod/E. Here the surface load components are: X° = g°s\ntl>,
y ° = 0,
Z° =-g° cosj>,
182
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.51: where i i g° = (2F/a +hF3/ F3/a )d.R^ . . 3)d.I^
The shell's geometrical and physical parameters are taken as (when transferring to dimensionless values it was assumed that RQ = co): z° = 0; *? = 4.32; &g = 2.17; G° = 0.4; F° = 7.14 • 10" 6 ; J ° = 4.87 10 - 1 1 ; J3° = 9.74 1 0 - n ; m 0 = 50; d. = 5.1 - 1 0 - s . Now we find the optimum form of the shell's middle surface by varying the relationship of the hyperbola's parameters 6O/CQ when the bending moment modulus on a supportt (z° = 2°) z\) is minimum. ng values rj We change this relationship of parameters by varying r° = r°(z%), r°(z°), tlthe rg = r°(0) and the shel radius of the shell's middle surface's parallel at its base r° shell's height remain constant. Here:
bo 60
Co
*? «?
Vtfy^'- 1
Figure 3.51 shows the dependencies of dimensionless values JV° (curve 2) and M° (curve 1) on value r?(W, = 10~9 ERoNf, Mi = l O ^ ^ A / , 0 ) . From these graphs it follows that the optimum values r? at which Mi = 0 is r j . = 1.7, which corresponds to the optimum relationships of parameters of the shell's middle surface's hyperbola (bo/co). = 3.1.
3.7.3
Non-axisymmetrical deformation
In the case of the shell's non-axisymmetrical strained state we use the separation of variables method.
3.7.
183
Shells of Rotation
If m waves along t h e middle surface's parallel corresponds t o t h e form of deformation we use t h e following formulae: u(z,6) u(z,fl)
=
u(z)cOSTO0[^7 1 ,e,,e u(z)cosm0[w,-f ,<3 K2,N tf,.Mi,A/ ,X,.Z], 2 ,K 1 ,/C 2 ,A^,yV l,e1,e2,K2U 1 ,<2 uN21,Q uQiH,Mu2M 2,X,Z],
vv(z,0) (*,0)
=
v(z)s\nm0[ v(z)nnm9[T2,u>,T,S,Q2,Q,H,HuH3Y],
where functions in square brackets are similarly converted. If we perform t h e separation of variables according to formulae u(z, 0) u(z, 0) = — u(z) u(z) sin mfl, md,
U v(z, (Z,
5) 6) = = v(z) v(z) cos m.8, m0,
t h e following results keep their constancy. Static equations (3.229) become: 1
^^+ mAS mAS-B'N + 4^Qi ^-Q1+ABX —I-i + - 2B'N2 + + ABX ABA dz az iRi ti 2 2 1ldB
= 0, 0, = = = 0,
^ + m ^ _ , B ( g + g W . „, 2->1BM - ++ T O / 1 VTOAQ 2 - / 1 £ » I -JT- + p " I + *B6
= U,
_JBM -ABQi 5; - ^L+m +1- mmAH / l t t 2 +ffM2 + B'M 2 - ABQX dz dz dz
= = 0, 0,
JJ D U DU
dRH mAM22+-~—^TOAA/ + — p i + B'H B 'BB 22-ABQ - ABQ , 42 B Q 2 2
= 0. 0. (3.238) az dz T h e relationship equations of t h e deformation components and t h e displacement vector of points on t h e calculation model's middle surface (3.230) take the form £i £i
= =
1 du du
,
., u u rTO n S; 'c22UJ, w, £22 = = B —— — -++ + —u fc UJ, = 5B U ++ A: e l /4B B B—u ' B + ^ B d / v\ + ~r~rT7 I i "y4TdlTddz"zz IV V /B 5? // ' /IdzVS/' , 22 1 d / l duA du;\ 1 d / l duA k, ,
77 -- jj -- + + kkiW, Kiw, --Adz xw,
A az m — ui w = — T"TT T UU J9 B 5 ifc ibj Kl = ibj
- >-ATz(
K 22 K2
=
H iK
2
// T mO 2
,,\
4. _k t A H U+ UkW U+^U+fc2
B B'' du; dw
W * = = 7A A^{&(-B*-J>) '-^Bdz-' >)-AtBlz-> -AtBlz-> /1 B d z '
T = rT
TO TO TO
2
Bd B B d d /v\~\ /v\]k /v\] 2 kk22 — — — k\ ki ki k\
TO TO m m
/f/du> ddw uoi
B''' \\\ B B B'
UU +U+ + +' "Ft = [B 7d7VByj I^(B)J^J■ [B[B IS(*)] - To2+-ZB(,d7-B ^+AB\d7~~B ( * t- TBU, °U)J-
,„ ,
(3239)%
Formulae (3.231) after separation of variables become 1i adw w
,
//TO m
,
\
klU c l = -- f-TjW + + ^2«J M = Alz-' " ' Ta2 = - ( 1-gW fl» + H ', = Alz-~ 4 d z " - fkl1 QIH = <3i = Q2 Q ++ I ^ i . Q IH = O <3ix + ++ ^ ^^B Bfi,t,,, ghH 2H = ° 2a + AITM dz • 771 1
(3.240)
184
Chapter 3.
Statics
To simplify t h e numerical solution of boundary value problems we reduce equations (3.238)-(3.240) and (3.233) to a system of eight ordinary differential equations in a normal form relative to functions which enter into t h e formulation of boundary conditions on parallels of t h e calculation model's middle surface z =const. Omitting intermediary transformations write 0 + f(z°). y'(z°) = P{z°)y(z°) tfVH-lVM* )+ /(*")•
(3-241)
In this system of equations
h
2/i !/i 2/1
/h1
:; , , / / == 2/8 J/8 ys
y= y=
!; , , /h h8
P11 PPnu ••■■■ •• •• Pis P pis is P= : ••. ; • /* = ; • • . : P81 •••• P88 ?88 Psi •■■■ Pas
Vector-function components y are t h e sought function: 2/i 2/1 = = = yys5
0 «° 2/2 == t»°, V°, 1/3 y3 == ww°, « ° 2/2 , N° JV? y2/66 = = S°, 5 ° , 3/7 = M ° ,
y 4 y=4=~!i, 7i,
y»,6 = «Q°? 1H „.
Vector-function components / depend on t h e nature of t h e shell's surface load: fi = /< = 00 (i = 1,4), M),
fs = -AX°,
f/77 = 0,
h = -AY°,
/fs« = = - A-AZ°. Z°.
The non-zero matrix' elements P(z°) have t h e form: P Pnn1 Pu
= — =
Pis PlS P i s5
= —
P266
==
4f+^4
aQn-B" n B00' ' ftn-B Pu 2 == Bo"' a«1n BB °o'' P ' A4 /I a n ', /I A Cfl2
( 0 a12 „ \ ctumA ctumA 13 = B T ' PP13 ~A 1I *i + + — — k* 22 ', PO"' = -A[k "anB°' _ mA m/1 mA B°' B°'
P21 — "go", -gj-,
P22 = —P88 - P 8s 8s = "go", "™-,
,
1 ,, 711^0 , auk°B0' _ 711V = P78 = pPM =P7 = -4, A , p 4i = + a , , B!—-, 34 34=p 78 8 ° 712 a a„nfB° i° Qi2mfc°/1 0 a D O/!- ' P*3 fcj k2 1 , = aumfc »43 _ == dA[/ 7 1 2 J 1 ,1- i2,.o,.oA k k 0 o-' V 7n B P « = •* I 1 " otnB \ 711 aa nn l' 2%)/ . 0 00 otnB \ 711 an V 7.2B ' k°A 712B == 45 = 0 Bo"' 7.2B ' PP45 * ?.1*' 7n B° = Bo"' P 4 5 = ' A B0 2 1 f a n((B °')') , 0 , 0 iA A 7,1 B° P51 n22k°k°-y = A , 3 B^ 2 +m"fcy^73iA = , Psi = -goT a '"A 0 * 1 f ( °') 2,0,0 J, i 0 =: + m k^y A , B B,°'' Psi = goTB ° Qo 31 ' / A 1.0 731 2.0\ = ma P&3 0-B°' <0goT, C»0^2 " 02 B°' / ,0 73i . o \ 2 B° B u = P53 = = -go- ( a o ^ -^[Qok'i-^m'k j,, 0-^, or = rna mcto-goT, - \-^m'k") A P53 2 m ffc°7; ==: m cl1Sl^, P 5 5 = ^ — - l j — B* \an B0 ' = mkll3iw, P s s = ( _ _ l j _
.,0
,4/:? P31 PP31 n1 == -Psg -pss ~Pss == Ak ul, 2 P* P422 P*2
P444 P** P44 P477
P47 P47 PS22
Ps2 Ps2 PM PS41 PM
Hi
20.
3.7. Shells of Rotation 56 Pse "Pse -
= =
fc°73i(fc°-<:0)l ^ a^ ^ 2 JJ''
m/1 [
- a B« ir[l T + --flir[l + b L'
PeiPel = ^ = ^ . P62 Pei
185
[(«o -- V-V-33 -- A*?) °B°-- ft*?] ft*?] ,, [(«o A * ? ) B°* B°' -- (0(0o + ft73i)V-o* ft73i)V-o*22°B° O +
( aO0 0-- ^^3 (a -il> 3) ) 0
m22V> V>22M ,4 pp
3
m^fc°/t f
B° *» - —gb— \ ,n
I. n
Q
,,
2 2 /?,(B°') ft(B°')
o+-
- .n
1
(g°)" 7 3 1 (B°)"
, A
7n73i\ ,f' , , . TtoTtaN
^ +^^r-i/'1(ft + — J
.n. Or)
+ ifcjTii [*? + ( * ; - i t ? ) L L
"<>ii. 11J
0, 0 0 + -^h' 0, -l3lB 0 (A'B 0 3131AB A3B(fil "731-D ^ D -t-z/ic ;jp + -^h ++ 2AB°')}Y 2AB°')}Y 31'AB -l3lB (A'B i
t ^1+Af t'' f7^t3* i/,))BB 000 ' - fAt ] , ^ ^[ [( (Af t- -Af +
=
"*
gjM, "^M,
P« =
=
in
=! !
P64 P 64 = =
^[(A-A+A'fti)B '-A],
3^
,,,,,,,,, , lQ,2+(fc?_fc?)fc?73i] ,,o
,0w0
I
"OnD" 11^
'
*; 2a - -*{£■+ (tf^-- ^2a~
P°° ~ -^{-Bo-
+
{
k
,. ((*gt f --*;? ) * ? [ A S " '
+
2a 2a, 2a II22 ' " 1 ! I22
L 0'^27ai 12
, / ,
73,a'12\]\
*)]}■
"L fio + \7 \7\\V3 . ' 3 . ~ "12 — //Jj JJJj J)| • B° [[I B° B° "
0 2 . ,mrl> 1 (MoB , mm?l3 /?,, xk2A\ mV>2fc°A 1 (MQB°' ' 2k°A = ^ Per = = (( 7 7 ^ (^ — — — g5— J , ++ -i---712) P " _= P67 = (731 T3t a n 1i J3 )-1nB° ^^ ^55 iH r-,,' ' PT. I*. = ^ — — + —gj ^ BO V"~T~ Bo J'
7ni>
3 rnrnVAB ft\B°'rV 0' 1 [r[m ,, . . /. 1 P73 = I(^AM\ i^ I ~ ~ --gg p J "go. ^ = ^ P73 5 T ) J 5 " , ^ = g o T[ m W \ B* J B° ' B°' [ ^ ^
P76
,.o ,.0 ,,o
= 1*2
,o> M A .ox ,o> / Mj l} 2B°an
^
0 / 7 . 2 . ,\,\B ha /7i2 \B B°t 'f'
« / , ,iV , 2o i ft(B°') 0o(B°Y— — j ., A J
B°' 7u 1 / Q~ L O00D O0D0 O0' 0 „ 2 . / . O _2222 I _ a D 000 ' \ " i ( ao^B°B° oit B B SB '-mVo/Jo-m '--mmVVooAf t--mm ftct222fAB t BB °''), P<"P<" -gbl( A ), ^7(aoit P81 = - "go! _
P« P« P82 = =
ma0k2A A & J 03 B° --m - m2/3Mi Q -053r oot "ofcj £ A,V>i + 0V> B0 g ^05 ,, P83 P83 = =^ "goT o*22 B B M\ , ,m2B0'
P" ((A) f "t--A -AAA ) ^j^fk,, A = 0 7*4 = PS.P84 A ))")^ 6
P"
=
/
* '"- * 22B5o^^ I '
/?.(B°?
^fl0 A2B02
,
a,
== S|*§), p* A(t? + A(k° ++ S2*§), ^k} = A(tf A Ift,+ k2\ , ft,pm g5
s% i-»n' 0 „ mfoB '
(l f c , f c j 2) l, ) n r>nJ
0
2
92
>
P*7 87 =—
P
^
m2inA -f„A m r-nj
"- ^ B ^ -
Heree for brevity the following symbols are introduced a0 ft A
otjj — a ,22«u> a [ i , ftA = 722 7i27n\i = arjj — aj 7M - 7ii7n 0 = = 731+741, ftA = ll+7i27i~,\ + 7 « 7 n . ftA = 7 33 iiB ° - 7 3 i B ' ,
,
186
Chapter 3.
Statics
, fl°'fc° rrr>_ m2 a, 00 00o o = *2 - —j^-, - gB° 5 ~ > 0i 0 i =■ -goT ^BQ 0> T -fc *22,<
_1 ,0x^ 12731 *03 = [l-(fc?-fc2)f^l , 03 03 =: ( «(fc°-*°)M»I. i k 2cri2 J an 2ttl2 ~ k*>—z— 2anJ an 2
Q
2
Functions A^, Af2, Hi are determined through vector-function Oil components y using relationships
N
0
=
a00B° B0'
0 0
ma w o0 00 1,
0 L00 0
1 2 0»r0 ,aa"12
Q B° m «V +aok , W0+, i 2 »,o f a* e t« -I-a -/ V > =W W +~W / ", , 0
0
0
00
0
0 2
Q11
,,0 A>0o 7i 2 0 0B , 000 0 (5 fti wO #000 „ 0 , 0 ,,0 $>0o 0 , *a /1 PoB . 7 nM , .0 1, + M2 = = —u +Miw *» _- ^-AB^> ^ 7 + — ^ A/,, >' A/ + Ml™ - ——u" T " T/Wl ™ "AW 7n /ID" 711 00 0 mk^3i mjziB ' r, "^731B ' „ „o "t^°73i m-y B ' 771731 731Qo 3l 0 0 . 731 ™fc°73i "*731 A"' 000 , m+731 ,+{k ,,0 .Ox fcJ731 S co H„o kl) 2a12 0 7 i + l * j >12 > = -B^U~^B^W -&r* 2c^ 2a When the shell of rotation has no crest, boundary conditions can be written as (3.235). Then 60 a n d &i are column-vectors with four components. Thus, a static calculation of a shell of rotation whose lattice is shown in Fig. 1.5 (the first rod families are identical) reduces to the solution of boundary value problems (3.235), (3.241) for different values m. The coefficients of equation system (3.241) are given for the case when the transversal force components Q\ and Q2 in the first two static equation (3.229) are omitted: this simplifies equations (3.241) without significantly changing the solutions. In the following calculation examples these problems were reduced to Cauchy's problems which were solved using Runge-Kutta's method with discrete orthogonalization. Calculation examples. 1. Wind force calculations were performed for a conical shell whose design and fixing satisfy the conditions of example 1 described in the previous section: X = Y X y = 0,
Z= = g(z)(ko + + k\ cos 90 + fc k22cos 26) cos 70,
where ko = —0.7; k\ = 0.5; k2 = 1.2 are aerodynamic coefficients; g(z) = 0(2) = 2 . 4 5 o2Ag (l-O . 7 5 * i r 1 1)).o(l-0J5zHIn the last formula H is the shell's height (H = Z\). In accordance with the nature of the external load, calculations were performed with m = 0,1,2. Then these calculation results were summarized. The curves of dimensionless longitudinal forces and moments in the four rod fami lies of the conical shell's cross section z = 0.916// are presented in Fig. 3.59. In calcu lating the dynamic parameter of the dynamic wind force was taken as g% = go/E = 1. The transfer from dimensionless values whose graphs are shown in Fig. 3.52 to di mensional ones must be performed to formulae JV; N" = = fj/igjVio, ER^Na, M* 10 -4 ER%Mi00(i = M ; = io-'£/jgM,
M).
3.7. Shells of Rotation
187
Figure 3.52: 2. We now examine a reticulated shell whose middle surface is a hyperboloid of rotation (Fig. 3.50). The calculation parameters coincide with the corresponding parameters of the shell previously examined (example 4 in the previous section). The boundary conditions are: TV, =
S = QIH = MI=0
= iu> = io = 7 !1 = 0 u =
when
when
z° = 0,
z° = 4.32.
The external surface load is determined according to its following components (the main components of the wind force): X = Y = 0, where
Z° = -0.95g° cos 26,
g° = kg° sin xfr ifr (k {k = 0.7; g° = 5.5 • 10" 9 ).
The problem is to parametrically optimize the shape of the shell's middle surface (see example 4, Sec. 3.7.2). The calculation results are presented in Fig. 3.53 as dependencies of dimensionless maximum num values M° (curve 1) and N° (curve 2) in the rigidly fixed cross section of the shell 4.32) on dimensionless parameter r°. From curve 1 it follows that the lell (z° = 4.32)
Chapter 3.
188
Statics
Figure 3.53: optimal control parameter r° when bending moment modulus Mi has the minimum value will be r°, = 1.7(6oA* = 3.1). Hence, the optimum form of the shell's middle surface (within the class of surfaces under review) is also optimum for the external load expressed by the weight of the rods (Fig. 3.51). To obtain the force and moment dimensional values we must apply the following relationships: 7 i o l0ERlM°. N Mj = 1 0 - lQTV, W-7ERoN°, \Qt = 10-
3.7.4
Cylindrical shell m a d e from c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l
Let's fulfill the statical design of the closed, latticed, round, cylindrical shell, formed by two families of rods whose axes coincide with the spiral lines of the middle surface. All rods are made of one and the same material and have similar cross sections when ifi = —
(W
V2hdQ'\
E EF F , \\4R4R AR 4R da da )) '' «■ - - ^2 *¥"+•{£+£%)■
W
T+
'in
act i
, V2rh2 ddQ" «1 K+ K2 - -i±^lEJ,+-K-l±^EJ N -+^N'-^^ -9l. 2 24R 8R 8R da da ' 24R
==
In these formulas ££ll
= =
1 du \_du
fldb' Rdc^' fldb'
w w 7r «' =R>
£2£2 = 2 =
(3.242)
3.7. Shells of Rotation
189 1
<»•»>
2
where u, w—longitudinal and cross displacement of points of the middle surface shell. Using the formulas (1.98), we'll find AT, = Qi == O,
N2 = N = N'/a, V2Q'/a. N/20*/O.
Mx1=Mi =M7
=M =
M'/a, (3.244)
For a cylindrical shell the conditions of equilibrium will be (taking into consideration only loading q) dN dM dQr da da da Thus, the formulae (3.242)-(3.245) represent the complete system of equations for solving the considered problem (twelve equation relatively to twelve unknown functions). Thus the system of ordinary differential equations has the sixth order and for the solution it's necessary to take into account the three boundary value conditions. These conditions have the form:
t-o- £ = "**■ » - £ - *
<^>
N = M = w = 0 when
(3.246)
a = ±a0 = l/2R 1/2R
where /—the length of the shell. The first of these conditions leads to the fact that N = 0. Further, from the system of differential equations we'll find: d*w
s~ -
E/G £/G = = 30;
i/ = 0.3;
l=l.8R; l=l.SR;
h = 0.166/.
Maximum deflections and longitudinal strains in the rods appear the middle section of shell (a = 0). Their quantities are equal to: aRq w = 2 5 4 ^ , (7 = 288..99^^.. (3.247) qE qE q Fulfilling the similar design, using the classic rod bending theory of a latticed shell the results (3.243) will be changed for the following: a = 22 77 .. 00 ^^.. w w = 18lf§, qE qE q9 tfip considered mns The comparison shows that in the design example the usage increases maximum deflections and strains, correspondingly 40% and 7%.
190
Chapter 3.
3.7.5
Statics
Shell of rotation made from nonlinear elastic material
Let us examine the deformed state of a reticulated shell of rotation whose deformation is so great that the application of Hook's law results in large errors. Assume that the reticulated shell of rotation is formed from several rod families. Each family of rods has constant cross sections, angle
B'
N[ =
- B
N i
'
-
WQi
R^' t
Q\ = Y1Nl~§Q% B^ B
+
B' +V -jN2 ~BB ' A
AX,
TR2iN2~AZ' r-»/
B' M[ = -AQ M[ -AQ +— ^M ^M, AQi ~ l -5-Af, l-^M 2M, 2 l-^M l 1^M
(3.248)
-B
where the accent ' denotes differentiation according to coordinate a changing along the meridian of the shell's middle surface. The middle surface's deformations are expressed through displacements using formulae: B'u B'u w_ w =AB~~AB++ R-R~ >2' 212 B'-f! w' w' uu = AB' ~A~%' Taking for the axisymmetrical state u> = r = 0 from (1.99) we find: £l
u' w A + R~r ~/[ A'
=
£2
-~&
"■ - 4
-I-*,
Si + K2S1) e] = £ic do]2 + e2s2? + + Z(KIC* z(iacj + S7)
(»' (»=T7n). (• = l , n ) .
W
(3.249)
(3.250)
For an arbitrary deformation law 6' = $;(e*)i using formulae (1.99), (1.101), (3.250) we derive the following constitutive equations:
N
dF * = £ -- / /f>w M*)*"^ *>* = £ - JFi/ f<w *wdFdF»" N*=£ » n
J2 _2
nn
rf
2
^t
ifc^WR: Mi = - X £X ))J1-- // / *M* *Mz)dF i(z)dfi; M22 = = = -- TV 2/«(«)tfi; zfi(z)dFt] Mi = t\ */<(*)«**iJ ^ £ ^ -fi- / / */«W^i! (It
/i(2f) /<(z) fi(z)
= = =
2
I c
2
*#<[
(3.251)
The equation system (3.248), (3.249), (3.251) describes the calculation model's stressed and strained state. Supplementing it with the necessary boundary conditions we obtain the boundary value problem for the nonlinear integro-differentiation system.
3.7.
Shells of Rotation
191
We can numerically solve the boundary value problem by realizing a step-bystep process according to t h e deformation parameter having quasilinearized it using t h e Newton-Kantorovich m e t h o d . T h e parameter can b e a load parameter or a certain functional of t h e solution (deflection a t a characteristic point, a n integral from t h e deflection e t c ) . In t h e second case t h e load is not the known function and must be specified. Assume t h a t t h e solution is known a t t h e initial moment (t = 0). T h e n , assigning a small increment At to t h e parameter and assuming t h a t t h e solution's small increment corresponds to it we then find this increment. Denoting t h e solution a t t = tn through y = (u,w,"fi,Ni,QiMi)* and assigning At we shall find Ay = {Au,Aw,Afi,ANuAQi,AMi)'. Let us expand t h e equation's nonlinear terms into Taylor's functional series and retain linear t e r m s relative to t h e sought increments. Then t h e linearized constitutive equations take t h e form: iVi + A M Ni+ANi
= Aee22 - r+0 013A*:, = S0nnA Aee,i ++00,2 i 3 A « ; 1 ++0g1u4AK A 2/ c 2 -+r 0 gi 5ls; 12A
521 A£i + 022 A e 2 + 023A/C1 + 524 A/c A « 22 + 52s; N2 + AN2 = 021 Mi + AMi AAf,
= 031 03i A e , -|- 032Ae 2 + 533A/CJ + A K 2 0 33 44 -I+ 0535; 35;
M2f+AM A 2 + A 2M 2
= = 004iA£i 4 , A e i + 0 4 2 A £ 2 + P 4 3 A K , +044A/C2+045,
where 0 t J are determined by the formulae
*i "f £ 9u = E - /I ffdF,; K 9» = E !^a? // ffdF,; to = = E ftdF» 512 S» = gS*»21> = ' = /?'*"« tia'Jr. U ' Jr. "
.4
f
■
-4
/•
z dF
d dF 522 ^ to ==--<73, <-> 522 = =E fi^ *> -**»»===EEEl^aiiaiJr, E ai-- // Jf ** = II*f?z$$dF »» iri Jr. ai a T^i JF, T^i * Jr. i «• JF, i= i=1 zZ dF dF 014 = -54. 5,4 -04, ff fi » >> 524 «24 = -042 — / f? » to -942 = = E a- / *fiMi\ ^Zfir fdFF » 5.4 - 5 «==E E * t t£1 i aa> U >Jr. a"■ =T ' JJr. r. i^i •»« 1=1 > Jr. U >Jr. n n n 4A C <,i? C? Z ddFF 523 -532 == E E a-— - // ^fi -> = =E E a? 7 7 // */fiMi . ^-<; 523 = "32 -32 ; to »SIS «= aaii JF aa J t r ' ^ tr «^. 7^ t t ^ > fei ' Jr. r £? "i Jfi £1 ' n o *
Etil'S**-'to= ± i[f.dF,;
f dF E / s/ '. ^ "533 == - -t^j/ffd E r / ^ Fi; »*»= = tS^tJ, to £ iJ w> -—til/***
F
44 = = 544
s -£ irlyi°dF,; 535 == -- EE -a! // 2z/f'-dF^»; , — 93s 535 -- yE - /1 z2*•/<«■;■; f?dF» ffs ^B a 1^1 , = 1 -a • •/* - » • .1 == 11a - -—J* -/^> l^i - •/« .=1
ff = dfidf(e-)/dsl (e-ydel zf.dFs, 045 = - Y 545 EE '- -l /[ 'f<Mi 'f<Mi i; f? ii(e-)/dsl t(t( a<< Jr. Jr. Linear equations (3.248), (3.249) have t h e same form relative to t h e increments. Introducing notation 2 = (ei,e2, KI, K2, N2, M2)' we can present t h e finally linearized
192
Chapter 3.
Statics
equation system as: Ay'= AiAy + BiAz + AcFi;
TAz = CAy + G.
Matrices\ A\,Bi,C,F\,G,T are AuBx,C,FuG,T * easily constructed, thus we do not present them here. After evident transformations we obtain Ay' = DAy + AcF, + F 2 ,
(3.252)
where F2 = BXT~XC, D = Ax + BxT-'C. BiT^C. It is seen that the matrix inverse of T exists until gu933
— gi393i
^ 0.
Choosing certain functional $(y) of the solution as parameter t we derive
Al =jr(d £§%,
(3.253)
Assigning boundary conditions in the form: TiAy Y = 0 at xAy r 22Aj/ T Ay = 0 at
a = 0, Q = QQ a0
(3.254)
we obtain a boundary value problem for the equation system (3.252) with boundary conditions (3.254). The sought solution can be presented as: Ay = AcAyi + Ay 2 , where Ayi, Ay2 are solutions of equations correspondingly AyJ = DAyt + Ft; Ay'2 = Z?Ay2 + ^2 satisfying boundary conditions (3.254). The solutions are obtained through numerical integration using orthogonalization of particular solutions according to S.K. Godunov [13]. Increment Ac is obtained from conditions (3.253). Thus, if parameter t is the deflection at point a . then Ac = [Atofft.) - (Aw(o.)),]/(A»(o.))i. The results of the calculation examples are given in the work [56]. Thus it is found that more than four iterations are not required for practical purposes.
3.8
Momentless Theory
An analysis of the above solutions for the moment theory makes it possible to conclude that the reticulated shell's strained state can be broken down into basic and edge effects (just as in the continuous shell theory).
3.8. Momentless Theory
193
The basic stressed state is usually substantial over the shell's entire middle surface and can be a momentless and purely bending one. The edge effects are local solutions for the middle surface's strained state near the distortion line. This stressed state can be broken down also because the moment system differential equations in the reticulated shell theory contains a small parameter for the leading derivatives and in a particular case passes to a corresponding system of moment equations as in the continuous shell theory. The study of many problems based on a differention method makes it possible to substantially simplify the approximate solutions.
3.8.1
Basic equations and relationships
Static equations in the momentless theory have the form: 1 dA2S dB ABX A g x _ = 0, -JVa A dp d/3 da 2 1 dB Kr A „ „ oa'sSN ., dA o/\ + ABY = 0, NN N +ABY ABY + +Aar A -dF++++B^a-~ -dT B^a-~ ^dP ^ = = °°' -dF ^ - B-do--^dp ^ - ~ ^ /V, A^ 25 A^- +A/, —-z = 0. — —- +Rn ri\ n-2 R2 R12 tttf Ri R2 Ri
dBNit dBNj dBN da dAN2
(3.255)
Geometrical equations in the momentless theory are: 11 UU du £l
£i W W
=
v dA V Oft.
+
+klW; AdaA-Bd0 AB-d0 j \ oa J\U A-BdP op dv u dB I1I dv u dB dv u dB + ,,,hw B dp AB da ' ~ Bdp^ U op AB AH3daOa B dp da 11 du du dv u dA vv 2tu I dv du I dv u dA v dB dB 2w 2w = + + a_ A D an A 1 + Bdl Afa~Al3lW~ABda~~R^' '" Bdl) Afa~Al3dlJ~ABda~~R^' '" Bdl) Afa~Al3dlJ~ABda~~R^
.
((3.256)
'
The constitutive equations can be written as: Ni = Cnn£i £i + Ci2£2 + Ciew, C2i£2 + +CWd, CiQUl, A/j = Cn£\ C2]£l + C/22£2 S = Cg\£\ C6,£i -Ie2 + CflsW. Csew. +C L'6622£2
(3.257)
The system (3.255)-(3.257) of nine equations contains the required nine functions: u,v,w,ei, £t,u,Ni, N2,S. U,V,W,£i,£t,U,Ni,N2,S. The general order of this system of differential equations is four. When solving it, the two tangential of the four boundary conditions for the reticulated shell's moment
194
Chapter 3.
Statics
theory should be satisfied. The conditions for using the momentless theory in the study of isotropic shells are given in the book [15, p. 323]. In the case when two tangential boundary conditions are not specified a method based on the formal introduction of a small parameter into these conditions can be applied (see Sec. 3.4.4c). Static (3.255) and geometrical (3.256) momentless equations coincide with the corresponding equations for the continuous shell theory, hence have heen thoroughly studied. Thus, it is very well known that the characteristics of the static momentless equations are the middle surface's asymptotic lines [64], [71]. The types of these equations depend on the sign of the middle surface's Gaussian curvature which can be correspondingly elliptical, hyperboloid or parabolic depending whether the Gaussian curvature is positive, negative or zero. The solution of the homogeneous system (3.256) of geometrical equations (ei = e2 = w = 0) refers to infinitely small bending deflections of the shell's middle surface. We exclude tangential deformation components from the momentless system of equations (3.255)-(3.257). To do this we substitute their values (1.35) which are the solution of system (3.257) in Eq. (3.256) 6) 11 du v dA ,, du v dA - ,,kiw ,, + ai S, anNi +012/^2 3 A da Ada AB AB dp dv „ ., _ I1 dv uu dB - - k kwww ~ZZ ~T5"H "H ++ *?i == a2\N^ °2iAri++a +a22 a2222 a23 + ++~T5 ~B -^5 NNN b,b, 222++ a23 Bd0 AB B dp AB da tl op Ati Oa 11 dv vv dB 2w 1I du du dv dB 2w 3 (3.258) D 031^1 +32032^2 + aa3333S. S. D ^ + + 7T 7^ - - T7-=-5 ^ ^ _ - " 75— 5 _ = "31^+a N2 + -258 BdlJ Bdp Afa~~AB~da~~R^ Ada AB da R\22 The system (3.255), (3.258) consisting of six momentless equations contains the six required functions; three displacement vector components of middle surface's points and three linear tangential forces. After solving the momentless theory problem it is not difficult to calculate the corresponding bending deformation components and from them the moments and transverse forces. It is necessary to determine the above values if there is a danger that the momentless stressed state is close to degeneration or has degenerated.
3.8.2
Shallow shells
In Sees. 3.4.1-3.4.4 we studied boundary problems for shallow shells rectangular in plane using the moment theory. From the numerical results of a great number of problems it follows that the stressed state can sometimes be separated into momentless and edge effects in the vicinity of the supporting contour. Hence a numerical algorithm is suggested for solving momentless theory boundary value problems of shallow reticulated shells rectangular in plane as examined in the indicated sections.
3.8. Momentless Theory
195
We write a system of differential momentless equations (using the dimensionless values introduced into Sees. 3.4.1-3.4.4) as:
aw.0 dS° dN° as 0 v0 „„ dW° dN° dN° 9dS dS 5 „„ 00 „ v0 v0 — - + ++Y \r Y=0 + =0 = 0= 0 +x =0 da l£ !i} !i}+x #3/? ++ ^ a^ l£ ' -at '' '
(3.259) (3.259)
Jfc?AA? k°N°2°-Z - Zz = = 00 Jfc? ? +-I-fc°JV k°N°
—equilibrium equations A? = N° = audu°/da + audv0/d/3 + a13w0, N% = a21du°/da + a22dv°/dP + a23w0, 0 0 S° = a34(du°/dl3 + dvdv /da) /da)
(3.260)
—elasticity relationships. From Eqs. (3.259) and (3.260) we obtain a system consisting of four differential equations in partial derivatives resolved relative to derivatives with respect to coordinate a
£ = -*•*-
du° dv°0 at; dv° 0 00 a W du° 03 f = -Bo^ -B — + B — -iWV, — Z, —-— ~d3 + 5/3 "+ B04S, 03 01 ' 9 Q Bo3 at* a fl\rO a co a co ayy-o dNf ds° 8S° ds° dN° Af° 0 0 dNl B x Bob 15 9/3 ~da~ ~~dj ~ ' ~da~ 9 Q dp - Y Y ' dp ' da
(3.261) (3261)
-t - -%-*• £' "W- '
where Oi3 ai3k° p "13 Ol3 Q + 0a2233fc° ^2 ^ 1l 3 ^ °? + 0 nn B i>oi — rr ,, -"02 •B02 — 7757 0l aa a a £>oi — 737 757 #02 — 7757 r7,, a a k22(ai a a a ) K ( a i < i 2 i <223<2n) * fc2( 2 ( . 13 1 3 21 2 1 — <223 <223<2ll)' ^ ( 1 3 2 1 —
—
<Jl3
'
£>04 — a 3 s , "<*3S 35'
~ jfc '
£>05 — 7"5fc2 «7
The unknown momentless problems not included into the system of equations (3.261) are derived from inequalities w° = vv W°
2 -N°
1
r
rk A 0
)N? a1uBfB01t011Z° ZZ00 anB02 + ((aau„B03 —- ((I1 ++ a„fl )JV? + f l i B- -aan)^ o12„)^-) - ^ - -« ,ail Q3)N° a«013 [. d/J d^ 113 33 L 13 "P it0 0 1 < J_ zZ°• _ i LO^I L0 w -+l - — --^-N° + f.o^ —Z° Jfc ' ft 2 " ft. 2 " jj
''
,
,,
Hereinafter we shall consider the stressed state's symmetry along coordinate ji and rigid fixing the shell's edges with 0 = ±/?o: v°(a, 0) 0) = 5°(a, S°(a, 0) 0) = 0,
u°(a, «°(o, /?„) A ) = u°(a, o°(a, &) A) = s 0.
(3.262)
196
C h a p t e r 3.
SUtics
Using t h e strip method and conditions as in (3.262) we reduce system (3.261) to t h e following one consisting of 4(m — 1) ordinary differential equations in t h e normal form (i = 2 , m — 2): „0' "l
_ =
D 7O vO D Jl/O "03„B T) "o3 „o BQ\Z — B02Nn i — o;oI~ X -DOl^l — ■D02-'V I ~ 2'2' 1
«!' = uf = u°' „0' ,,0' U m—1 m -1
•r
_ -
Botf-BvNZ-^iv^-vU), •B01Z,B— So2Ai, — u; -^(v°+1-vU), 0iZf-B mN° in D
7O
D r>
r-0 co
DA/0 Bp3_ °"3.. Q0 U tB02Nlm_ i>02^Vi ■ '02^Vim_i - " ^ " m - 22-.
D 7O B -O t0iZ fO omIi_^l -- Ii -
0'
zn
" /e 0
in
0 0\
(uS - II?).
u : *--w, B04S°-±(u° 5,°-^(U? «£-! = ■Bo4^,_ +1-U?_ ", — B „ , v"1+1 ".-1/1 "m-1= ~ u * ~ . I + ^U« v° = tC-i ««^-i+4 04 +1-uU), 2A»-»' 1
1J
m
TV 0 '
^ AT"' J v JV
J Vl m - 1
lm-l
=.
-
_Lc°
1U°' _ J_fc?
5 2l ^l 2zn/ T 2 ' < "'• = ~ 2fc zft m 2 .Sm-2 2h ~ Zft
- '
-
^
2 + 4ft2 ! m " " ■"- !"' " " "" ! ft2 i l !"m-I» ft"
4 lfit ' 4
S? 5?' = | ^ ( A ? a - 0 , 5 f = ^ « . + 1 -<_,), co' 5
—
3^05 0 ,. B03B0S B01B05 BOIBQS „ 0 B03B0S 0 B03B05 00 Bos .r0 ; = -2^ - 2 B2^TZZ-'"-4B^' - 4 ^ 2 ^ ' ;;""'' - 22++B^^22 ^ ,,; " "- -- 11 -- ^^""JJVVl "—' -22 --
/ , „ni (( 33 22 66 33 )) ''
Here it is assumed t h a t X = V = 0. From t h e symmetry and boundary conditions with /? = 0o it follows t h a t u^, = 7Jg = < = 5§ = 0. T h e other desired functions on straight lines with number 0 a n d 772 are: 0
/j 0
0\
«s <=^(4
^lm QO
_
B0i Q
B03
Q 0 ■ ( 4 ^ - , - ^ -
~ i>02 B 0 2 m 2£ £>02 ££>02 tl i£>02rt -
Q
35, 0
Ih•(*£.
a
) ,
4u^
When integrating equation system (3.263) it is necessary t o take tangential bound ary conditions into account with a = c o n s t . T h e numerical solution can be performed with a larger pitch t h a n when integrat ing moment equations without using special methods guaranteeing t h e calculation stability as a small parameter is absent in t h e equation system and its fundamental system of integrals does not contain variable solutions. Certain problems in Sec. 3.4.4 were solved using t h e momentless theory considering a simple edge effect (from a practical point of view this solution is acceptable provided we consider t h e shell's domains as rather remote from its angle zones). Agreement of
3.8. Momentless Theory
197
the obtained results with those of the boundary value problems' numerical solutions in the reticulated shell moment theory (Sec. 3.4.4) was satisfactory. The comparison of certain results is given in Sec. 3.9.3. It should be pointed out that when solving the problem we used the modified edge effect solution obtained in the indicated section. As this is so we can sometimes separate the stressed state into momentless and simple boundary effects for very shallow shells. This is very important also for solving boundary value problems in the continuous shell theory: if we use an ordinary solution of a simple edge effect, the error of the support's maximum bending moment with the shell's rigid fixing can in real cases reach 20 per cent while the modified solution in fact coincides with the moment theory's results.
3.8.3
Shells of rotation
The part of the general momentless equation's system for the shells of rotation which does not depend on the lattice structure and the elasticity of its rods has the form
ggJVi
95
™+4-**+M ABX ^ ae + 5u ^ +" * dz
" "■
^L ^ - Z = %- + + %--Z iii ill
H.2 "2
o,
0
(3.264)
for static equations, ft ft u W
1 du l_du , ]_dv 1 dv , + k2W k2W 1 £2= + = = ^Jo;** Bd9 '' Bd9 Adz '+*'* i » , £'=Bw ]_du ]_dv B' \_du 1 dv B'L = Idu Ldv_B V BdO^ Adz AB Adz' " Bd6~ Bd6 + Ad~z~ ABV
(3.265) K '
for geometrical equations. In these equations the accent (') denotes a derivative with respect to z. A closed system of momentless equations for shells of rotation consists of (3.264), (3.265) and constitutive equations (3.257) depending on elasticity of the lattice. Using the method of differentiation of variables (see Sec. 3.7.3) we can write equations (3.264), (3.265) as: dBNi < ^± + + mAS mAS-B'Ni + ABX =^^ - B'Ni + dz 1 dB Jp22S c -mAN2 2 + -—— + + -mAN + ~-=r^-—— + ABY ABY aB dz B~ dz D ill
'
D i^2
-z
= o, 0, = = o, = 0, = 0
(3.266)
198
Chapter
3.
Statics
for static equations, 1
=
U> w =
(3.267)
+ U+ -BU+ATZ\B) Adl\B) -B ATZ\B)
for geometrical equations. By transposing equations (3.257), (3.266), (3.267) we can present t h e m as a system of fourth order ordinary differential equations in t h e normal form (3.241) y'(z0)
= P(z0)y(z°)
+ f(z0f(z ). 0).
(3.268)
Here t h e desired vector-function components y are: Sfi = «°, S/i
J/3 = iV?, j/3
Vi = v°,
5/4 = S °0 ,
and vector-function components of free terms / for t h e lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 (the first two rod families are identical) are derived from formulae
/. /1 J\
A(a„fc° A ( a „ f c °+- raa12 n *°) t f UZzo0 7557-1 , 0 22 , , \T '1
-
fc A:? ? , -2 (( Qa12
0
RO'
|■°^ 70 hA =" k°B°
0 . 1ttlia 22)) n0a022) 2
- ^
, _ nu
= /H2 =
U
i'
4 mA_ =|^0-^ u' k°B°
T h e square matrix's non-zero elements P(z°) corresponding to t h e given rod's lattice are assessed using t h e following inequalities: Pnn P P..
-
P21 =
k°B0' ^ o0B0o ,-' k°B° 1m7 1/ /l1
-"So"' 55-'
_ mk°A ~~ f c ofc°B°' B o '
"Pi' 22 =-
DO' r.0 DO
B ' ' (/ k\\ S *?\ - ^ O - ^ + itfJ' mit°A
?43 P43
0
_
0 2 fof n tt°' + t°f] _A_ A_ [ t _ ((antf 12) + a,^ttttut'f ] fcj f c f ( Q fcf( » - a aun [ ? a ? -a a a22 r' 2 Q 2 n n 2 2 ))J' f(°12 — Qfll«22)J
P22 ° "** '1 P24 P »" == U** PP24 « ===
00
P33 =
P
PP 44 44
~ ~~kW> ~ ifcSfi '
A_^ n
', ctu' mmA A P34-"gF.
0 2£ 22B B 00''' -""BO-
Functions not participating in forming t h e b o u n d a r y condition with z° = const and hence not included as components into t h e desired vector-function y are deter mined from t h e final relationships i*N° v2 °
2
_-=
ifc° Jfc°
1
- — iN° + -Z° —Z° u ) v l + jfc° '' k°
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory
w°o W
=
B m B°' w o0 ° o U ~ABX ~BW B°kf2V ' AB°kf aQnfc? + Q22fc° ct22k% No nk° + K1 (aj22 - a U Qa22 (a\ na)fcf i2)kf
(a? 22
--
199
Q a\\H Qn VO zo Z°. aua22)k^ onQn)kf
The solution of this system of differential equations must satisfy the tangential boundary conditions (the shell has no crest) B0y(z°) Biy(z°)
= bo when = fc, when =
z° = z°, z° = z°, z°,
(3.269)
where the rectangular matrices B0, Bt and two-component vector-columns b0, 6i are determined by the nature of the shell's support according to the parallels of the corresponding middle surface. When examining axisymmetrical problems we take m = 0 and if we exclude the shell's torsion
°= = vv°
S° S° = = Y° Y° = = 0. 0.
Then the system of equations (3.268) will be of the second order and the middle surface's parallels z = const has only one tangential boundary condition. As is seen from the numerical solutions of many boundary value problems (3.241), (3.235) where bo,b\ are four-component vector-columns and (3.268), (3.269) are correspondingly those of the moment and momentless theories for the reticulated shells of rotation the desired strained states, except the narrow domains near the line of distortion, almost coincide (the shell's support contour z = const was taken as the line of distortion). However, the first enumerated boundary value problem is much more complicated: the order of its differential equation system is twice as high and with the leading derivatives, unlike the momentless equation system, has a small parameter which significantly complicates the numerical solution.
3.9 3.9.1
Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory Simple edge effect equation
In reticulated shells in addition to the basic stressed state just as in the continuous shell theory, edge effects may occur near the stressed state line of distortion [15, pp.97, 128]. Let us examine the reticulated shell's local stressed state in the vicinity of the stressed state's non-asymptotic line of distortion a = const (simple edge effect). Here it is assumed that the number of the rods' families is greater than two (this condition is necessary as with n = 2, value D derived from formula (1.33) is zero).
200
Chapter 3.
Statics
The solution for the stressed state of a simple edge effect is based on the following assumptions. 1. The edge effect results from the stressed state along the line of distortion, hence its solution corresponds to a system of homogeneous differential equations (X = Y = Z = 0). 2. Due to the fact that the sought solution quickly attenuates when moving away from the stressed state's line of distortion differentiation of any of the desired functions according to coordinate a, in contrast to that along the coordinate 0(A fa B « R2), results in its substantial increase
dk+1f
dk f 6ak '
*^Z » ^ k l
da +
(3 270)
where / is any of the sought functions. 3. The direction of the point displacement vector of the calculation model's middle surface is close to that of its normal to this point, with the following relationships taking place du dv_ £ «£ « \w\. H(3-271) da da da
da
4. The reticulated shell's calculation model's main tangential force is N2:
as
dNj da
(3.272)
* \N2\.
da oa
The formulae for the shell's middle surface deformation components (1.10) taking (3.270), (3.271) into account become simpler (in accordance with (3.270) when differentiating to variable a of any term the multiplier is outside the derivative sign) 1 du ]_du £Exi
'"' Ada Ada'
«i = KX
w w +
T1'
1 d2w -' jA*?da*' £'
£e22 ==
w w
rT t ?2'
l_dv_ 1 dv 2w 2w , AA"^a'~R^2 da
w =W=
1«*|
( 3 - 273 )
As «i turned out to be the main bending deformation component of the calculation model's middle surface with a simple edge effect, the constitutive equations (1.22) referring to the bending and torsional moments may be written as: Mi = Mi =
+K )K UU I --(DU (flu + #UUH)K )K
[D -Kg>)KU Hi = Hi = {D {DUU16 -K®)KU -K®)KU
M2
MM ~Knn)K )K1,, i=-(D i=-(D 1212~K
H H = (D (Duu + + Kl?) Kl?) Hi22 = Kl,Kl,
From the last two static equations (1.1) we obtain Qi =
1 dMj A da
Q2
1 dHj A da
(3.274)
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory
201
or taking (3.273), (3.274) into account _ Qi Qi = ~
£>„ + Knd*w d3 w Dn 3 da3' tf~A doJ'
Q2 Qi ~
Dn-Kg&w Du-Kg&w
_ =
A33
dc7da3
(3275)
From the formula for function e 2 included into (1.35), using (3.272) and considering that a22 / O w e have e2 = a22./V2 or, taking (3.273) into account w N N,2~-= - ^ - . &22R2 fl22-«l2
(3.276)
On the other hand, the third static equation (1.1) and (3.272) and (3.275) make it possible to obtain another formula for value N2 N2 =
(D„+K,ARid*w A* da*'
(3.277)
Equating the right-hand terms in formulae (3.276) and (3.277) we obtain the following simple edge effect equation: AA44 d*w w 3 7TT 5 2 Tn R — -278 da* + a22R\{D + nKr U^)W = °da* a22Rl(Dn + Kn) From this equation it follows that its solutions, if the stressed state's line of distortion is non-asymptotic, will vary extremely (see Sec. 5.4.2). We write formulae (3.274) for the calculation model's bending and torsional moments, using (3.273) Mi
Hl
Dn + + KuPw Ku d2w 21 A da2' = ~^—dcS> A da< DH-KffPw Dl6 - gff d2w 2 ~ A* 9da c 72 ' A
£>,2 - A'n Dn Ku d2w 2 A—#—dcS> da2' d2w DH + Kj\KgPw Die 2 A A* Mda2'
.. M2
H%
=
~
(3279)
Thus, we derived a differential equation (3.278) for the simple edge effect and formulae (3.275), (3.276), (3.279) which make it possible to determine all the basic stressed state functions of the reticulated shell's calculation model as well as formulate the boundary conditions. Since the edge effect's solution is localised near the line of distortion a = const, all the coefficient values in equation (3.278) and the above formulae shall be taken at this fixed value a. It is important to note that in the general case functions Q2,H^,H2 are also basic in the edge effect's stressed state for the rods' arbitrary lattice in contrast to continuous isotropic shells. As for the generalized transverse force needed for formulating the boundary conditions, it is equal to transverse force Q\ in the edge effect. True, using (3.275) and (3.279) we obtain Qil V
\_m. >Qi.
B d/3 80
v
202
Chapter 3.
Statics
If the shell's lattice is isotropic, i.e. it has relationships (1.26) with J31 = 0, then all the above formulae and the simple edge effect equation (3.278) pass into the corresponding known edge effect formulae for continuous isotropic shells having parameters (1.28). In this case functions Qi,Hi,H2 in a zero approximation become ( Du1 6 = = #<;> jsg> = 0). o). zeroD (D K§> = K™
3.9.2
Integration of simple edge effect equation
Assume that the line of the stressed state's distortion coincides with coordinate a = a.. Since the edge effect's strained state is localised near this line all the coefficients in the above formulae can be considered only functions of coordinate j3 and equal to their values with a = a.. Then, in the edge effect equation (3.278) the coefficients will not depend on a. Two of the four linearly indenpendent solutions of this equation will be attenuating from the line a = a . in the depth of the shell and two others—increasing. In these solutions we must retain only attenuating ones. We write the attenuating solutions of equation (3.278) and the corresponding values of all the main functions of the simple edge effect theory. 1. Case a < a.: u> = (0ico (4>iCo + 4 >fas ) E ++ , 2 s 00 )E 7l « 71
+ + +fa)**)++(02-0l)5o]P-E (fa ~ 4>i)sQ]gE ^g-[(4>l , , a -[(01+02)co
N2 = N°(^ ^2 N°(^11Cc00 + ^^2So )E++, 230)E Qi = Q°[d>i-1>2)co+ (0i +ih)so\gE+, ++ Mi = JW?(^co-Vis Jtf?(V>2co-,Mo)£ 0 )£ >, + + H, Hi = H°{^s //°(0,s0-i> V>2Co)£ (i = 1,2). o - 2Co)E
(3.280)
2. Case a > a.: w = W = (03Co (03CO + + 0iSo)E 04«o)E - ,, 7l
W
N2 N2 Q. Q. M, Mi Hi Hi
= = = = = = =
a~ - 04)Co + (03 + 04)So]£", 04)s0]E~, a - = -#[(03 -0[(03-04)Co aa NIMMO + 04So)£", NSdMo + 04So)£", -Q?[(03 + 04)co + (04-03)s O ]£-, -Q?[(03 + 04)co + ( 0 4 - 0 3 ) 3 O ] £ - , -M°(,Mo-04Cb)£r, -Mf(V>33o-04Cd)£-, tf?(04Co ip3SoO)EFf(04Co - 035 )£- (t (f = 1,2).
In formulae (3.280) and (3.281) the following notations are adopted In formulae (3.280) and (3.281) the following notations are adopted so = sin#(a — a . ) , so = sin#(a — a . ) ,
Co = cosy(a — a . ) , c© = cosg(a — a . ) ,
(3.281)
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory £+
=
ea("-<")t
9
~
Wkypi VR~2{DX ++ tfuW Kn)an
203
E~ = e-**"-0*', A
and /v° "* M? M? fl? fl?
~ = = = =
Dl6 61 A n° n° — — n° n° - Dl6 ~ ^ 6 1 n° r>° V , V a 022^2 a22R2' 2 - 2 « , a 2 2 ^ ' ~ 2A i2+ * u l> t 2 (Ai + ^ n ) , 2 r2(D ( Z ) 1-2 - /K»), f„), 2g A- (Dll + Ka), M 2 l2 2 22 2 2 22<,M< , M - (Z? ( Z ?I6I-*<}>), ^ } ) ) , tf ° = 2 M(K Kg>). 6 2 2 = 2g f l A~ (D 1 l6 6 - K™). H° 111
In these formulae 0,- (i = 1,4) are arbitrary functions of coordinate /?, which assessed from the boundary conditions preset at a = a,. We can prove that conditions (3.271) and (3.272) are truly satisfied in this solution. It should be noted that in the case of an isotropic lattice, formulae for the reticulated shell's simple edge effect pass into those for isotropic shells with parameters as in (1.28) [15, pp. 120, 121]. Many calculations have been made for nonshallow reticulated shells of rotation using the method of differentiating the strained state into momentless and simple edge effects: the momentless state was determined irrespective of the edge effects by subjecting the momentless solutions to tangential boundary conditions. This differentiation method (a zero approximation) has substantially simplified the direct solution algorithm of the momentless equation system without deterioration of the accuracy of the obtained results. This, in particular, refers to the calculation examples given in Sec. 3.7.2 (axisymmetrical problems) and Sec. 3.7.3 (wind effects).
3.9.3
Simple edge effect during axisymmetrical stress s t a t e in shallow shells of rotation
When a shallow shell has a simple edge effect during an axisymmetrical stress state it can be calculated more accurately using the following simple method. It is known that the solution of the edge effect near the stressed state's distortion line depends on the stressed state along this line and non-tangential boundary conditions. The addition of the edge effect's solution violates the tangential boundary conditions fulfilment which is especially important when dealing with shallow shells. It is suggested that a simple edge effect be constructed which would consider nontangential boundary conditions and not violate the earlier satisfied (mostly stressed state) tangential boundary conditions. For this we must consider the shell's displacement as a rigid body along its axis of rotation.
204
Chapter 3.
Statics
For an orthotropic shell we put Cndu
+ {Cnkl + Cuk2)w = A da T"s£ °" After this equation's integration, taking formula for w from (3.280) (the case a < a . is examined) we find
u=
[{ [(V-l - 02)cb+ ]E+ + V>2)5 ]£ . ~T"2A_9 (h\Ri+i§tr) ~ 02)Co^+^+)s°(01 R2C11J RiC\\^ 0
+
(3282)
5
We now present the displacement vector components of the shell's middle surface as a sum of three terms u = Ui ui + 112 u2 — Csinip, Cs'mip,
w = Wi W\ + u>2 + C cos Vip>
(3.283)
where u\,u>i is the momentless solution, u 2 ,u; 2 is a simple edge effect's solution, C is shell's displacement as a rigid body in the direction of an external normal towards the middle surface of the shell of rotation at its crest, ip >s the angle between the normal towards the shell's middle surface and the axis of rotation. Assume that functions «i and wi are known from the solution of a momentless equation system taking tangential boundary conditions into account. Let us examine the case of a rigidly or hinged-rigidly fixed contour a = a . (a < a.). In the first case the boundary conditions have the form In the first case the boundary conditions have the form (3.284) u = tu = 7 i = 0 at Q = a.; u = u> = 7 i = 0 at a = a.; (3.284) in the second in the second u = w = Mi = 0 at a = a,. (3.285) u = w = Mi = 0 at a = a.. (3.285) In both cases the momentless solutions satisfy the tangential boundary condition «i «! = 0 at
Q Q=
a,. a..
(3.286)
Considering (3.283), (3.286) the boundary conditions (3.284) and (3.285) may be written as u 2 -— Csin V> = w = 7J 7i = 0 at a = a., a., (3.284') u22 -CsinV> — Csin xj) = = w = Mi = 0 at
a,. a = a,.
(3.285')
Substituting (3.282) and (3.283) and then (3.280) in boundary conditions (3.284') we obtain the following system of three algebraic equations relative to three constants ^ l i V ^ C (with the axisymmetrical stressed state V>i = const, t = 1,4):
£(i + ^) ( *-« + < 7 , i B *- e s 0 ' A
2<7 \RI
R2C11J to 1 (a.) + + V>i + C CcosV>. wi(a.) cos xp. = 0,
Vi + V2 V>2 = 0. tpi
(3.287)
3.9.
Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated
Shell
205
Theory
Table 3.7:
w6 M?(od,0) 0.175 0.325 0.333 0.658 1.37 • 10" 3 (0.644) (1.33-10"3) 0.349 0.111 0.333 0.444 9.18-10-" (0.458) (9.06 • 10"") 0.524 0.026 0.333 0.400 8.15 • lO"" (0.380) (8.67 -10"")
C
do
<
T h e last equation is derived taking into account t h a t value 71 is equal to the solution of t h e edge effect. This is based on t h e fact t h a t \w\ | tn \w2\ and | 9 u ) 2 / 3 a | >• \w2\. In system (3.287), as mentioned before, all t h e functions are calculated with a = a,, while ip, — il>(a.). T h e solution of this equation system results in ">l(*».)
4>l = ~4>2 =
1 — e c o t V>.'
where
C =
ewi(a.) sin ij>, — e cos xj>,'
(3.288)
A
C\2 RiCn 9 \RiRx~ R2C11J If we use boundary conditions (3.285) of a hinged-fixed edge instead of constants (3.288) we find e =
V-i =
-
2wi(ct.) 2u)!(a.) 2 — e c o t V>.'
fc=0,
C
££Wi(a.) U;I(Q.)
2 sin ij>. — e cos ^>.
(3.289)
Calculation Example. To calculate a shallow spherical shell square in plan with a rigidly fixed support contour and subjected to a uniformly distributed external load Z° — 1 along its surface we use method of separating the strained state into momentless and simple edge effects (this method can be used only for a section of the shell's middle surface remote from the angle zones). The lattice is formed by three identical rod families having a thin-walled tubular cross sections, with Vi = -f2
= T/3;
¥>3 = 0;
r\ = 3.12 • 1 0 - 6 ;
7 = 0.769.
Deflections in t h e centre and t h e support's bending moments:Af°(a M°(a0,0) o ,0) \were assessed for t h e shell's various sizes in plan. T h e calculation's results are given in Table 3.7. T h e first column presents half central angle values of t h e shallow shell's middle surface's sections /? = const, or which is t h e same, a = const (ao (a0 == Po). ft). T h e
206
Chapter 3.
Statics
Figure 3.54: second one gives constant C values corresponding to the shell's displacement along the axis of rotation as a rigid body. The momentless theory's deflections are tabulated in the third column. Finally, the fourth and the fifth column respectively present the obtained sought results using the differentiation method and the iteration small parameter method described in Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4 (figures are given in brackets). As seen from the Table (the last two columns) the method breaking down the shallow shell's stressed state yields sound results. The second column of the Table shows that as the shell becomes more shallow it becomes increasingly necessary to account for its rigid displacement along the axis of rotation. This also follows from formulae (3.288), (3.289). The dependence of bending moment A/{*(aro,0) on parameter R/r where R and r are radii of the spherical shell's middle surface and the lattice's rod tubular sections respectively, is shown in Fig. 3.54 (within the accuracy of the graph the results obtained from the numerical solution of the moment theory's equations and the edge effect theory considering the shell's rigid displacement along the normal towards the middle surface at its central point, agree). The results refer to the case when ag = A, = 0.349. The transfer to the dimensional values is performed according to the formulae: w
aR2 o = ^-w°, --F~ t W'
Mx = ER2M?.
In conclusion it should be pointed out that if we use an ordinary edge effect method the error in the results for the shells under review reaches 20 per cent. The suggested simple method of calculating reticulated shallow shells can in particular cases be used also in engineering practice when designing continuous shallow shells. Thus, in formulae (3.288), (3.289) for isotropic shells it should be considered that: A + ++ £ ~ gg Ui \R \R 3R22)' 3flJ' 11 3R
3.10. A New Method for Solving Nonlinear Problems
3.10
207
A New Method for Solving Nonlinear Problems
Various numerical methods are used for investigating nonlinear problems in the shell theory. Here we suggest a new method based on the fact that in many cases the shell's stressed state, except the nonlinear edge effect zones, can be accurately assessed using nonlinear momentless equations. In the edge effect zone nonlinear equations in the moment theory are solved considering the transfer of boundary conditions to the conjugation lines of moment and non-moment solutions. This method substantially simplifies the corresponding numerical algorithms of these problems' solutions, saves calculation time and computer operations. From the shell's linear theory we know that for a wide class of problems the stressed state can be divided into momentless and edge effects. The momentless solution is obtained from momentless equations considering tangential boundary conditions. According to the suggested method the momentless solution is based on a similar principle: we solve a boundary value problem for momentless nonlinear equations taking the initial problem's tangential boundary conditions into account. For simplicity we assume that the coordinates coincide with the main curvature lines of the shell's middle surface and that a = a. is a non-asymptotic line of the stressed state's distortion, such as: the shell's boundaries, the middle surface's fracture line, the lines of abrupt changes of at least one quantity: curvatures, the shell's rigidity, the surface load components or their derivatives. We shall not for the time being deal with the most complicated case when the distortion line corresponds to the fracture line of the shell's middle surface. At the first stage of calculations we construct a nonlinear momentless solution for the given boundary value problem. Here four contact conditions: continuity of tangential displacements u, v and formulae for discontinuities in the tangential forces Ari, Si which in the general case can depend on tangential displacements, are imposed on the stressed state's distortion line. Then, near line a = a. the width of the nonlinear edge effect zone should be assessed on the basis of the solution of the edge effect problem according to the linear theory: thus, for a continuous shell the width of the edge effect zone is derived from the condition a. — Aai < a < a, + Aoj, where l / l Aa, = ifcmax(A y/hiRn)a=a.. [A-'y/h^) ifcmax(A~ i v "i-R2i)o=o.-
In this formula 2 < ifc < 3; A, is the shell's width; /22i, A; is the main radius of curvature and coefficient of the first square form of the shell's middle surface respectively. Index i(i = 1,2) denotes the quantities referring to two different shell's sections conjugated along the line a = a.. If a triangular lattice is formed by rods having identical cross
208
Chapter 3.
Statics
sections and parameters y>i = — y>2 = tp, <^3 = TT/2, we obtain Act
h'C
4Ji
y sR*F' si%F'
A linear moment problem with boundary conditions
u = u°, u°,
v = v°, v°,
w = w°, w°,
M Mi, == 00 with
a = aa,. + ((-l)'Aa„ -l)'Aa,,
(3.290)
is solved in a roughly constructed edge effect zone a = a. where the function with index 0 is the earlier obtained momentless solution, t = 1,2. Condition (3.290) is the transfer of boundary conditions from the shell's contour to the conjugation lines of the moment and momentless solutions. In the case when the stressed state's distortion line coincides with the shell's contour we obtain zero Aoi or A02 (depending whether a > a . or a < a . ) . Hence, boundary conditions (3.290) must be used only at one or two values i; the initial problem's boundary conditions should be added to these conditions with a = a.. The accuracy of the obtained approximate solution can be judged by the degree of fulfilment of conditions lA^-A^I-Cmaxl/V,!, |JVi-A?|<:inax|MI.
| 5 , - 5?| S°\ < max|5,|, max | 5 , | , |5,
| Q , | < max \Q |(3,|, X\,
(3.291)
the left-hand terms of which contain values on the contact lines of the moment and momentless solutions. If conditions (3.291) are violated the edge effect zone must be expanded. We now examine a case when the stressed state's distortion line is the middle surface's fracture line. In this case with a = a, the momentless solution discontinuities cannot be assessed without accounting for the moment stressed state. Thus, we suggest an iteration process for solving the nonlinear problem in which at every step the momentless and edge effect solutions are specified. Nonlinear momentless equations must be solved in a zero approximation and those for the edge effect using a linear theory. Naturally, this method can be used in linear problems if several distortion lines of the stressed state exist. This method substantially saves calculation time, and is much shorter than the direct integration of moment equations. The same refers to the computer memory required.
Chapter 4 STABILITY The study of the reticulated shell's stability is a very complicated problem. In this chapter we analyze various linear and nonlinear stability problems of reticulated plates, cylindrical shells and shells of rotation based on analytical and numerical methods. It is assumed that each rod in the lattice has local stability.
4.1
Stability of Plates
This chapter considers the stability of rectangular plates with various lattice structures subjected to compressive forces in two directions (in one direction stretching is possible).
4.1.1
Stability equation
Assume that an external load is applied to the plate's middle plane along its contour, according to the scheme shown in Fig. 4.1. Let the plate's lattice consist of four rod families (Fig. 1.5) with the first two rod families being identical. The differential equation of the plate's bending for the said lattice has the form (a = x/l, P = y/l) _. 3*w d*w „ d*w _, d*w aa l4 _ a
Dl D
where A Di D2 D3
2 „„2, = = cc33 + + ad4 + -/s c, 3 22 S = s3 tan ti if + fsscc + du an if, 3 tan 2 -1 2 tan if +-eeA4)). = 6s )5 2 ,c +- 77(c 6 a c + e3tanif ' ■
209
2
,
., . (4.1)
(41)
210
Chapter 4.
Stability
Figure 4.1: The fictitious transversal load included in Eq. ed in t,q. (4.1) is
zr,
dd22w w U / ^„ , W 2 da ?i
2 w d2W
„_ nn
dad/3
2 w\ „„ 8d2W\
dP,
(4.2)
For the given type of load Ni M = -p, ~P,
N2 = --aoyyp,p ,
5S = 0.
(4.3)
Taking expressions (4.2) and (4.3) into account, Eq. (4.1) is homogeneous including the external load parameter p. The boundary conditions are also homogeneous. Hence, we have an eigenvalue problem. Thus, when studying stability it is important to determine the least eigenvalue corresponding to the construction's lost stability.
4.1.2
Stability of plates hinged along the contour
In this case it is convenient to resolve Eq. (4.1) as a binary trigonometric series. Then it is not difficult to find the following formula for a critical load (m, k are wave numbers along axes x,y): p =
where
ir3 EJlt aAb2
-k„
22 22 22 -I- m + m44D + 1k44AX44D22 , D,/\l T+ lit k1 Xn DL/333 -r kz=' 2 222 22 22 (m + + aaavvvkkk XX )X )X
(4.4)
((4.5)j
4.1. Stability of Plates
211
Note, the formula (4.4), in a particular case, can be used with a lattice formed of two or three rod families. Hereafter we assume there is no third family of rods (Fig. 1.5) in the lattice. Then in formulae (4.5) we take d3 = e 3 = 0. Table 4.1 containing kx values in a rather wide change range of the reticulated plate's and external load's parameters is tabulated for plates with a lattice formed from three rod families whose rods have identical cross sections. For convenience in using the tables it will be recalled that they contain the following notations: A = l/b is the relationship of sizes of the plate's sides in the direction of axes x and y;
'{«-*£! £++%) --V(«-« £f-* m =
-oy,
and if ay = 0 the wave numbers on the envelope of the minimum values of coefficient kx change from m to m + 1 with the following relationships of the plate's sides: 2 2 A = {/m (m+l) A/£>2A=
Figure 4.3 presents minimum kz values depending on A at various ay values for the rods' tubular section (7 = 0.769) forming a lattice with
Chapter 4.
212
Figure 4.3:
Figure 4.2:
Figure 4.4:
Figure 4.5:
Figure 4.6:
Stability
213
4.1. Stability of Plates
9°
0.50
1.00
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
4.13 4.60 5.35 6.00 5.89 6.10 7.57
0.959 1.160 1.340 1.530 1.880 2.410 4.040
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
7.61 7.54 7.42 7.20 7.07 7.32 9.08
1.80 1.88 2.01 2.30 2.83 3.61 6.06
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
8.451 8.370 8.250 8.000 7.850 8.140 10.100
2.39 2.50 2.67 3.06 3.76 4.81 8.07
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
9.51 9.42 9.28 9.00 8.83 9.15 11.40
3.59 3.75 4.01 4.60 5.65 7.22 11.40
Table 4.1: A 1.25 1.50 | 1.75 | 2.00 a„ = 2; 7 = 0.769 0.609 0.426 0.321 0.242 0.756 0.512 0.374 0.291 0.847 0.600 0.460 0.374 1.060 0.814 0.673 0.584 1.440 1.210 1.070 0.982 1.980 1.750 1.620 1.530 3.590 3.350 3.200 3.100 a„ = 1; 7 = 0.769 1,13 0.776 0.569 0.436 1.22 0.866 0.657 0.523 1.36 1.020 0.808 0.673 1.70 1.380 1.180 1.050 2.32 2.040 1.870 1.770 3.19 2.970 2.840 2.760 5.78 5.660 5.610 5.580 <*„ = 0.5; 7 = 0.769 1.62 1.19 0.912 0.727 1.32 1.050 0.872 1.75 1.96 1.55 1.300 1.120 2.45 2.11 1.890 1.750 3.33 3.12 3.010 2.940 4.54 4.560 4.600 4.59 8.32 8.67 9.000 9.300 a„ = 0; 7 = 0.769 2.52 2.31 2.89 2.18 3.12 2.67 2.81 2.61 3.30 3.28 3.37 3.49 4.79 4.36 4.48 4.60 5.94 6.13 5.75 5.65 7.02 7.22 7.67 7.11 10.50 10.60 10.70 10.40
3.00
4.00
5.00
0.107 0.150 0.227 0.429 0.827 1.370 2.920
0.063 0.104 0.178 0.377 0.774 1.320 2.860
0.044 0.084 0.157 0.354 0.749 1.300 2.830
0.202 0.284 0.431 0.816 1.570 2.620 5.550
0.123 0.203 0.346 0.733 1.500 2.570 5.540
0.087 0.165 0.308 0.694 1.470 2.550 5.540
0.368 0.517 0.783 1.480 2.850 4.760 10.100
0.233 0.383 0.654 1.380 2.840 4.860 10.500
0.168 0.318 0.592 1.340 2.830 4.910 10.700
2.02 2.81 3.30 4.48 5.65 7.11 10.60
2.09 2.61 3.37 4.37 5.65 7.22 11.40
2.06 2.66 3.27 4.30 5.65 8.17 10.60
214
Chapter 4.
Stability
(continued)
v° 0.50
1.00
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
12.7 12.6 12.4 12.0 11.8 12.2 15.1
10.9 11.0 11.0 11.1 11.3 12.1 15.1
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
19.0 18.8 18.6 18.0 17.7 18.3 22.7
19.0 18.8 18.6 18.0 17.7 18.3 20.9
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
38.0 37.7 37.1 34.9 31.4 29.5 29.5
29.1 28.5 27.5 25.6 23.6 22.7 24.4
10 1.19 20 2.09 30 3.56 45 5.08 60 4.69 70 4.36 80 4.26
0.191 0.471 0.889 1.280 1.500 1.710 2.480
A 1.75 2.00 Q 0.769 7 = 10.9 11.2 11.2 11.7 11.2 11.0 11.2 11.9 11.0 12.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.1 12.0 11.3 11.5 11.8 11.3 12.6 12.2 12.2 12.2 15.4 15.6 15.3 15.1 Qv = - 2 7 = 0.769 19.9 19.3 19.0 19.0 19.6 19.1 18.8 18.8 19.1 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.1 18.0 17.8 18.0 17.2 17.0 17.7 17.5 17.2 17.9 17.1 17.3 19.9 19.9 20.1 19.7 Q„ = - 3 7 = 0.769 27.1 27.1 28.0 26.8 26.7 26.6 27.5 26.4 26.0 25.7 25.8 26.6 24.7 24.2 24.8 24.2 23.4 23.0 22.6 22.9 23.4 22.2 22.3 22.7 24.9 24.7 24.3 24.4 a y = 2; 7 = 0 0.083 0.058 0.115 0.075 0.307 0.209 0.183 0.131 0.597 0.399 0.289 0.222 0.858 0.640 0.512 0.430 1.150 0.960 0.851 0.781 1.460 1.350 1.280 1.240 2,450 2.480 2.520 2.550 1.25
1.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.3 12.2 15.1
10.9 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 15.1
10.9 11.0 11.0 11.1 11.3 12.1 15.1
19.0 18.8 18.6 17.9 17.0 17.1 19.9
19.0 18.8 18.5 17.7 17.0 17.1 19.7
19.0 18.8 18.4 17.6 17.0 17.1 19.8
27.1 26.6 25.8 24.2 22.7 22.2 24.4
26.8 26.4 25.7 24.4 22.7 22.2 24.4
27.1 26.7 26.0 24.7 23.4 23.7 24.4
0.021 0.052 0.112 0.287 0.658 1.180 2.620
0.010 0.031 0.077 0.238 0.616 1.160 2.660
0.005 0.022 0.062 0.216 0.596 1.150 2.680
215
4.1. Stability of Plates (continued) V"
0.50
1.00
1.25
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
6.40 6.39 6.33 6.10 5.62 5.23 5.11
1.07 1.25 1.51 1.91 2.25 2.57 3.72
0.558 0.723 0.963 1.380 1.840 2.360 3.950
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
7.11 7.09 7.04 6.78 6.25 5.81 5.68
1.42 1.67 2.01 2.55 3.00 3.42 4.95
0.803 1.040 1.380 1.990 2.650 3.390 5.680
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
8.00 7.98 7.91 7.62 7.03 6.54 6.39
2.13 2.50 3.02 3.83 4.50 5.13 6.39
1.43 1.85 2.47 3.54 4.73 5.36 5.70
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
10.70 10.64 10.50 10.20 9.38 8.72 8.51
10.70 10.60 10.50 10.20 9.38 8.72 8.51
8.51 8.78 9.19 9.39 9.14 8.80 9.35
A 1.50 | 1.75 | 2.00 a„=l; 7 = 0 0.323 0.202 0.134 0.463 0.320 0.235 0.675 0.507 0.400 1.080 0.897 0.775 1.620 1.490 1.400 2.280 2.250 2.240 4.200 4.410 4.590 a v = 0.5; 7 = 0 0.494 0.324 0.224 0.710 0.514 0.392 1.030 0.813 0.667 1.660 1.440 1.290 2.480 2.390 2.340 3.480 3.610 3.730 6.420 7.080 7.640 ay = 0; 7 = 0 1.05 0.819 0.671 1.51 1.300 1.170 2.19 2.060 2.000 3.52 3.650 3.830 4.88 4.580 4.500 4.94 4.920 5.130 5.84 5.810 5.680 av = - l ; 7 = 0 8.35 8.98 8.24 8.96 9.16 8.61 9.77 9.35 9.08 9.58 10.20 9.43 9.38 9.00 9.38 8.72 8.57 8.72 8.80 8.51 8.51
3.00
4.00
5.00
0.040 0.099 0.213 0.545 1.250 2.240 4.990
0.019 0.059 0.150 0.463 1.190 2.260 5.160
0.011 0.042 0.122 0.424 1.170 2.260 5.250
0.073 0.181 0.388 0.992 2.270 4.080 9.070
0.035 0.112 0.284 0.874 2.260 4.260 9.750
0.021 0.081 0.235 0.816 2.250 4.360 10.100
0.404 0.994 2.130 3.520 4.500 4.940 5.750
0.315 1.010 2.000 3.510 4.500 4.900 5.680
0.279 1.040 2.010 3.540 4.500 4.890 5.700
8.38 8.96 9.23 9.39 9.03 8.63 8.51
8.24 8.61 9.08 9.48 9.00 8.53 8.51
8.19 8.68 9.11 9.39 9.03 8.51 8.51
Chapter 4.
216
Stability
(continued)
A 3.00 4.00 | 5.00
4.1.3
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
16.0 16.0 15.8 15.2 14.1 13.1 12.8
16.0 16.0 15.8 15.2 14.1 13.1 12.8
10 20 30 45 60 70 80
32.0 31.9 31.7 29.3 25.0 22.9 21.5
26.7 25.7 24.2 21.5 18.7 17.1 16.0
av = - 2 ; 7 = 0 17.5 16.0 16.8 16.0 17.2 16.0 16.6 16.0 16.6 15.8 16.1 15.8 15.3 15.2 15.0 15.2 13.7 14.1 13.5 13.9 12.6 13.1 12.4 12.8 11.9 12.4 11.8 12.0 a„ = - 3 ; 7 = 0 23.9 24.4 24.4 23.8 23.4 23.6 24.0 23.3 22.6 22.5 23.3 22.3 20.8 20.4 20.9 20.5 18.6 18.0 18.3 18.2 17.1 16.5 16.7 16.7 16.2 15.4 15.6 15.7
16.0 16.0 15.8 15.1 13.6 12.5 11.8
16.0 16.0 15.8 14.9 14.1 12.4 11.6
16.0 16.0 15.8 14.9 13.5 12.5 11.9
24.1 23.6 22.5 20.4 18.0 16.9 15.4
23.8 23.3 22.3 20.5 18.1 16.5 15.5
23.9 23.4 22.6 20.8 18.6 17.1 16.2
Stability of plates w i t h an elastic c o n t o u r
Here we study the stability of a rectangular plate subjected to uniform compression in both directions. The plate's elastic contour is characterized by four (in accord with the number of sides) rigidity coefficients relative to the angle of rotation. An approximate analytical formula has been derived for a critical load. When a plate is hinged or rigidly supported along its entire contour the results obtained using this formula agree with the precise solutions. The study was based on the decomposition method. The stability differential equation for an isotropic shell compressed in both directions by uniformly distributed linear forces p has the form: d*w
&r<"
2
+
2
2 d*w d*w p (d fd2ww ddw\ w\ _ 0, 2 22 +++ + 21 + 2 dx^dy dyV dy ) ~~ dxWy !w D \dx [ihdx WJ
(4.6)
where D is the plate's cylindrical rigidity. When a plate consisting of a triangular lattice formed from identical rods D = 9EJi/8a, if 7 = 0. The solution of this equation should adhere to the boundary conditions of elastic support along the square contour.
w w
=
,
fciag£_ (1_-fcl) r-O Mg~dx"~= 0 d2W
dw
]
(, = 0),
217
4.1. Stability of Plates dd22ww . , .dw dw „ . , ■ (l-k3) (x = a), * d* 'dx~ : , d2w .dw w w == k3a k3a^-(l-k3)^ (j, = o), 0), • (1 - k3)>dy~"= 0 (y W22 dw , dd w w .. , .dw „ . . w = k a ■(l-fc 4 ) (y = ■). 'dy"' w =
,
k a
(4.7)
*w
Cases ki = 0 and kf = 1 correspond to the rigid and hinged support (0 < fc, < 1). To solve this problem we use a decomposition method, in accordance with which we examine three auxiliary problems. The first auxiliary problem d*wi
fi(x,y),
dw\
d2wx
«. == M ^ - d - M dx ^ Wi
2
Wl
=
k2a 2a
dwi
d wi +
!w
*■
2
'lh
(«=0). (I
= a
M)
)-
The second auxiliary problem d*W2 d*w2
= Mx,y) ~bV W = Mx,y)'' W2
=
^2 =
d2w2 dW2 -^-(l-k = 0 (y = 0), 3)^(1 - k) 'dyvy : d32u;2 W2 w ,,., , ,dw2 . ,9u>2 2 dw2 _ „ , kk*AAaa-— a-— + ( (1 - kk4) V4)-Q- = 0 (y = «)• -dyT ++
k3a
d
(4.9)
-dJ-
The third auxiliary problem is solution of the differential equation 2
d*w 0 V J3 22
22
dx W dy dl
, p (d /3 /d22w w U) 33 3
+
\ dx D\-d^
2
+
2 d022dw w3\33\ __ ti) - fi(x,y). = - / . I(x,y) dy2 ) ~ w) ~fl{x'y)~Mx,y)-
(4.10)
In (4.8)-(4.10) we include new unknown functions / i ( x , y ) , / 2 ( x , y ) . The sought solution of the problem (4.6), (4.7) coincides with that of (4.8), (4.10) if conditions of their equality are satisfied: W Wi = W2 W2 == W w = Wi w33,,
(411)
making it possible fo findi fi(*,u), fi(x,y),f2(x,y). fi(*,v)We obtain an approximate analytical solution of this problem with the said un known functions' approximations f\ = fi(y), fi = h{x). Here the solution of problem (4.8) lias has the form: ODiem Yi.o) m e 101 in.
= ^ W^Wi(x)My) u>i{x,y) wi(*,y)) = (*)/i(»)
(4-12)
218
Chapter 4.
Stability
where Wi{x)
{(1 + 5fc2) [2*,a [2*,a33xi + (1 - * , ) a V ]
=
1
4 - 2 a ( l + 2*i 2*, + 4*2 4ifc2 + 5*,*2)z 5*i* 2 )i 3 + «i Rux*} -5—, 2 x } ■=-»
/Ji2 /ti2 /ti2
(4.13)
here /?12 = l + 3 ( * l + * 2 ) + +5*1*2. 5*l*2. Similarly by solving problem (4.9) we obtain w = ^ ( —W "»(*,») » ) /2i(y)f ( x2(x). ). 2(x,y) =
(4.14)
The formula for function W^j/) is derived from (4.13) by substituting x, *i, *s corre spondingly into y, *3, *4. Using condition (4.11) from (4.12), (4.14) we find that fx(y) = CW2(y), My)
h(x) = CW /,(*) CW,{x) 1(x)
(4.15)
hence „ ,t = w =ww2 2 = w3 = CWCW l(x)W x(x)W 2(y), 2{y),
(4.16)
where C is an arbitrary constant. We solve differential equation (4.10) using Bubnov-Galerkin's method. Then using (4.15), (4.16) we obtain
J' J° [2<(*)<(j,) + jj(WT(x)Wi(y) + WtixWZiy)) Jo Jo
+W1(x) + Wa(»)] Hf,(i)W2(jO
Po PO = = 6 0
^12^34 + £12^34 + ^34^12 ^12^34 ^34^12
Here: Lu
=
L34 = A/, A/,22 = M34 =
1 + 13(*, + fc 13(*,+ *2) 154*i*2 2) + 58(*? + *|) + 154*1*2 +625(*J* 2125Jt=fc|, +625(*?fc2 + *i* M a2)) + 2125*? *j\ 1l ++ 13(fc 13(ifc33 ++ **<) 58(fc| ++ *J)-|-154*3*4 **) + 154*3*4 4 ) ++ 58(*^ ! +625(* *3*J) ++ 2125*3**?, 2125*3**?, +625(^*4 3 *4 +fcsJbl) l + 8 ( * i + fc2) + 55fc,*2, 55fc,*2, l+8(fci 1 + 8(* 3 + * 4 ) + 55*3*4, 55*3*4,
.. ,_. (4.171
^
'
219
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
k 0 Po 54.0
Table 4.2: 0.2 0.6 0.4 31.7 25.3 22.4
0.8 20.8
1.0 19.7
= l + 15(jfc, + jfc2) + 60(ifc? + fc!) +208^*2 +765(*r?ifc2 + fcj^) + 2575Jfc2jfc22, #34 = 1 + 15(*3 + h) + 60(fc2 + fc2) + 208k3k< +765(^*4 + k3kj) + 2575*1^, Rl2 = l+3(ik,+fc2) + 5*,A:2,
Nu
RM
=
1 + 3(fc3 + k4) + 5fc3*4.
Examples a. In a particular case when kj = k (t = 1,4) the calculations according to formula (4.17) yield results given in Table 4.2. Accurate results obtained for k = 0 and k = 1 (the contour's rigid and hinged support). The comparison showed that in the first case the error of formula (4.17) is 2.6 per cent and in the second the results almost coincide. b. For a plate rigidly connected with rather closely positioned columns rigidly fixed at their base (the columns' pitch and their cross sections have their own constant values on each side of the plate) the contour's rigidity coefficients take values
k'
CiUD dUD aUD++4aEiJi' iaE.JS
where £,./, is the column's rigidity during bending; /;,Cj are correspondingly the columns' length and pitch (i = 1,4). Formula (4.17) makes it possible to determine the critical load value easily.
4.2
Stability of Cylindrical Shells a n d Shells of Rotation
4.2.1
Closed circular cylindrical shells
4.2.1a. Cylindrical shells with a rhombic lattice. Let us examine a cylindrical shell with two identical rod families (
=
cot 222 If & do?
&
dp2'
r — rLji —o 2 & L\i
dadf
220
Chapter 4. T 13 =Ll3 r
^33
=
^
=
d d_ ° a^* da'
T31 =-
22 =
(
2
^*
(
c o
da*
(™t k
^
r d*
do22
r
+
+ tan
d* ,. & tji^wm da2dp
^^ +6 i
5
,22
ddd
2i
^ \\ 9*
L23= 23
^ a'dp' ^'
~~ d^da2
+ t a n v^
Stability
- dd_ = 32L32 a ntan tp= t=
^a/?'dp
2
- ^ + t a n ^ r
rt
1
2 2 a / 42y> a 1r -|- tan ifi, [da< ^sin J\ da 0/? 0dp +Jx + + rl + tanV 7. /?7_ GJ3 6 (4.18) r?2 = R2F' rl2 = RGJ3 2 EF' r - — r (4 18) ( i8j em (3.190) Withr ' X ~= YR2=F'0 ther>~ right-hand R2EF' terms of the first two equations of system are With zero and X =the F =right-hand 0 the right-hand term ofterms the last of the equation first two is calculated equations of according system (3.190) to the formula: are zero and the right-hand term of the last equation is calculated according to the 2R2a formula: (4.19) Z. = - 2 J 2 z Z. = EF sin f «2 2
4
+
a4 2 +
2
2
4
[a? U ? * - ) doW* w\
JV, = -gRcot -gRcoi2
'
5 = 0.
(4.20)
Consequently, when studying the shell's stability value Z in formula (4.19) we have 2 d2ddw22w\ (dd22w w w . w\ 22 z_ = - Rg9_ (d 2 ;ot y da dp2 For this we introduce the following notations agR3 , . 44 ■■ (4.21) 2EJ\ y> uj 2EJi sin sin y> Considering (4.21), with r 3 = 0 the angle of the rods' lattice ip will not be included into the differential equation system (3.190). This is the idea of the substitution of (4.21). We now analyze the problem's solution for various boundary conditions (four on each edge). a) We separately investigate the case when two of the four boundary conditions have the form JV, = 5 = 0 with (, £= = 0, £ = = &• (4.22) £ = atany>,
u. u, =ucoty5, = ucoty,
g=
o r
We can show that the solution of the equation system under these conditions may be presented as
u
d_ d (P__P\ ( d2 d2\
v=
2 22
d_ d (d2
d2\
\dp d( ) ~dp~ dp)I * . -=dt{djr>-w)*' ^{w\di~wr 2
w=Lm t» = Li(*),
<
(423)
where $ is derived from the equation L,L L , L22($) ( * ) = 00..
(4.24)
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
221
In formulae (4.23), (4.24) the differential operators are L L
a* o d* iia* g g * 2 * * £ i+ 8(* d(*d/P 80*' 80*' d(* dp*' d£< d(*dp d(*d/P
11
ta
JP_ 8* 8* + + d£* 80* a? + 8^80* a^29/?2 + a/?* 8* (/ 4 Vsin22vp
~ ~
[+[r 2 ^ + v tan2 tafl2
+ +q9 +q
\d? \8P \8P
d* \ 8* J 8P80*
8* 80*\ '
cot 2 y>: Y
++ t 2 V 77 ^*w80*)' V ^ ""6JV9Ww ^ ++C °cot2 ^ W\ J -VU?3? 80*) + + +
dp)' We present the sought function as a sum of two functions
$* = = $, *, + + $$22..
(4.25)
Thus ii ,l (l * i ) = 0, L,(#,)
!£L,,2( # , ) = 0.
(4.26)
Using (4.23), (4.26) we prove that function $ j determines the shell's deformation at which it has no deflections, forces or moments. This indicates that the calculation model is geometrically changeable as the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface was assumed zero and a portion of boundary conditions had the form as (4.22). In real constructions this rigidity is non-vanishing, hence * i = 0 and thus * = $ 2 . Assuming oo OO oo
*a(*,0) = £ . M 0 c o s * / »
(4-27)
then according to (4.26) we find
2
2 7
22 2i 2 i 2 2 +k ip)k -q]f = 0. +fc [(l+7cot - 9 ]/ 2 J t = 2k 2k ¥ >)fc +k2[{l+ycot [{l+-ycot
(4.28)
Let the remaining un-examined boundary conditions (additional to (4.22)) be w = Mi = 0 with with w = M, = 0
= 0; 0; ££ =
= 6,f0. (£ =
Then it is convenient to solve Eq. (4.28) as OO oo oo
=£
hk{Z) = X] ^2 Akm Akm sin sin Am Am^£ /jt(o = m=l m=l
(^(Amm==mm, r /£r /o()>0 ) ,
(4.29)
222
Chapter 4.
Stability
since conditions (4.29) are satisfied separately for each term of the series. Substituting this series into (4.28) we obtain parameter qi,m responsible for the critical value of the external load (km
- -(k = 2<*&©• + \2my qkm
("0)
In this formula 2 2 Om = 0m = Xl Kn++ 6A^fc Ml*2 2 + kk*4 + j[X*m tan 2 V
We can prove that the critical load is minimum when k = 0 and m = 1. Here for the critical longitudinal force per unit length of the shell's support contour we obtain JVu = - ^^ i( ( 44 cc 44 ++ 7 s i n 2 2 V ) ,
(4.31)
where / is the shell's length. With ip = 0 the construction degenerates into a system of paired rods positioned along the middle surface's generatrixes at distance a, and according to (4.31) each rod's longitudinal force is equal to the critical load determined using Euler's wellknown formula. b) We now examine arbitrary conditions. The general solution for displacements can be written as u.
"* "*
=
If— jF\ If—6 ++ -- 22 ++ *d27*6 ++ —\ II \dt d£*dp di dp* dp66)) \di* di*dP di dp* dp + + 2 ++ + + UnV + + 2
2 2 rr ' ' 666
2+
2++ (a?66 WbT \^k \WbT Wdp*) [H * \M (a? Wdf)6 )) (sin^ (sin^ """ ))) \WdP \WbT Wdp*) Wdp*) 2 \ i a (( da da6 \1 d2 + cot2¥, + r2 +
+ 6 rlrl+a^ i a ^ 7 +a^JJ ^{WdT* *{WdF< W W«)\ )\ +WW
+ C0t cot2 + vv
2 22 + \di* [d£* + di dPdp dp dp*) r "" JJJ ' \d£* d?dp 6 6 (f d d6 . d6 \ - 2 (} a ++ c_&_33 ++ JL_\5 rr 3J d?dp didp ) ' dZdps) \{ \d?dp a^V + tan2 tan2 +++ 66 6 +
+ cot2 v
rl rlrl
c t2vv [H *Wb~p *WdP (sin^ (sin^ WdW Wdp3++cot2 ° Wf\ Wf\ *WBP 4 (siJv "- -)) )WdT d§p\ 2 4
+ +
2 f/ d* a d* a \ 22a i\ i da d2 + + 33 + ++ + 2a^a/3 2didP \d( \d( dP dP d(,dp dtfP 29^9/3 vapa/? a ^ 33v)) rrr' 99 J ' tuc^up \u$~up u^cp-
d_f&__ 9^\, - ~- a^\a^ *(£-£)•• spy w
2
Equation (4.24) for function $ is un-changed.
<«2>
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
223
With boundary conditions different from (4.22) (the contour is fixed) the shell's calculation model is not geometrically changeable and function $ i is non-vanishing. Assuming 00 OO oo
E
*i(£,0) s * */?, /?, • I ((./») = ££ / uu( (O0c ocos
(4.33)
k=0 Jk=0 k=0
from (4.26) we obtain hk = C\k sin k£ + Cik cos k( + £(C3k sin k£ + CAk cos k£), where Cn,(i = 1,4) are arbitrary constants. In future we neglect the rods' torsional rigidity assuming r 3 = 0. The determinating of roots r of a characteristic equation corresponding to (4.28) reduces to solving biquadratic equation: r4 - (6k2 - q)r2 + k4 - k7q = 0. r" We can (4.29) (the then these ipti»"3,4 =
prove that if we consider more rigid boundary conditions than in (4.22), above solution will be the lower limit of the sought critical force values) two roots of the equation will be real and two others imaginary: 7*1,2 = ±irk. Consequently, hk = Cik sin rki + C6k rrf + C7k sinh pk£ + Cgk cosh pk£. 6k cos r k£ +
Using formulae (4.25), (4.27), (4.33) from Eqs. (4.32) we find the solution for u,,v,w as expansions 00 0
u.(£,/3) u.(*,0) « *u*(£) £ ) cos *:/?, fc£, /k( (0cosfc/J > «-«,/») = £]£ti k=0 OO 00
«(£,£) { ) sin*/?, v(U) = $ > *v(k(t)s'mkp, *=o 0 00 oo
= £w (i)coskp.
«K,/9):
k
*=0
Each term of these expansions with k ^ 0 contains eight arbitrary constants. In the case of axial symmetry (k = 0) the number of constants determining the solution reduces to six. Subordinating the solution to the given boundary conditions we obtain a separate linear homogeneous system of algebraic equations relative to the said constants for each term of the series. Making the determinant of these systems zero we derive an equation for finding the critical loads. Calculation example. Figure 4.7 shows the calculation results of dimensionless critical load values g° = agR3j'EJ\ for various lattice angles
224
Chapter 4.
Stability
Figure 4.7: volume will remain constant despite changes of this parameter providing dimension a is unchanged). Calculation data: / = vR,rl = 3.3 • 10" 5 . The shell's contour is assumed rigidly fixed (u = v = w = 71 = 0). Figure 4.7 shows that angle
""
L13 L23
2 2 2d d d22 T rrr n 22 & d2 °2 r & T n °& n + n + n= = 21 = = = *&? *dcS W " driB" drift' = *&? W drip 7 d d2 ( . 4sS 4s633 \ d2 = L3l = - , L M = _ + ^ t a n V + - [ -^-J—, ua ua( 1 4sS^33 \\ d d ( *43^3 = = LLM =^ ^( \tut ana n<x^, +i ss^sin ^j)j -- ,, s l l--^ 5^ 2fJ \ / 4 + 4£e3 \ +7 + + 7 da2d/32 (( 1 4J13S \ 8* 4Ji3S d* I \ ,2 , \s8 4s633 ( t m V + 7+ 7 + . ■", ■ " , j Ml + (UnV i \rr++ t atan V\ ++sin ^ i-r-^-, f, \ V Ji Ji sin sin 2f/ 2fJ 2p/ op*) op*) sin 2
cot COt
,33={(cotV ^{(cotV )^£ +[ 6^ ( -i ±e^ -) e,) ]] ^^ {(«*V + + 7)£f
where S3 = F 3 / F , 7 = GJ3/EJue3 = J^/Js. Let the shell up to the point it loses stability be in a momentless state characterized by tangential forces N®, N2, S° whose values are proportional to a particular external
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
225
load parameter and do not depend on the middle surface's coordinates. Using the usual method of introducing a fictitious transverse load (a static stability criterion) we reduce the system of stability equations to the following one equation in eighth order partial derivatives (dimensionless forces Nf,N°,S° as in (3.232) have been introduced):
. a8
a8
a8
a8
a8
+ + 6 + 5 8 ^dcfidp ^da*dp *da*dp d/3 VIZ VjJ €/« l / p t/CI VfJ VfJ 4 6 66 6 6 6 ad* / 6* a+ o* a + b* d a \\ \ ( a a + ^uor ~ ^ *? r(*&? ^ a ^ P + ^aiJdp) ^ +6^d^W* ^diJdp) \ aocr ua^op- 6 88oct'up^66 / 6 ( a a a \ ( a a _iV2 +h ++ h a \ _iV2° T a ^ w + + ^doJdF< a ^ up-/ ° r\ aua^ up w ^a^a^ ^ W)J ua-up-
^do* L/U
+
2S ++ hh^ = 0. 2S° ( + ++ ^ ~ ^ ^ + ~ "° i^u^bl fated? do7dJ> ^dow)\) ] * **==°" ~ 2S do7dp ^dow)} °-
(4.34)
This equation's constant coefficients are: bi = (cot2 v ip + 7)Jcot 6j = y cot2 ip, ip, y>, + 4se Ast3 i. A .2 |Y4 A r /<\ 4+ 62 = 4 c o t V + 7 l-TTTi r -2 j2(fi v,-sin 2u> [ \ sin 2ip S3 c o t 22
S3 COt ip
4 ^ 3 \ ..2 „ e 4a^3 , e£3 33'' 2 > - 22 + — ■. 2 20 6++ sin 2if l) c oo ft V J 2ip ) sin sJ sin 2ip) 2
6
o2 » S3 COt s 3 if
«3 63 = - I O t a n2 2y> y + c o t 2 y ? + .- t\2 «l O + 7 tan sin 2tp 2y> II sin Zip bill ^'f '4 + 4se 3 (6 3 ' sin2Lip 2^> i \ _ sin j \s/j \U J\ J s9" 4 b4 = i4 t ai n ^V + V ^+ -^ -) ) ++ ^3| -- 22 i, ^ J7 f[ ('2 ^- - 66 )V( t, »a Vn + L\sin sin 2ip 2y> I sin s3 L\sin 2y> / \ \ sin 2ipJ 2^/ 5 s isSa 2 + +^sin ^|2|-2y> -))| | ++k k++^*i^(V (| -s| 2 - 2)//J)Jl sin ^ l 4a ^2-2y>' -, , + ^^((tt a n V , + sin'2<^ \ sin'2y>,/J L sin'2y> sin ^y \ sin ty/J <>i \ * /
♦3S-
5-« + ? ♦ * ?
j£*3_\
4JI33
22 6 5, = (tanV ( t a nn 22 ^V +++^^^Vta„V + -- i i^2 ^ + +777))),,, 2-- ))f (t taa„ „ ¥ ^ 3 + Ji sin 2y> + / \ sm sin'2yj/ sin' sin'2^5/ 2ipj 2
The shell's middle surface displacement components are expressed through resolv ing function $ as: U
= =
W* *
33
3
4af 4^33 N aa 3 a_a3_31 l ^ ^ + ssini 2 n2<^>^ Ja«a/? a a ^ -aaM. * '
226
Chapter 4. s3 8fl 0s 2 s JJ9a 0/? dtfdp 4 (h .2 d& (63 o t < ^ ' 3 6P\ \
\
33
(( V n\ \
—1
As6 4^3 ^633 \\ #> #> II ssin n22 2w 2
[/ 17,
Stability
7
2
r
uv = = u; w= = Ar Ni1 = =A M1/ =0 1=0
with
a = 0, / / #
then function $ is expressed through * t mm(o $* (a, #) = //8inA*a8inm/3 sin Aita sin md > j9)
(X (\kk == k*R/l), kirR/l),
(4.35)
where fc,m are correspondingly the number of half-waves along the generatrix and waves along the middle surface's parallel. Substituting (4.35) into Eq. (4.34) we find 4 bi\k k 4- ^A^m' biX b2Xkm' 1' 44- baXlm baXlm44 ++ M 64Aj;m * m 66 ++ 6655m m88 ++ b 6gAj 6X k 2 22 +bkmmX +6* A^iVj' + +&* 4&*mm JV JV° 2bkm mX mA kN° + 2° + 26 fcm kS° t 5° = 0,
(4.36)
where bkm = hX brX bgXkm ++ 69m bgm . . k k +4-fegA^m We now examine three different cases of a shell subjected to an external load. a) The shell is compressed by linear load p = const along the middle surface's generatrix. The main momentless stressed state is determined using formulae (p = ERp°) jVj» - p ° , Af N° = -p°> N°2° = = 5° S° = = 0. With the shell's axisymmetrical buckling (m = 0) from (4.36) we obtain , V-2 _2 lfi = £AS + J V . „0 -
6 &11 Y 2 \2
(4.37)
b J., &66
Assuming k ^> 1, we find the minimum value p = p, from (4.37) and condition dp°k/d(X2k) = 0. Here X\ = (b6/biy'2 and „ 00
P =
p. P.
° ffl
=
2Fri sin 2
bi
V
*+ ^ '
(438)
where r, =(J1/R2F)V*. If the shell's middle surface after losing stability is not axisymmetrical we may from (4.36) find 1 4 2 16 88 M A| | 4+4-biXtm biXlm +4-hXim hXjm ++ b6M66A^ XJ4k _ 61A? 61 MfcTO2 4kjXlm4 ++ bM + b65m 4Xt " km + sm 4 0o P°m Pkm P m 2 2 * ~ (; M J + b»m*)Xl 4- baXlm* 6sA^m 4- 69m")A
((4.39)
'
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
227
Hence, minimizing this expression according to k and m we obtain the minimum critical load value. b) The shell is subjected to uniform external pressure g. From (4.36) with the main stressed state (g = Eg0) N° = -g°, we have
0o
9km 9km
N° = S° = 0
2 4 2 6 a88 baXjin 6 m + -I_ M | + M | m + hXjm baXjm4 + b4X km + hm bs5m + b6eXj 2 ~ ( M Il + MJ m X» + bam*)™* bsm^m
((4.40)
'
Formula (4.40) is easily converted to formula (13.72) of the book [77] with the shell's parameters (1.28) if the lattice is isotropic. It is also necessary to minimize value g°.m according to k and m to calculate the minimum critical load value. c) The shell is simultaneously subjected to loads p and g. Then using (4.36) we obtain the following equation M | + M | m 2 + bsXtrn4 + bd4,X^2rkam66 + 65m8 + 666A£ Al - (M Ml + + hXlm bs%m22 + bgm^lXlp0 + m2g°) = 0. Tables 4.3-4.8 tabulate cylindrical shell's critical load values for different l/R and tp values, other lattice parameters being identical (the rods having tubular cross sections) Fi = 7.14 • 10~ 1Q-6R2; J 3 , = 2JU = 9.74 • lO' 10"1111/*/?44;; G, = 0.4£,
(t = 1,2,3). (t"
Although angle tp changed the rods' material volume, per unit area of the shell remained constant. Thus (1 + s)m0 = const, 2TTC
l_i..i*_1 J _ _ _ _ J.1 !JJ where m 0 is the number of the. lattice's nodes on the middle surface's parallel. During calculations the said constant was given the value 19.42. Tables 4.3, 4.4 list the dimensionless critical load values with the cylindrical shell's axial compression with and without account of the rods' torsional rigidity. From the analysis of the results given in these tables one can conclude the following. The optimum angle
With the lattice angle tp differing from (p., the form of the shell's lost stability is characterized by a smaller wave number value it. At this the wave number value m also reduces, except for the case when it is constant at
Chapter 4.
228
Table 4.3: l/R V"
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m 5 7 8 8 8 9 9 6 6 6 5 5 4 4
k
1
1 2 2 3 4 4 5
lCrf m 136 272 371 450 501 525 528 515 445 385 307 234 175 113
k
2
10V! m
5 2 7 3 8 4 8 5 8 7 9 8 9 10 5 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 5 2 3 1 3 1
136 265 371 450 500 525 528 507 437 347 285 234 151 104
k
3
5 3 7 5 8 6 8 8 8 11 9 13 9 15 5 2 5 2 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 2 2 1
10Mrf m
k
4
136 265 371 449 500 525 528 500 427 364 269 208 170 105
5 4 7 6 8 8 8 11 8 15 9 17 9 20 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 8 3 2 2 1
IO'-V
m
89 195 297 385 458 506 463 411 354 333 251 192 150 095
6 8 9 9 9 9 1 5 3 3 4 4 3 2
10»rf 136 265 371 449 500 525 528 500 405 336 291 224 151 93
Table 4.4: l/R 9°
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m
6 8 9 9 9 9
1
Jfc 10»rf
1 2 2 2 3 2 7 7 8 9 10 12 14 18
89 199 297 388 458 506 466 412 354 295 236 179 129 84
2 it 2 3 4 5 5 4 13 15 16 18 21 24 3 1 3 1
m 6 8 9 9 9 9
\oV. 89 196 297 385 458 506 463 412 354 295 236 179 140 92
m
6 8 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 5 3 3 4 3
3 * 3 5 6 7 8 6 20 22 24 2 1 1 2 2
4 it 4 7 9 9 10 08 26 2 1 1 1 3 2 1
10»rf 89 196 297 385 458 506 463 447 375 307 259 207 140 86
Stability
4.2.
Cylindrical
Shells and Shells of
229
Rotation Table 4.5:
l/R
v° 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m 8 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5
1
2
10Y m
10'ff.u 0.130 0.238 0.327 0.399 0.440 0.470 0.493 0.501 0.476 0.462 0.439 0.380 0.348 0.286
0.320 0.507 0.679 0.825 0.942 1.010 1.050 1.070 1.040 1.010 0.338 0.863 0.454 0.665
6 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 4 3
3 m 5 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3
10'<7.U 0.086 0.159 0.220 0.262 0.287 0.306 0.324 0.332 0.309 0.294 0.288 0.254 0.212 0.192
4 m 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2
io7.°
0.064 0.118 0.160 0.195 0.229 0.232 0.233 0.236 0.641 0.230 0.200 0.182 0.174 0.142
If the rods' torsional rigidity is neglected in the calculations the critical loads decrease in the range of 5-45 per cent and the optimum angle value changes to tp, = 30°(critical loads decrease substantially when parameter value ip significantly differs from the optimum one). The calculation results for a shell subjected to a uniform external pressure are given in Tables 4.5, 4.6 (the latter's data was obtained with 7 = 0). From these tables it follows that the critical load value greatly depends on parameter l/R. The shell warps along the generatrix according to one half-wave (k = 1). The lattice's optimum angles are y?. = 40° with l/R = 1,2,3 and if, = 45° with l/R = 4. Condition 7 = 0 causes a reduction in the critical load value by 15-46 per cent. The solutions of the shell's stability problems when it is simultaneously subjected to axial compression and external pressure are shown in Tables 4.7, 4.8. Critical axial force values have been obtained with g° = 4 • 10~9 for various l/R and f parameters with and without account of the rods' torsional rigidity (Table 4.8). Thus, from Table 4.7 it follows that with l/R = 1 the lattice's optimum angle is
230
Chapter 4.
Table 4.6:
l/R
v° 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m 8 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5
1
10V
0.172 0.352 0.516 0.652 0.761 0.849 0.890 0.917 0.915 0.881 0.828 0.747 0.642 0.541
m 6 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 3
2
w'afi
0.091 0.188 0.264 0.325 0.371 0.393 0.411 0.432 0.416 0.403 0.400 0.340 0.309 0.253
m 5 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 3
3
10V
0.067 0.132 0.180 0.221 0.242 0.255 0.268 0.284 0.272 0.252 0.255 0.233 0.193 0.173
m 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2
4 io's.u 0.033 0.101 0.135 0.161 0.183 0.199 0.198 0.200 0.205 0.210 0.181 0.165 0.158 0.133
Table 4.7:
v" 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m 5 6 8 8 9 9 9 6 6 6 5 5 4 4
1
Jfc H>V. m
1 1 2 3 3 4 5
126 262 364 447 499 523 527 500 431 371 297 224 669 107
5 7 8 8 9 9 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3
l/R 2 3 it 10>» m k 1 182 5 1 3 256 7 4 4 364 8 6 5 445 8 8 7 498 9 10 8 523 4 499 4 467 4 411 4 321 3 259 3 220 3 136 3 090 2
« 104 256 364 445 498 521 472 427 392 331 236 175 141 091
4 m A; 4 1 7 6 8 8 8 10 4 4 5 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
« 087 256 364 445 492 498 499 442 347 278 233 207 126 067
Stability
231
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
Table 4.8:
l/R
v° 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
m 7 8 9 9 9 7
1
k io a P i; m 1 074 5 2 192 8 2 289 9 2 380 9 2 453 9 1 487 5 7 466 5 7 412 5 8 354 1 9 295 1 10 236 1 12 179 1 14 129 3 18 084 3
Figure 4.8:
2
k 1 3 4 4 5 1 1 1 16 18 21 24 1 1
™v. 074 185 289 380 452 473 440 406 354 295 236 179 125 078
m 5 8 9 9 9 4 4 4 4 5 3 3 3 2
3 k 10V m 1 063 5 5 185 8 6 289 9 7 379 9 452 9 471 4 419 4 372 5 338 3 311 3 219 3 159 3 125 2 085 2
4 k 10"tf 1 051 6 185 8 289 9 379 9 452 414 411 2 406 316 248 205 182 120 060
Figure 4.9:
232
4.2.2
Chapter 4.
Stability
Shallow non-circular cylindrical shells
We investigate losses of a cylindrical shell's stability subjected to a linear compressive force p = const, directed along the middle surface's generatrix. The method of solution is based on the small parameter classical method. The introduction of a small parameter and solution of static problems using an iteration method for these shells was described in Sec. 3.4.5. We obtain the system of equations for the cylindrical shell's stability subjected to this type of loading from (3.180) assuming the lattice's structure is as in Sec. 3.4.5. This system has the form -yO *0 02 o 7° d322<S>° pod2"0 _= 0, L°(w°) + 22 *~B?~da t~ da 5 a22 ' o. - 7° g 2 ">° = 0, M°(*°) ; HP da2
(441)
w-w&-°>
where
b2Fp 4EJtV'
FP P0 = (l+secy) P° P" ( l +{ls+se e ccy)— v] ?*) - ^ - .
We expand dimensionless curvature l/fl°(/3) into a power series according to the small parameter: 1
OO
:>«o\ ^ ) = DD —A
£= !-/&„,
- 1 <*(/?)
lfc=o
System (4.41) can be presented as: ,32*
^n^u;0
„
l --W-e°(0) (Mfl U) + L 7°[1 + P°^L VV)) + + 7°[1 ++£«V(jJ) ( /vJ ) + + +• •-"••]g2-£14+0P°^£VV(/3) 2 = 0,= 0, ' 'da da ft2™0 M°(w°) ( °)_ ° °[1 _ < eo{fi) ( 9 + e V(/3) V ( / J ) + + • • ] ^ M°(w°) -77 7°[1 + eV(0) + • • ] g^- -==0.0. w [1 e- «,(/?) 7 / )+e
(4.42)
Assume that eigen functions and values are analytical functions of parameter e. Then the following expansions can be written as: oo
w°(o,/3;e) w°(aj;e) = == Jf;eV*»2(o,/?), ufla,/?), fc=0
0
P K/3;e) == ffy»2(a,/S), fy»2(a,/?), .P°(e) *°(a,fi;e) y*2(a,fl, = f£>*tf. >*/?. #°(«»ft«) P°(e) = k=0 t=0
(4.43)
k=0 *=0
Substituting these expansions into (4.42) comparing coefficients with the identical degrees of parameter e, we obtain a system of connecting equations with constant
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
233
coefficients < ^ o Woa'^ Md S =~ o, da oa' p0 0
2
2
»2...0 2
_.od w°0 ^°(*o)-7°g = 0, 7 2 v-o/ / 0a Q Q2 a*
L
+7
2_ ++ Pp
+ 7 v K) -^T "' '"^da 2
_cr) P -kg - i - . - 7^7' 2J Xj(-
2
2
fc=0 fc=o
^M\K)~^ W - 7 ° ^
t=0
k
= -in-°Y- 7 ^ ( ^§- r ^
(-1,2,3,...). (-1,2,3,...)-
*=o The boundary conditions are also expanded into a series according to the power of parameter e. When a shallow cylindrical shell rectangular in plan is hinged supported along the entire contour functions u>°(a,/?) and $°(a,fi) must satisfy the following conditions (k = 0,1,2,...): 2 d^22u>° „ W .,_ w°k a22*2 *^ = a ^ **° * •. .,_ Wlth Qa ==0 0, a a= = a al5 = = ~d¥~ "° = ^-daT = -daT 'aaT = W - 9 # ==~ li0 Wlth ' >' 22 2 2 a *? d u>° d *° 0 *° w,th „ ..
0 t 0
< -^=#=^=° £ - £ - 2 - - '-■■ '-A= — - i = 0 with
/? = 0,
/? = /?,.
Without going into detail we write the main calculation formulae making it possible to find the critical forces in the zero, first and second approximations for noncircular cylindrical shells hinged supported along the contour subjected to longitudinal compression Pm» Pm^
=
POm/i
=
POmii + ZRPlmn + P0m/» POm/j
^RPimiii ^RPimiti
n2 . _ >
^ slm/i — Slm/i T "T "t" 7 S2m^> S2m*j> S2m^' o 0O2a /•-1 /•-1 00 t-1 = = -27 ^1 &„*„, Zim^ffi^ Z2nm„, JJ a A m = ^' (^i C 6 4 / i 77°° E ^ Y {"i (7°^m^>lmM,m, ^mq YJ (7°6"m„4m ,m, #m,x,m,)£,i, BBmm^, )Ln = 22 777°° °^C .7( £lm S2m/i 9 +' Bmu,mq) Linq MU „ M-64/^7° ^ -- 64/i lU >mMi li m*,mt M «=1,2,...
Plm„ Plm Plm„ W P7m» P2 m„
{n±q (/i±« = (u±q = 2k, 2fc, *,
iit), ), a4 9g ^^ / P-),
where 2 &m„ tin* = (a,/m7r) A,mm(i 6m (ai/mx) (ai/m7r)2 A, M = (i
(t = 1,2), 7
1 4 V° v>° = r- + ^- J- - jJ , a
/
Q
/* JT* 10 \
Lr c -1- - JL L fA (11-_- JL"\ cC JL"\ L ig C - 11-- i ^ U Um 111 ! ))111 ' t V ! " " 1 5 f V \ * V "• " tV"! ""15 »V V *V/' "• " i V "- ! 02 F22 ' ""15 » v V * V // ' 2 // J 64L 64L ,/i7° ,/J7° 02 M M _ 64L , i L^i M,,//i77° _ 64LM / JJ 1l_\\ (J ^»m/j,mfl M /7 ,u.mo — I > > > l_\1*1 — POmg P0m*i * POmj POmji POmj — POmji \C2m(i \C2m(i POmj — POmji \C2m(i
Bmmtl "
"'
m
'
"
??2m»/ 2m?/ ?2m?/
3 03 6iL fti° j/(/ 64Z,„,A 777 003 lm pD ^^ MLLAi ^^mq A ^ ,p7° ,^0 A^,^0 / 7°* (Kb mf PQm/i)^2m9 V s i ma S2m/j (Po mg POm/i)^2m9 V slmg^2m/i
mq P0mft)&2mq V slmflS2m/j mo - P 0 m , i ) A 2 m , '
(
pp \\\ POm M pomM po mM \ mM slmf 1 / dm? slmf 11 //
234
Chapter 4.
Stability
Figure 4.11:
Figure 4.10:
Calculation example. Determine the dependencies between the compressive critical forces along the middle surface's generatrix on the lattice's angle
e = 0.3636;
7 0 = 544
—for the cross section profile as a catenary; ai = 1.74;
e = -1/3;
7 0 = 928
—for the shell's cross section having a cycloidal profile. Figure 4.10 shows the dependence of the dimensionless critical force value „_
2 6VF F *F 400£J, P *
on the lattice's structure with the rods' material volume constant for a shallow cylindrical shell whose middle surface cross section is a catenary (curve 1). The solution has been obtained taking the first three terms of expansion into a series into account according to small parameter e. The zero approximation solution is also shown (curve 2). For comparison (curve 3) the dependency of the critical load on the lattice's angle if for a shallow circular shell having the same main sizes (in plan and rise) is also given. Figure 4.11 shows similar curves for a shallow cycloid shell. Analysis of the obtained results shows that the critical forces depend greatly on the lattice's angle y>. For all the three types of shells the optimum lattice's structure
235
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
with ip, ss 5°, the extremum is clearly pronounced and the form of the stability loss corresponds to the case when m = 1, ft = 3. The maximum critical force corresponds to that of a cycloidal shallow cylindrical shell. The convergence of the small parameter method was studied numerically for shells with a lattice's angle
4.2.3
Large d e f l e c t i o n s of s h a l l o w c y l i n d r i c a l s h e l l s
We solve the shallow circular cylindrical shell's problems using an approximate strainenergy method (Ritz's method) and apply the theory of medium bending (see Sec. 1.1.2b). For the shallow shells subjected to medium bending the strain tensor components are expressed by formulae (1.6), (1.7). Using displacement vector components u, v,w these formulae in the Cartesian system of coordinates for the shallow cylindrical shell with radius R of the middle surface cross section may be written as 2 2 du I1 fdw\ (dw\ fdu>\ _dv _ dv dv I OW V OV + + £2 + + ~ dx~ di dl 2\dx~) 2Vdx~) 2\1^) '' £2= -d^ -dy~ dy~ RdyR dx 2 \dxj du dw du du du dw dw dw Kl ■■ w K a 1" " a — a - ' l = ' w = "o~~ dy + dx dv dx dx dx dv' dy dx dx dy' dy' ayd2w ox ox ayd2w d2w d2w 22 K2 dy dxdy dxdy = " dy V 2'' ' ' dy ' dxdy
=
R
2 1 (dw\ (dw\ fdw\ [ 2\.~dy~) 2{.~dy~) 22 \ \d ^ ) ' I1
w W
du OU
£l
+ +
dd222w w 22 dx dx dx2'''
(4.44)
The shell's strain energy is determined according to formula (1.54) where value J' is calculated using (1.56). Substituting formulae (4.44) into (1.56) we obtain
'-£{*[(^(£)> u^m'h +(S+H®)> •=i
\
/du + \dy —
'
/
T2
+
dv dw dwdw\ dw\ ^+ -^^rdx dx dy J SiC.
, / 2d2w C
N
L\
^{ '-dx^
2
+ S
2d
w
'W
+
d2w .
n
\\2
dxTy3m^)
236
Chapter 4. d2w d'w
__ //
2 d'w d w d'w
d2w d'w
„ \\ 2' \ „
Stability (4.45)
Ci iCi S i C ^ — —SSiCi SiCi^—r + _ - CCCcos 1 > . + Ci Ci + iCi + + 2*2to. dxTy °°°SSS2(Pi VV iCiWW ~~~ SiCiMMM + dxTy ^"))j )fJ■■•
(445)
Further we examine shallow cylindrical shells having a rhombic lattice formed from identical rods whose torsional rigidity is small (J3 = 0). One of the rhomb's diagonals coincides with the direction of the middle surface's generatrix. Then the expression (4.45) for the shell's doubled strain energy J* is substantially simplified: wl dw_V\ ,+ (dv + l!V *±u°°\X ^»([(£ + KS> (M KS)>
"* ( \[frmy+{i+hmy. (
(((
du i 9u au dy \dy \Oy
d dv r ov dx dx Ox
9u> dw dw\ aw 9uA aw \11 dx dy JJ ox dy) ay
7 22„a222 i«
22 2 u22) \ 2 22„ 5
2
(I' J\ j||
222 22 „2„2 S2 C
f2
2 2d2n 22w\2
„ -,\f[ " / dd w w w\ dd w\ + fd( dw\w\. ms ,. n- 2y,1 ++2/ 2/ c c +s +s nT
[( [( V v Vv)) +\a*i) feJ
We introduce notations
£ = xxtany>, tan y>, ztany>,
((4(4.46) ]46). lilB
2
*«yH'
-
u. cot y>. = uucoty>. ucottf. u, =
(4.47) (4-47)
Then expression (4.46) becomes
J
4r,f\9u. 44r, ^ f f\9u. I[ ^ a« u. . n„4„i\du. K +
2 2 22 2 I (dw\ fdw\ dv w 1 // 0fdw\ {divVY 1 /5u;\2 du u A ~\ l [dw\ dw + + + + + + 9.['df d7, 'R 9.[^
^ « 2U)
\\~dF = "'{[aeUKJe)
/fdu, Ou, dv Ov dwdw\ Ow Ow \ \\dy"*"d( dy ++di d£ dy J K~dy~) \dy"*"d( K~dy~) 2 2 2 a 22 u ; u;V .^rlfd^dhvV^f^wY] on4T 4 \fd r [ 2/w dda 22w\ a u; w\2 wV on4T 4 \fd r [ /w
+ +
+2sI +2sI
I 1 JJ J 2 2 2
22
Jd w\ ' fd w\Jd] w\ ' + +4 \W+ w)+i fe) • A
2
[W w) (im)l
(„4(4(4.48) 448) 8).
--
J O
Assume that the shell is subjected to uniformly distributed external pressure Z = that using the shell is subjected to uniformly Z= —g.Assume In this case formulae (1.54) and (4.48) wedistributed present theexternal system'spressure total energy —g. In this case using formulae (1.54) and (4.48) we present the system's total energy as: as: 2 2 1 4„„ f/ ff/ j\IJ [\dn. dv w d"u«. • l1 u ; y\ 9u ^fdw\ V\ l Y2 i_ fdw\ / 9oto at; w u; 1 1// ' Ow
E
<
+
" * JJ\[dl / /
+
(du, / au.
dv #v
2{W+a-y
2 dwdw\ Owdw\
+ +
+
R + 2{-dy-)
I ,. ,
Ur * **) j«* d w\ i+4 ++. ! 9 +^rfsI, f [[\(d \ (w *+Z+ (+4 £fdz wV] y \ # *,..+ + ^ \ \,+4 '"'//[(^ ^)' (li)']^ » W/[(^ $) (S)l« '//- *<"« - Jj[{w W) [oWy)[ »//»^« 4
2 r t f /at...
2 22 Xt...\
s 2 t / til... \ "
iy +9
/ uj^«/y.(4.49)
4.2. Cylindrical Shells And Shells of Rotation
237
Here integrals relate to the shell's entire middle surface. It is easy to show that the study of a shallow cylindrical shell with the rhombic rod lattice can be reduced to that of a shell with a square lattice. With tp = x/4 from formulae (4.47) it follows that u. = u. To make all the integrals in the right-hand part of (4.49) identical for the shell with a rhombic lattice and some fictitious shell with a square lattice we make the lattice shell's length /. = / tan ip. If in addition we assume that g, = g/4s*, we obtain total energy E for the real shell from that of the fictitious shell by multiplying by a constant is*. Thus, the calculation of a shell with a rhombic lattice can be replaced by that of the shell with a square lattice with a new length /. = / tan
E =
ou 1 /I/^HY ow\ ov — 1 _ aJ\4 JJ[1 JJ[1 I\j [dx \i*L if—Y] dx + 22\dxJ \dxj + dy dy+ R 2 \dy J J
J L TJ•* J\[d-x
+
r
+
2\dxJ 2-(-dx-) d-ydy : R
2 \dy J J
fdn du dv dwdw\ II , , \dy dx dx dy J ^- + +^r\uy ox + ^ox ^oy j i> dxdv
y+9 i//[(^y+«(S)'H+'//—<»•>
+7/7 (ST + ST) +4(Sh)
dxd
f g / / wdxdy. (4.50)
We now examine a shallow cylindrical shell with sizes / = 2d and L = 26 in plan under the following boundary conditions (the origin of coordinates is assumed in the centre of the shell): u = w = Nx = Mi — 0 with 1i = ±d, u = v = w = M2 Mi = 0 with y = ±6.
(4.51) (4-51)
These conditions correspond to a shell with rigid hinged supports along its longitudinal edges and its curvilinear edges hinged-supported on flexible diaphragms rigid in their planes. Assume that the deflection function w satisfying conditions (4.51) over the shell's contour has the form w = (wi cosyi + u>2sin2yi)cosxi, where i j and y\ are dimensionless coordinates Xl Xl=
wx 2d' 2d'
_ *3/ ny
2/i Vl=
2~b26'
(4.52)
238
C h a p t e r 4.
Stability
To improve t h e convergence we introduce t h e following t e r m s t o t h e expressions for tangential components of t h e displacement function u, v.
u
dxdx -\lid£)dX "-- = -1/(10 '
l VW = ^ -\j(^\ ^jj-jwdy_y(^ _y^
Vw Vw = =
wdy wdy
d , dy dy
y,
where value w is determined using function (4.52). T h e final expressions for the tangential displacement functions satisfying b o u n d a r y conditions (4.51) are uu
v
= =
(u, ccos o s yy,, + u 2 s i n 2 y , ) s i n x ,
=
+— ;(sin2x, — - 2 2x,)(u;, x , ) ( u ; , cosy, + w u ;22ssiinnz2yy,,;) 2 , ——^sinzx, zx\)(w\ ibd 16a \ \\226i ■ n ( ■ 22 vi sin 2y, + -I- v2 cos y, + I sin y, y, I —-u>, —-w, \ 7T / 7T/1 V * // 7r/t JT xR _ 2 - (1 + cos2j/i)——wj c o s 22yy,,))— —uw> 22 \ cosxj cosx, + -I- I( sinyi siny, + + —sin -sin2y, y, JJ w\ — "■'■KR
"J
TT
+ +—u)iU) 3(3cos y, — cos3y,) - c cos3y,) os3y,) +— —w w jj w w 22 2((2{jcos 3 cc oo ss y y, i/, — -t-—w\w — cosoyi) 3TT 3?r n* 11 •. . *22 ,. i( ■ 22 \\ 11 jr + 4u> + 4w222 (I sin s i n yy,, - — sin s i n 44y, y, y, JI1 — — ccoo s222xi i, .. sin 4//i 7/1 I ros j*».
(4.53)
In Eqs. (4.52) and (4.53) parameters u , , u , , u ; i characterise t h e symmetrical form of the reticulated shell's deformation and parameters uu22,v,v2,w a non-symmetrical 22 2,w one. Substituting the displacement components of t h e point on t h e shell's middle surface (4.52) and (4.53) into (4.50) and performing t h e said integration over the shell's surface we obtain t h e system's total energy as a function of t h e above six parameters. We do not give this expression here as it is very cumbersome. Applying t h e minimum energy condition we obtain a system of six algebraic equations which reduces to the following system of two nonlinear algebraic equations: 2 Cil$ + C,C? + C2C1C22 ++ C3C, CsC? + + C C4CI + CsCi + + C C66qo = = 0, 0, 4(i + 2 2 (0,(1 C77C2 £ + + 2C 4 Ci + + C 8K = 0. 0. (C2C ++ C )C22 =
In this system of equations
c, =
u>i ui,
7'
G C2 =
102 w 1022
7'
S-
44 ab ab [Jl a6 4 /1/T 9 q= : EFf? Ety9' ' P = VT'
and constant coefficients: 2 C, = C, = 226.881A 2 + + 376.680 + + 128.525A" 128.525A" 22 +4.07276A" +4.07276A" 44 ;;
(4.54)
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation C2 C3 = C4 = C5 = C6 C7 C8
239
907.527A2 + 1961.56 + 1193.20A -2 +391.571A -4 ; -Jb*(389.635A2 + 297.928 + 1.30530A-2 - 0.0592A-4); -Jfc*(519.514A2 + 304.309 + 223.831A -2 + 21.7455A"4); -*'(519.514A *'2(157.914A2 + 17.3210 + 1.39400A-2 + 0.02427A"4)
+1186.06A2 + 7744.38 + 5250.66A"2 + 2407.10A"4 + 296.515A'6; = -(631.655A2 + 334.458 + 157.914A"2); = 3630.14A2 + 1018.57 + 953.568A" 2 +243.231A -4 ; = *' ifc'22 (97.4095 + 28.6619A'2 + 1.43640A"4) +18977.0A2 + 38513.7 + 21002.6A-2 + 7744.37A"4 + 296.515A"6,
where A = d/b, k* = b2/pR. If we investigate only the symmetrical form of the shell's deformation we shall put (2 = 0. When (2 / 0 from the second equation of system (4.54) we find: 22 -__1_ TU ^ C2l+2C ? + i2C
~C00 777
(4.55)
Since £| > 0 the condition of positiveness of the right-hand part in (4.55) makes it possible to determine easily the values £1, at which a nonsymmetrical form of deformation occurs and disappears. We now investigate the obtained solution on a particular example for which A = 2. In this case the first equation in system (4.54) and Eq. (4.55) have the form: 37.14Jfc'C2 - 48.79*'C? 0.2633C? + 1.183CiCl - 37.14Jfc'C, 2 +(2.791 + 1299fc* )Ci - 5.801 • 105? = 0, 30.90*'0 - 7.609 - 66,27*' 2 > 0. C22 = -0.3744C,2 + 30.90*'G
(4.56)
In this calculation example, values q and ** are multiplied correspondingly by 10- 6 and 10- 2 Assuming (2 = 0 in the first equation of (4.56) we obtain the dependence characterizing a symmetric form of the shell's deformation; the second equation should be neglected as it was derived from the second equation of system (4.54) performed identically with (2 = 0: 2 2 s 0.2633C? - 37.14ifc*C 37.14*'C, + (2.791 + 1299** 1299*** K, Ki -- 5.801 5.801 •• 10 10 s99 == 0. 0.
(4.57)
For a non-symmetrical form of the shell's deformation the system of two equations (4.56) reduces to the following: -0.1794C? + 17.67Jfc*C? - (6.206 + 287.3*' 2 )G +371.3*' + 3234**' - 5.801 • 1055?? = 0.
(4.58)
240
Chapter 4.
Figure 4.12:
Stability
Figure 4.13:
The second equation (4.56) makes it possible to ascertain that the non-symmetrical form of deformation can occur k' > 0.115. The curves of the dependencies of the external load parameter q at various k" values are shown in Figs. 4.12 and 4.13. The solid lines are for a symmetrical (4.57) and dashed lines for a non-symmetrical (4.58) forms of the reticulated shell's deformation. From these figures it is clear that the shell's rigidity increases as parameter k" increases. At certain parameter values of the external load q an antisymmetrical deformation is superimposed on the symmetrical one, i.e. the shell loses the first type stability.
4.2.4
Shells of rotation
Assume that the shell's initial pressured state is momentless and characterized by the calculation model's linear forces Ni,N2,S. We obtain stability equations of the shell of rotation by replacing the surface load components in (3.229) by: X = Y = 0,
Z = -{NxKt + N2K2 + 2 5 r ) .
(4.59)
Then we must use the method of separating the variables as in Sec. 3.7.3 when studying static problems. To obtain the system of differential equations for the stability in a form convenient for numerical integration, vector / in Eq. (3.241) should be determined with account of Eq. (4.59) where the bending deformation components Ki, K2, T are expressed through the components of vector y. Consequently the differential equation system is homogeneous. Just as the boundary conditions. Hence, we have an eigenvalue problem (the external load's intensity parameter).
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
241
Calculation example. We need to determine critical value p compressing the reticulated hyperboloid of rotation in the meridional direction (Fig. 3.50) for the first four wave numbers of form derivation along the middle surface's parallel where the loss of stability occurs. The shell's parameters are taken as in the static calculation example (Sec. 3.7.3). From the solution of the static problem in the momentless theory we have 00 _ N? JV? = --rrr °"'" V l + (r')V, (r')V,
N^-hk^N?, N° = -hk?N?,
S° = 0,
where p° = p/c^E. The problem's numerical solution: p° = 1.29-l(T 1.29-10-7 ;
3.18 • 10 - 7 ;
1.81 • 10" 1
10~77.. 1.21 • lfT
where m = 0,1,2,3 respectively. Using the reticulated shell theory, axisymmetrical buckling and supercritical deformations of reticulated shells of rotation have been investigated. The calculation model's kinematic relationships and equilibrium equations correspond to Reissner's geometrically nonlinear theory. As is well known, restrictions are not imposed on the displacement values and turn angles of the normals to the shell's middle surface (Kirchhoff-Love's hypothesis taking only a small deformation into account). Assume that the initial position of the shell's middle surface meridian is stated by a parametric equation: r 0 = r0(or),
zo = z0(a) (ct)
(an < a < a 2 ).
Designating through 0o(a) the angle between the tangent to the meridian before the shell's deformation and axis r we can write relationships rr'00 = Ac Ao cos 09O0,, z'z'00 = = AA00 sin sin 9900,,
(4.60)
where Ao = Ao(at) is Lame's coefficient corresponding to coordinate a along the meridian; here and further the accent (/) means differentiation with respect to a. We use similar functions, namely: z, r, 9, A to describe the shell's deformed state. Thus r' = A Acos0, cos 0, z' = Asin9. A sin 9. (4.61) Displacement vector components u and w in the directions of axes r and z and the turn angle of normal /? are assessed using formulae u=r— — rr00,,
to == zz — — zo, ft0 = 90Q0 — — 9. to 0.
(4.62) (4.62)
The static equations have the form (rVY (rVy (rVy + + Arn Arpi (rtf)' -- AN (rH)' AN*2 + Arjn (rH)' AN* + ATJH Arjn (rMx)' -AMj -AMI - ArQxt -AM2 cos 96-ArQi
= = = = = = = =
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
(4.63)
242
Chapter 4.
Stability
where V = Ni sin 9 + Q, cos 9,
H = Nx cos 0 - Q, sin 0,
Pi and pj are components of the surface load's intensity vector acting along axes z and r respectively. In a general case p, = pp11((p,a,z,r,0), p,a,z,r,0),
P2=p2(p,a,z,r,0),
where p is the external load parameter. The middle surface deformation components are derived from formulae ei = /ci =
rt-1. A/AQ-1, A/AQ-1, A/Ao-1, e 22 = r / r 0 - l , P'/A0, K2 = (sin90 — sin9)/rQ.
Assuming that the lattice consists of three families of rods (the fourth rods' family is absent in Fig. 1.5) and that first two families' rods are identical we obtain the constitutive equation from (1.30). Let us assume that (w,0,u,V,H,M r = (y,p) =.(w,/3,u,V,H,M (w,0,u,V,H,M p). uP).1u,p). The other unknown functions can be expressed through the basic ones. Using Eqs. s. (4.61)-(4.63) i t . u i p ^ i . u o ^ we WC find 11UU to' = A sin w' sin 96 — —z'z'0,0, u'u'== AAcos cos90——r'0r', 0, /3'/3'= =—— A0A K\, 0K\, rV' = -Arpi-r'V, rV -ArPl-r'V, rH' rH' = AN AN22-- Arp* Arpj Arp2 -- r'H, r'H, rM[ = ArQ! ArQx + AM AM22 cos rM[ cos 90 - r'A/,. We introduce additional parameter t as a certain functional of solution: t = T(y,p). This parameter's monotonic independent change determines the process of deformation. When solving the problem the initial and boundary conditions should be taken into account: = r r 00,, u Uiyiy\a=a \a=a Gi (i(i== 1,2). 1,2). rr uu ,, = , , ==Gi We now describe the solution method [8]. Let P W , P< n+1 ' = P(n( n>' + AP<"> AP'"> be the problem's solutions correspondingly with t = tn and t n +i — *n 'n + At A<„ n where Atn is a rather small pitch according to parameter t, A P ' n ' is the increment of function P ' n ' on step Atn. Quasilinearizing the problem' equations within the limits of the step A<„ using Newton-Kontorvich's method we find (index n is neglected) Ay' = LAu Av' LAy + BA LAy P flAt/,+F,. A ^ PF,u , yi y + = NAy F Ap, AyJ + F Ap, Ay[ = NAy F333Ap,
(4.64) (4.65)
4.2.
Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation
243
6
At At = = 5]r ^ T i iVl A3/,-fT 3/, + + T^Ap, TppAp, Ap, = ^T^Ayi yiA At
(4.66)
1=1
^A U j , |a=ai = = G^Ap G^Ap + Gl GV Gi^1 ' (( ii== 1,2), 1,2), U,Ay\ C r'Ap + 1,2), tAy\ 0=0j a=ai Ap, = Api = p, lP p,,rrAu + p^Aw pi, pi,xxAw Aw - PijAp pi, PijAp iP l P Ap + p,, eA0
(t (i = =1,2), 1,2), 1,2),
(4.67) (4.68)
where G\1] !/i
= Gi-U \\a=ai = G G,,,, G\2) = Gi Gi-U - iyiyU ilP t > >, a=ai iy\a=ai
(i ( i= = l1,2), ,2),
r (£2,K-2,Ni,Qi,0,K i,<2i,0,'ci,ei,A,Af2,./V2,Pi,P2), Uei,A,M 2,N2,pi,p2), = (£3,*2,A (£2,n2,N 1,QuO,KUei,A,M 2,N2,puP2),
Ay', Fi,F3—vector-columns. Non-zero coefficients /y,6i/,«y,/i 1/3 have the following values: /«
ks h3 hs hs 638 63s 638 63s bss 65s 6510 bsio 65IO L....
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
-V'/r-PlPlr-piA/r, -V'/rA/r, A/r, lA/r, Ili4 « = -r'/r, -r'/r, 55 = / « u = / 55 -H'/r-pjA/r, -H'fr-pjA/r, -H'fr-pjA/r, PiA/r, l = = -M[/r + + AQ AQ »A/r, 63 -H/r-p2A/r, l63 Ay11l/r, /r, 63 = -M1/r + AcosO, &i8 = &i8 626 A sin sin 90, A cos 6, 6ig = sin0, s i n 0 , bj bj66 = =A A 00,, 635 635 = =— — A-4 cosfl, 6 45 = = -bmV/r, -635 V/r-pi, 6411 b == --A, cost/, - & 3 8V/r-p V 7 ru- p i , 64 6 44n A, cosfl, 645 -635 V/r, V/r, 6 6448 8= = -63s -638 n = I. HIL l I 7 / _ _ »r _ I. -hsH/r, bss P2 + +i N 512 = -hsH/r, bss = = -b^H/r -b^H/r - P2 N22r,r, 66512 = --A, -X X ,, A/r, A/r, bM = = A, A, ^ 99 = AcosO 0/r, IT, 4 / r , bs4 &64 = A, fcgg =A A cos cos 0/r, 0/r, r cos0/r, &6 = sin 0/r, -b^Mi/r + Qi Qi +-rM b^s -hsMi/r AMAM + cccos 0 //r ,, figs 06 33 55A --—XA/ 6/r, 5= 222 sin -b^Mi/r + Qi + M oo ss 00/r, &65 = ---^sMi/r ^ 1f i//' r" AA/ sin 0/r, — 038^1/r-tVi + w2222coso/r, oes =—03sMi/r 2s\no
bea 068 fees 068 ((3) 3) /, = = Acos0-r', /,4cos0-r', , 4l cc oo ss 00-- rr '' , AcosO-r', /,fl(3)3 ) = = 4) /< /< 4) (6) 6)
(1)
(1, ) /f^ = = /isin0-z', A /Ai ss AsmO-z', ii nn 00e -- zz '' ,, //,,,i((1, ))' = /, =
s) 5 5,
-[ A + irVYl/r, (rV)1/r, /« = -[ + (rH)' (rl _[ il + (rV71/r, /f Z,' -[rp,A+ = -.[mA (rff)'-ArVa]/r, rp2A + = _ [ rpi Z,' 5 '' = = -[rj*A -[rp,A+ (rH)' - AN AN22]/r, ]/r, rr ff ll X Xil + (rV71/r, = -[(rMi)'-AM cosO-ArQi]/r, [ ( r M , ) ' A M cos 0 A r Q , j / r , -l(rM y-AM co 6-ArQ y 2 3 3co l2 ly-AM a a6-ArQ11yrr, = -l(rM
/, fi"> fl Tl.11 = "13 Z= = = 1l/^o, ll/7*o, /IVn. ^ o , Tloo nn22 = rOR cos0/r cos0/r cos6/r0ofl/fn 22 = o, , "35 = cos0, "52
nn = =— —Qi, —Qi, Qi, n.oj 7134 ri34 7134== = =Kin sin ssin i n/? 0, 00,, nu 7144 ri44 =cos cosfl, cosO, cos0,0, nn4445 =— ——ssin0, isin0, n0, "44 = = = 55 =
»i42 = TI42 "42 N\, N\, "42 = iVi, iVi,
flo-» 32 = — D i _ 32 32
= = - 1 1 ,, n"62 = -n 0\ll7?U» // W & --n"2222M & I1 ,, 62 = 22/? 1W 2 //?n,
"74
= =
"8i "8i
"7.A0, = 1"77. J. A 4 O0 , = «7.Ao,
" 3 44 //C Cinni ,, " C
ri73 "73 = =— " UU3Ci /C//nC,C HH , , "73 — "ni CC2KK
= "32/C11, "72 = ""3322// C l l ,
7175 ""7755= == """333ss5///C C l1l1,,
"9, n6t/9i2 + 0022 "9, = ?I2 + -I- nn22i2iip "9. = n "6t/?12 6i 6 ,p/12 22,,
"10. "io.
= = "7.^12 "7.C12 + + "l,C22 "11C22 "i,C22
"112
=
— P\,», P\,S,
"66 "66 = = = l//?u, 1/PlX, 1//?U,
(i (i = = 176), 176),
nil3=Pl,r,
/•(•i) /•(•I) "123 = P2,r, // 33 =P P ll ,, P p .. "123 = P2,r, =Pl,J>. = "123 = P2,r, / 3 = Pl,J»
""lnnl ili == PP ili ,, 2i ,
"121 = P2.z, Pl.z, Pi.z,
J /-(i /-(1 J) S3 // 3 P2.P" 3 = ==P2,PP2.P"
"122 = — P2,«, —P2,«,
Commas i m a s in in indices of of functions T, T, G,,p, denote partial differentiations differentiate according to the corresponding variables. Substituting (4.65) into (4.64) and supplementing the obtained equations with relationships (4.66), (4.67) we obtain t h e sought quasilinear system of equations for the basic functions' relative increments: Ay'
= DAy DAy-rF + F2Ap+F 2Ap+F u u
(4.69)
244
Chapter 4. At
UtAy\a=ai UiAy\ ^Aj,| a=ai 0=0i
= X ^ A y . + T.pAp, 1] 1 = G\3)Ap+G\ + Gf = Gf'Ap Gp'Ap+Gl ' (i (1 == 1,2), 1,2),
Stability
(4.70) (4.71)
where D = L + BN is the matrix (6 x 6), Fj = BF3 is a vector-column. The elements of matrix D and vector F 2 are determined as follows: 12
£>
d
6
H H = Uj Uj++^2 E 6i*"*i i*"*i (*i/ (».i ==T76), T76), 12
/2
* = 1i *=1
E tmJF.
(0
k=l J* c== 1l
The solution of boundary value problem (4.69), (4.71) can be presented as: Ay = Ay"» + Ay'2>Ap,
(4.72)
where vectors Aj/' 1 ' and Ajp2* are the solutions of the following boundary value problems: dAyM/da U £/,Aj/<'>| l/iAyt-'U,,, tAy^\a=aia=0l
=
DAyM + F„ DAy'''*
G'00,, == G'
= Gf G22°° E [f//2W jAj,<'»| A>y '| -a'=U G a=02 a^ > =
(i == l,2). l,2). (i
(4.73)
Substituting (4.72) in relationship (4.70) we obtain the equation for assessing Ap (At is stated) from which we find
A?
-EL,
2 r=§r, wzmg T+e ELfAt,' '-
(474)
Then using formulae (4.72) and considering (4.74) we determine the sought basic values' increment on the step At. The said step-by-step procedure is of second accuracy order according to t. For numerical realization of the algorithm a spline approximation of function y and a spline method for solving boundary value problems were used [5].
Chapter 5 VIBRATION This chapter deals with the reticulated shell's and plates' small free and forced vibrations.
5.1 5.1.1
Free and Parametric Vibrations of P l a t e s Free t r a n s v e r s e vibrations of plates
To obtain differential equations of the plates' free transverse vibrations the external load in the bending equations should be replaced by inertia forces occurring during its movement: d2w ^ mFj mFi z (51) (5.1) ' dt2 1f-> ' ai =1
=-w^^-> 1=1 1=1
where fi{ is the density of the i-th rod family's material. From this, for the established harmonic free vibrations with cycle frequency u> we n find u.F, Z u2w (5.2) Z == J*wY^. (5.2)
£
a*
1=1
5.1.1a. Plate with a rhombic lattice. Assume that both rod families are identical and their torsional rigidity is small (ip = tp\ = — ipj). By substitution of new independent variable £= = x tan
,
_ ^d*w u>_
d*w
we obtain
d*w d*w
d*w d*w
+ + Wdy2 a^" W dfW
++
245
2
tan 2ipip=-
+ Un dx*dy2 W d^cot * + 6dxW
d*w d*w _
Z Z
1Z 2 /sin 2y> T^^
= ~dy* 2ATs 44' ' ^ V ~2ATs
(5.3)
(
'
246
Chapter 5.
Vibration
From (5.2) for the rhombic lattice we have 2Fna~1u2w,
Z = and Eq. (5.3) becomes d*w
„ d*w
d*w
2
_
+ r 2 1++ d?dy W Wdy dy*~ ~ '' W+6dw W~r=0
where r2
_
puf^22 2 E Ep s*' P*s*'
,, ,. (5 4)
-
(5.5)
In Eq. (5.4) and further w is an amplitude of deflection. Assuming the plate's two opposite edges are hinged supported we derive: w = d2w/dt w/d£22 = = 0 with
{£ = 0,
(£ = = /tan /tany> y>
(5.6)
(/ is the length of the plate's side in the direction of axis x). The solution of the differential equation (5.4) with boundary conditions (5.6) has the form: w=W \n(, (5.7) «•»= W„(2/) n(y) sin A„£, where An = y ^ ( n = 1,2,3,...). (( tt aa nn yy /tanoj Substituting the value (5.7) in differential equation (5.4) we obtain
^d*Wn-
(5.8)
2
„.,cPW w„ „.„ _ n ^idy* + ,.A(K~rl)W^O.
(5.9)
The characteristic equation's roots are: A A AS»±±v />V8/8AlT^. S i^TH7 f| .. *1A3 = ±±V /3AJ± V>/ 3 I A ,4 M =
(5.10)
Let us examine two possible cases. a) Assume that r£ < A*. Then all the roots (5.10) of the characteristic equation are real and the solution of Eq. (5.4) takes the form W Wnn == Cishp„j/ Cishpny ++ C7 Cjcbp +C C33shg„jf shqny ++ CC4chq 2chp„y 4chqny, ny, ny +
(5.11)
where
Pn = \fik + \/8AT+^,9, =
>/3A» - > / 8 A l + 7 j .
b) When K, ^rl > A*,
(5.12)
5.1. Free and Parametric Vibrations of Plates
247
we have Wn = Cishp„y + Cjchpny + C3 sin qny + C4 cos qqnny,y,
(5.13)
where the following expressions are designated through p„ and qn:
P" + ^
(5-14)
We will not examine the case when r ' = A* as in accordance with differential equation (5.9) function Wn does not depend on the frequencies. Free vibrations such as determined from solution (5.11) in this case cannot exist as they do not satisfy the homogeneous boundary conditions on the plate's contour: there are no oscillating solutions. Consequently free vibrations of the reticulated plate satisfy the inequality (5.12). Thus, value X\ is the lower limit for the vibration frequency parameter r*. In future we use only the obtained solution in (5.13) which will accord to the various homogeneous boundary conditions of the contour with y = ±6/2 where 6 is the length of the reticulated plate's side in the direction of axis y-
1) Hinged supported edges. In this case W = d2W/dy2 = 0 with
y = ±6/2.
We show these boundary conditions with account of formula (5.13). From the condition that the determinant of the obtained homogeneous system of algebraic equations relative to constants C\,C2,Cz,C4 is zero we conclude the following. a) With symmetrical vibrations {C\ = C3 = 0) (*! + ^ )cchh( (^^) )ccoo ss (( ff )) = 0 , from which it follows that 7T
qnm = 9nm == ^j(2m-l) (2m-l) 6
(m = 1,2,3,...).
Taking the second (5.14) ana and expression expression ^o.OJ (5.5) into into account account 'we find cond formula formula (OA't)
"L = ^ [ £ ([ ^£2(-m )<4 ++ + ^^(2m-i)*±4 - ^( (22 mm -- l I) ) i ++ A An] . 2( 2 m-mi- -)l1)" 2
< " mL = £f-
4
(
(5.15)
b) For inversely symmetrical vibrations (Cj = C< = 0) we obtain 2jr
g»m = - 7 " m 9»m 6
(m ( " »== 11,2,3,...). .2,3,...).
Hence, in this case, in formula (5.15) value 2m — 1 must be replaced by 2m.
248
Chapter 5.
Vibration
Thus, the formula for determining frequencies u considering symmetrical and inversely symmetrical forms of free vibrations of the plate with a rhombic lattice, as well as expression ion (5.8) may be written in a simple form: >Pr V £ c4 4 , 4 4 4 4 2 22222 22 2 2 2 2 22 (5.16) i L = ^4nr-(l ^ lff{l*m* +66 66 6b mmn n tan tan tan (5.16) ttan ^ 4